hatco 2014 food service equipment

EX

PO

RT

U.S

. DO

LL

AR

PR

ICE

LIS

T l Fo

od

se

rvic

e E

qu

ipm

en

t l Ja

nu

ary

20

14

FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENTPrice List

Unique Needs,Exact Solutions.

At Hatco we look, listen, and bring

our full experience to your operation.

“Customerization” is our brand promise …

providing you with foodservice innovations

that build your profits.

That’s Hatco, and that’s always

good for business.

Contact us today for all of your

foodservice equipment needs.

EQUIP-EXP-USD-PL

Printed in USA | January 2014

Hatco Corporation | P.O. Box 340500 | Milwaukee WI 53234-0500 USA

Tel: 414-671-6350 | Fax: 414-671-3976

www.hatcocorp.com | [email protected]

Export U.S. Dollar January 2014

Scan with web-enabled mobile device to visit www.hatcocorp.com

Built on a Tradition of ExcellenceSince 1950, Hatco has been a leader in creating innovative ideas for the foodservice industry: bold innovations in equipment that improve efficiency, reliability and profits. Products designed and built to handle the rugged demands of today’s foodservice operations. Hatco is a company dedicated to exceptional customer service and quality engineered equipment offering maximum performance.

From the corporate offices in Milwaukee, Wisconsin to the state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in Sturgeon Bay, WI, there is a pride in the employees and their workmanship that is reflected in every product. All Hatco equipment is produced with a commitment to quality and reliability by certified assemblers using Demand Flow Technology. This process uses a series of quality checks and tests to meet rigid performance standards for every product.

Through the years Hatco has introduced many “firsts.” The company began by recognizing the need to sanitize dishware and responded by developing an electric booster water heater generating 82°C (180°F) sanitizing rinse water, that soon became the industry standard. In the 1960’s Hatco added Third Compartment Sink Heaters to the water line and offered the industry the first conveyor toaster, Toast King®, to meet the needs of high-volume bread and bun toasting. Hatco also took food holding to another dimension with Glo-Ray® aluminum housings up to 3658 mm (144") in length with special reflectors that direct heat to the outer edges of holding areas, extending food holding times.

Through the 1970’s the foodwarmer lines grew to include portable foodwarmers and then added humidity to a heated cabinet to produce Flav-R-Savor® Display Cabinets. The last two decades of the twentieth century saw Hatco introduce many products in the show-and-sell and self-serve areas as convenience stores, delis and kiosks grew quickly. Hatco’s Thermo-Finisher® offered the industry another time and labor-saving product in 2000, at that time we introduced a patented heated glass technology and heated stone surfaces. Most recently, Hatco has introduced Pop-Up toasters, Heated Wells, Refrigerated Wells and Frost Tops that will open the doors to many additional opportunities. Ceramic foodwarmers, for ultimate food holding power, round out Hatco’s full line of foodservice equipment. Hatco Corporation continues to offer cost-effective solutions that meet the industry needs for versatility, productivity, profitability and service.

— People who serve, products that solve™

January 1, 2014

EX-WorksSturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A.

How to OrderTo ensure prompt and accurate processing of your order, please provide the following information:

ALL PRODUCTS:1. Model number, voltage, 50 and 60

Hertz and phase, specify if CE Mark is required.

2. Specify options and accessories as required. Options are not retrofittable.

3. Consult factory when ordering equipment for special applications.

4. FAX and e-mail orders are acceptable and do not require confirmation.

ALL WATT RATINGS ARE NOMINAL. ACTUAL WATTAGE MAY VARY. CONSULT FACTORY FOR MORE INFORMATION.

E-mail orders to: [email protected] orders to: (414) 671-3976Mail orders to: Hatco Corporation P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee, WI 53234-0500 U.S.A.Telephone: (414) 671-6350www.hatcocorp.com

Export Price List

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com

Export Price List January 1, 2014

1

Wells 2-21

Remote Drop-In Frost Tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Remote Refrigerated Drop-In Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Modular/Ganged Heated Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Individual Built-In And Drop-In Heated Wells

Ordering Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12Built-In Heated Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14Drop-In 4/3-Size Heated Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Drop-In Round Heated Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Built-In Full-Size Heated Wells – Fabricator Models . . 17Drop-In 4/3-Size Heated Wells – Fabricator Models . . 18Drop-In Round Heated Wells – Fabricator Models . . . 19Heated Well Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21

Decorative Lamps & Display Lights 22-28

Decorative Lamps/Luminaires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-27Glo-Rite® Display Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Strip Heaters 29-51

Ordering Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Glo-Ray® Infrared Strip Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-33Glo-Ray® Dual Infrared Strip Heaters . . . . . . . . . . 34-36Glo-Ray® Narrow Infrared Strip Heaters. . . . . . . . . . . 37Glo-Ray® Infra-Black® Strip Heaters . . . . . . . . . . 38-40Glo-Ray® Designer Infrared Strip Heaters . . . . . . 41-43Glo-Ray® Designer Dual Infrared Strip Heaters . . 44-46Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Infrared Strip Heaters . . . . . . 47, 49Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Dual Infrared Strip Heaters . . 48-49Details Of Strip Heater Recommended Range

Above Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Glo-Ray® Mounting Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Remote Control Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 51

Fry Stations 52-57

Portable Foodwarmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-54Multi Product Warming Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 57Glo-Ray® Fry Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-57

Carving Stations 58-60

Decorative Carving Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Glo-Ray® Carving Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Portable Warmers 61-75

Portable Lamp Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Round Heated Shelves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Glo-Ray® Portable Heated Shelves . . . . . . . . . . . 64-66Glo-Ray® Portable Designer Heated Shelves . . . . . . . 66Glo-Ray® Portable Round Heated Stone Shelves . . . 67-68Glo-Ray® Portable Rectangular Heated Stone Shelves . 69Portable Rectangular Heated Black Glass Shelves . . . 70Glo-Ray® Mini-Merchandisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Serv-Rite™ Portable Buffet Warmers . . . . . . . . . 72-73Glo-Ray® Buffet Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-75

Built-In Warmers 76-80

Glo-Ray® Built-In Rectangular Heated Stone Shelves . 77Built-In Rectangular Heated Black Glass Shelves . . . . 78Glo-Ray® Built-In Rectangular Heated Shelves . . 79-80

Drawer Warmers 81-84

Drawer Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82-83Drawer Warmer Options & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Merchandisers 85-96

Glo-Ray® Pizza Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Glo-Ray® Merchandising Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . 87-89Glo-Ray® Designer Merchandising Warmers . . . . 90-91Glo-Ray® Curved Merchandising Warmers. . . . . . . . . 92Glo-Ray® Designer Heated Display Cases . . . . . . 93-94Glo-Ray® Heated Display Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-96

Holding & Display Cabinets 97-111

Flav-R-Fresh® Impulse Display Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . 98Flav-R-Savor® Holding & Display Cabinets . . . . 99-101Display Rack Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Flav-R-Savor® Humidified Large Capacity

Holding Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Mini Display Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Macho Nacho® Chip Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Flav-R-Savor® Tall Non-Humidified Holding Cabinets . 106Flav-R-Savor® Energy Efficient Holding Cabinets . . . 107Flav-R-Savor® Tall Humidified Holding Cabinets . . . . . 108Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinets . . . . . . . . . 109Flav-R-Savor® Humidified Portable Holding Cabinets . 110Flav-R-Savor® Heated Air Curtain Cabinets . . . . . . . . 111

Toasters 112-118

Pop-Up Toasters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Toast-Qwik® Conveyor Toasters . . . . . . . . 114-115, 118Toast-Rite® and Toast King® Conveyor Toasters . 116-117High Watt Conveyor Toasters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Light Cooking Equipment 119-120

Thermo-Finisher® Food Finishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Water Heaters 121-133

Mini-Compact Electric Booster Water Heaters . . . . . 122Compact Electric Booster Water Heaters . . . . . 123-124Imperial Electric Booster Water Heaters . . . . . . 125-126Booster Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273CS Sanitizing Sink Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128FR Food Rethermalizer Bain-Marie Heaters . . . . . . . 129Booster Heater Sizing Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-132Water Heater Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Sizing Chart For Low-Temp Dishmachines . . . . . . . 133Low-Temp Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Food Pans and Trivets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Water Quality Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Paint Chip and Stone Sample Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Back Cover

Table of Contents

Cafeterias • Buffets Convenience Stores • Supermarkets & Delis

Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars

Wells

HWB-7QT and HWB-11QT with accessory food pans pg. 16

HWBI-FULD with accessory food pans pg. 13

HWBI-S4MA with accessory food pans (shown with GR2AHL with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color and sneeze guards) pg. 10

HWBRN-43D (shown in back) and HWBRN-FULD (shown in front) with accessory food pans pg. 17, 18

HWBI-3MA with accessory food pans pg. 8

HWBL-43D and HWBLI-FULD with accessory food pans (shown with GR2AHL with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color and sneeze guards) pg. 13, 15

HWBI-2 with accessory half- and third-size pans pg. 8

FTBX-2 with accessory full-size sheet pans pg. 4

CWBX-3 with accessory full-size pans pg. 6

Wells



3

Cutaway of FTBX-3 with accessory sheet pans

Recessed walls designed to prevent food pan slippage

Frost Top with: Temperature Probe

Auto-defrost activated through an advanced Electronic Controller programmed at the customer location

Control Panel

1" NPT Drain simplified cleaning and flat drain strainer ensures pans sit flush

Environmentally-friendly insulation used throughout

Please specify the following with each order:1. Desired Voltage:

120 or 240V 2. Number of Full-Size Sheet Pans Accommodated:

1-, 2-, or 3-pan as rectangular sheet pans 3. Depth of Model: Standard configuration 735 mm D

(28 15⁄16") or Slim Series 535 mm D (21 1⁄16")4. Remote Refrigeration

Note: Shipped loose: Frost Top, Control Panel (Probe wires are 4.9 meters (16 feet) and a TXV valve A. FTBX, Condensing Unit not included

(Solenoid Valve attached to Frost Top)5. Agency – UL, C-UL

Accessories1. Pans –

A. Half-size sheet pan 457 W x 330 D mm (18" x 13")

B. Full-size sheet pan 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26")

Remote Drop-In Frost Top Ordering Instructions

REMOTE DROP-IN FROST TOP COUNTERTOP CUT-OUTSModel Minimum Width Maximum Width Minimum Depth Maximum Depth Below Counter��tFTBX-1 697 mm (27 7⁄16") 711 mm (28") 494 mm (19 7⁄16") 511 mm (20 1⁄8" 77 mm (3 1⁄16")FTBX-2 949 mm (37 3⁄8") 965 mm (38") 694 mm (27 5⁄16") 711 mm (28") 77 mm (3 1⁄16") FTBX-3 1407 mm (55 3⁄8") 1422 mm (56") 694 mm (27 5⁄16") 711 mm (28") 77 mm (3 1⁄16") FTBX-S2 1354 mm (53 5⁄16") 1372 mm (54") 494 mm (19 7⁄16") 511 mm (20 1⁄8") 77 mm (3 1⁄16") FTBX-S3 2011 mm (79 3⁄16") 2029 mm (79 7⁄8") 494 mm (19 7⁄16") 511 mm (20 1⁄8") 77 mm (3 1⁄16")

��t Add 128 mm (5 1⁄16") to the Below Counter height for the attached Solenoid Valve.

NSF 7 Component approved cold wall construction utilizes R-404A refrigerant keeping food product cold without drying it out

Wel

ls


January 1, 2014 Export Price List

4

=/Remote Condensing UnitX=Frost Top Shelf Only

ACCESSORIES ALUM PAN Half-Size Sheet Pan – 457 W x 330 D mm (18"x 13") $2618" SHEET PAN Full-Size Sheet Pan – 457 W x 660 D mm (18"x 26") 36

COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 3

REMOTE DROP-IN FROST TOP – WITH CONTROL PANEL

Model Volts BTU/HDimensions

W x D x H Ship Weight⋇ List PriceFTBX-1 120 or 240V 330 735 x 535 x 211 mm (28 15⁄16" x 21 1⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 34 kg (74 lbs.) $3652FTBX-2 120 or 240V 630 991 x 735 x 90 mm (39" x 28 15⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 55 kg (122 lbs.) 4222FTBX-3 120 or 240V 930 1448 x 735 x 90 mm (57" x 28 15⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 70 kg (155 lbs.) 4865Slim

FTBX-S2 120 or 240V 630 1395 x 535 x 90 mm (54 15⁄16" x 21 1⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 56 kg (124 lbs.) $4279FTBX-S3 120 or 240V 930 2053 x 535 x 90 mm (80 13⁄16" x 21 1⁄16" x 8 5⁄8") 71 kg (156 lbs.) 4965

All models utilize R-404A Refrigerant. ⋇ Shipping weights are approximate.

Models Shipped with: Electronic temperature control, TXV valve, (shipped loose) and a solenoid valve attached to well.

Remote Drop-In Frost TopKeeping pre-chilled beverages, snacks, hors d’oeuvres and side dishes cool and ready-to-serve, the Hatco Remote Drop-In Frost Tops offers additional flexibility with remote configurations. Also available in a Slim Line Series, providing wider access to your customer.

• Accommodates full-size sheet pans• Units include a 1” NPT drain (excluding

FTBX-1) and refrigeration system• Models include a control panel (shipped

loose - probe wires are 4.9 meters [16 feet]) but shipped without a condensing unit for the increased flexibility of multiple Frost Top configurations

• Auto-defrost is activated through an advanced electronic programmed at the customer location

• Optimal insulation on sides and bottom to ensure better cold retention

PARTS ONLY GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR.

F T B X - S X

Frost Top

Drop-In Slim

Full-Size Sheet Pan Capacity

FTBX-S2 with accessory sheet pans (shipped without condensing unit)

Control panel (shipped loose)

X=Control Panel Only

Wells



5

Cutaway of CWBX-6 with accessory food pans

Auto-defrost activated through an advanced electronic controller programmed at the customer location

Cold Well with: Temperature probe

Remote Refrigerated Drop-In Wells Ordering Instructions

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21

A Refrigerated Well can house a variety of pans – full-size, half-size or third-size – showcasing a variety of your food products

Larger drain ensures easy cleaning

Exclusive flat screen design ensures that pans sit flush

Unique angled inside wall design allows cold air to effectively blanket your food product

The Well cavity ensures energy efficiency with environmentally-friendly insulation used throughout

NSF 7 Component approved cold wall construction utilizes R-404A refrigerant keeping food product cold without drying it out

REMOTE DROP-IN REFRIGERATED WELLS COUNTERTOP CUT-OUTSModel Minimum Width Maximum Width Minimum Depth Maximum Depth Below Counter��tCWBX-1 435 mm (17 1⁄8") 457 mm (18") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") 660 mm (26") 295 mm (11 5⁄8")CWBX-2 765 mm (30 1⁄8") 787 mm (31") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") 660 mm (26") 295 mm (11 5⁄8")CWBX-3 1095 mm (43 1⁄8") 1118 mm (44") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") 660 mm (26") 295 mm (11 5⁄8")CWBX-4 1426 mm (56 1⁄8") 1448 mm (57") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") 660 mm (26") 295 mm (11 5⁄8")CWBX-5 1756 mm (69 1⁄8") 1778 mm (70") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") 660 mm (26") 295 mm (11 5⁄8")CWBX-6 2086 mm (82 1⁄8") 2108 mm (83") 640 mm (25 3⁄16") 660 mm (26") 295 mm (11 5⁄8")

��t Add 128 mm (5 1⁄16”) to Below Counter height for the attached Solenoid Valve.

Please specify the following with each order:1. Desired Voltage:

120 or 240V 2. Number of Modular/Ganged

Wells Required: 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-pan as rectangular, full-size, 305 mm x 508 mm (12" x 20")

3. Remote Refrigeration NOTE: Shipped loose: Cold Well

with Temperature Probe, Control Panel (Probe wires are 4.9 meters [16'] and a TXV valve

A. CWBX, Condensing Unit not included (Solenoid Valve attached to Cold Well)

4. Agency – UL, C-UL

Accessories1. Pan Support Bars: 305 mm x 508 mm (12" or 20") 2. Stainless Steel Pans: A. Third-size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep

(324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 67⁄8" x 21⁄2"]) B. Half-size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep

(324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 103⁄8" x 21⁄2"]) C. Full-Size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 21⁄2"]) D. Full-Size at 102 mm (4") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 4"]) E. Full-Size at 152 mm (6") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 6"])

3. Perforated False Bottom 4. Trivets:

A. Half-size 259 W x 194 D mm (10 3⁄16"W x 7 5⁄8")

B. Full-size 259 W x 457 D mm (10 1⁄8"W x 18")

76 mm (3")

Wel

ls



6

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 5

CWBX-6 with accessory food pans and pan support bars

Control panel (shipped loose)

Remote Refrigerated Drop-In WellsHatco Remote Refrigerated Drop-In Well keeps pre-chilled food products at safe serving temperatures but in a remote configuration that offers unlimited flexibility for your own particular dining design needs.

• Full-size, insulated Wells available in 1- to 6-pan configurations

• NSF 7 Component approved cold wall construction utilizes R-404A refrigerant keeping food cold without drying it out

• Optimal insulation on sides and bottom to ensure better cold retention. Environmentally-friendly insulation used throughout

• Models include a control panel (shipped loose - probe wires are 4.9 meters [16 feet]) but without a condensing unit for the increased flexibility of multiple cold well configurations

• Auto-defrost is activated through an advanced electronic controller programmed at the customer location

• 1" drain simplifies cleaning

PARTS ONLY GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR.

C W B X - X

Cold WellBuilt-In

Full-Size Pan Capacity

X=Control Panel Only

REMOTE DROP-IN FROST TOP – WITH CONTROL PANEL

Model Volts BTU/HDimensions

W x D x H Ship Weight⋇ List PriceCWBX-1 120 or 240V 330 483 x 686 x 305 mm (19" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 49 kg (107 lbs.) $3277CWBX-2 120 or 240V 630 813 x 686 x 305 mm (32" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 56 kg (129 lbs.) 3586CWBX-3 120 or 240V 930 1143 x 686 x 305 mm (45" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 58 kg (127 lbs.) 3954CWBX-4 120 or 240V 1230 1473 x 686 x 305 mm (58" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 80 kg (176 lbs.) 4172CWBX-5 120 or 240V 1530 1803 x 686 x 305 mm (71" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 93 kg (205 lbs.) 4507CWBX-6 120 or 240V 1830 2134 x 686 x 305 mm (84" x 27" x 17 1⁄16") 113 kg (250 lbs.) 4874

All models utilize R-404A Refrigerant. ⋇ Shipping weights are approximate.

Models Shipped with: Electronic temperature control, TXV valve, (shipped loose) and a solenoid valve attached to well.

Wells



7

Modular/Ganged Heated Wells Ordering Instructions

Insulated Well cavities ensure energy efficiency

Compact controls feature independent thermostatic temperature controls for each Well, and a separate On/Off switch to retain settings

Cutaway of HWBI-5MA with accessory food pans and optional split control boxes

Thicker steel construction means Hatco Heated Wells will last longer under the rigorous wear and tear of the foodservice industry

All Hatco Heated Wells can be operated with or without drains

Larger drain ensures easy cleaningExclusive flat screen design ensures that pans sit flush

Stronger, brazed joints eliminate weak spots and corrosion

Side or bottom 1" NPT Manifold Drains or 3⁄4" NPT Individual Drains are available on Modular/Ganged configurations, with or without convenient Auto-fill option

Thermostatic controls sense compartment temperature, and regulate heat output to maintain consistent temperatures

Easy-to-service design for quick replacement of elements, in the off-chance they fail

Exclusive long-life heating element generates even, consistent heat to hold the entire pan of food at optimum serving temperatures for longer periods of time

Full-size Heated Well compartments can house a variety of pans – full-size, half-size or third-size – so that a variety of food products can be showcased

Controls feature standard 1829 mm (6') leads and capillary to ensure easy and convenient control installation

Please specify the following with each order:1. Desired voltage:

120 (HWBI-1 DA only), 208, 220, or 240V2. Number of modular/ganged heated wells required: 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5, or 6-pan

NOTE: Modular/Ganged units are only offered as rectangular, full-size (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"])

3. Drain (with or without): A. Standard individual well 3⁄4" NPT drain B. Manifold 1" NPT drain with side drain, field

selectable left or right side (available on HWBI-2, -3, -4, -5, -6 models only)

C. Manifold 1" NPT drain with bottom drain, field selectable left or right well (available on HWBI-2, -3, -4, -5, -6 models only)

4. Auto-fill (with or without)5. Mounting style (all modular/ganged units are top

mounted only): A. EZ Locking Hardware B. EZ Locking Hardware with 51 mm (2") studs C. EZ Locking Hardware with surface holes6. Agency: A. UL B. UL-EPH (sanitary listing) C. CE mark available

7. Control: A. Single control box (standard on all units) B. Split control boxes (optional on 4-, 5-, 6-pan units,

not available on 1-, 2-, 3-pan units)

Accessories for Modular/Ganged Heated Wells1. Pan Support Bars: 305 or 508 mm (12" or 20")2. Adapters to convert Modular/Ganged units to hold

4- or 7-Liter (4- or 7-Quart) round pans3. Stainless Steel Pans: A. Third-size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep

(324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 67⁄8" x 21⁄2"]) B. Half-size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep

(324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 103⁄8" x 21⁄2"])

C. Full-Size at 64 mm (21⁄2") deep (324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 21⁄2"])

D. Full-Size at 102 mm (4") deep (324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 4"])

E. Full-Size at 152 mm (6") deep (324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm [123⁄4" x 203⁄4" x 6"])

4. Valves: A. 3⁄4" or 1" NPT Ball Valve B. 3⁄4" or 1" NPT Gate Valve


BUILT-IN MODULAR/GANGED HEATED WELLS COUNTERTOP CUTOUTSModel Minimum Width Maximum Width�t Minimum Depth Maximum Depth Below CounterHWBI-FUL• 324 mm (12 3⁄4") 328 mm (12 15⁄16") 528 mm (20 3⁄4") 532 mm (20 15⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16")HWBI-FUL s• 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") 559 mm (22") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 240 mm (9 7⁄16")HWBI-1DA 359 mm (14 1⁄8") 364 mm (14 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 243 mm (9 9⁄16")HWBI-2 Series 715 mm (28 1⁄8") 719 mm (28 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 243 mm (9 9⁄16")HWBI-3 Series 1070 mm (42 1⁄8") 1075 mm (42 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 243 mm (9 9⁄16")HWBI-4 Series 1426 mm (56 1⁄8") 1430 mm (56 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 243 mm (9 9⁄16")HWBI-5 Series 1781 mm (70 1⁄8") 1786 mm (70 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 243 mm (9 9⁄16")HWBI-6 Series 2137 mm (84 1⁄8") 2141 mm (84 5⁄16") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 572 mm (22 1⁄2") 243 mm (9 9⁄16")

t Add 2 mm (1⁄16") to Maximum Width when using EZ locking mount. s Indicates cutout dimensions for a combustible countertop surface. • HWBI-FUL replaces HWBI-1 and HWBI-FULD replaces HWBI-1D.

Wel

ls



8

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 7

Modular/Ganged Heated WellsHatco Modular/Ganged Heated Wells are full-size units that are grouped together in a modular fashion to provide customers with a complete steam table contained within one piece of equipment for a clean, integrated look. Select the configuration that’s right for your foodservice operation.

• Full-size, insulated Wells available in 1 to 6 ganged units

• Individual thermostatic controls for each well provide the ultimate in temperature regulation

• 1829 mm (72") conduit is standard for convenient placement of controls

• Wells empty quickly and easily with a manifold drain option

• Auto-fill option to automatically fill and replenish water without user maintenance and intervention

• Separate Well assemblies with independent access to each one for easy service

DROP-IN MODULAR/GANGED SIZE RECTANGULAR MODELS – INSULATED – TOP MOUNTDimensions

Model Volts W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List PriceHWBI-FUL (HWBI-1) For single pan units see model HWBI-FUL, page 13.HWBI-FULD (HWBI-1D) For single pan units see model HWBI-FULD, page 13.HWBI-1DA 120, 208, 220 or 240V‡ 394 x 600 x 243 mm (15 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 1215 watts, single phase 17 kg ( 38 lbs.) $1329HWBI-2 208, 220 or 240V‡ 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2415 watts, single phase 33 kg ( 73 lbs.) 1912HWBI-2D 208, 220 or 240V‡ 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2415 watts, single phase 35 kg ( 77 lbs.) 2005HWBI-2DA* 208, 220 or 240V‡ 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2415 watts, single phase 40 kg ( 87 lbs.) 2395HWBI-2M 208, 220 or 240V‡ 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2415 watts, single phase 34 kg ( 74 lbs.) 2042HWBI-2MA 208, 220 or 240V‡ 749 x 600 x 243 mm (29 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 2415 watts, single phase 39 kg ( 85 lbs.) 2562HWBI-3 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 3615 watts, single phase 47 kg (103 lbs.) 2369HWBI-3D 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 3615 watts, single phase 45 kg (100 lbs.) 2547HWBI-3DA* 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 3615 watts, single phase 51 kg (112 lbs.) 2938HWBI-3M 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 3615 watts, single phase 49 kg (108 lbs.) 2708HWBI-3MA 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1105 x 600 x 243 mm (43 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 3615 watts, single phase 51 kg (112 lbs.) 3228HWBI-4 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 4815 watts, single phase 60 kg (132 lbs.) 3072HWBI-4D 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 4815 watts, single phase 62 kg (136 lbs.) 3393HWBI-4DA* 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 4815 watts, single phase 60 kg (133 lbs.) 3782HWBI-4M 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 4815 watts, single phase 63 kg (138 lbs.) 3662HWBI-4MA 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1461 x 600 x 243 mm (57 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 4815 watts, single phase 63 kg (138 lbs.) 4182HWBI-5 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 6015 watts, single phase 76 kg (167 lbs.) 3684HWBI-5D 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 6015 watts, single phase 76 kg (167 lbs.) 4234HWBI-5DA* 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 6015 watts, single phase 76 kg (167 lbs.) 4624HWBI-5M 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 6015 watts, single phase 76 kg (167 lbs.) 4580HWBI-5MA 208, 220 or 240V‡ 1816 x 600 x 243 mm (71 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 6015 watts, single phase 76 kg (167 lbs.) 5101HWBI-6 208, 220 or 240V‡ 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 7215 watts, single phase 86 kg (190 lbs.) 4796HWBI-6D 208, 220 or 240V‡ 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 7215 watts, single phase 86 kg (190 lbs.) 5420HWBI-6DA* 208, 220 or 240V‡ 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 7215 watts, single phase 86 kg (190 lbs.) 5811HWBI-6M 208, 220 or 240V‡ 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 7215 watts, single phase 86 kg (190 lbs.) 5921HWBI-6MA 208, 220 or 240V‡ 2172 x 600 x 243 mm (85 1⁄2" x 23 5⁄8" x 9 5⁄8") 7215 watts, single phase 86 kg (190 lbs.) 6441

‡ 220V or 240V CE Mark available at no added charge. * Auto-fill located on left control only and fills left-hand well. To fill all wells, drains must be connected with external manifold by installer.

All Drop-in Modular Full-Size Rectangular Heated Wells Feature:Voltage: Single phase.Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation and remote thermostats with lighted power switches.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)

HWB-HOLE Surface hole mounting to countertop (Includes EZ Lock) No ChargeHWB-STUD Stud mounting to countertop (Includes EZ Lock) No ChargeHWBI-SIDE Manifold drain with side exit (not available on HWBI-1) No ChargeHWBI-BOTTOM Manifold drain with bottom exit (not available on HWBI-1) No Charge

ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

Modular/Ganged Heated Wells Controls*

1 PAN SINGLE CONFIGURATION


4 PAN SPLIT CONFIGURATION







*4-, 5-, 6-pan units: Single control box is standard. If optional split control boxes are desired, it must be specified at order.

HWBI-5MA with standard single control box with accessory food pans

H W B I - X X A

Heated Well Built-In Auto-Fill EquippedInsulated Top Mount D=Individual Drain Equipped

M=Manifold Drain EquippedFull-Size Pan Capacity

Wells



9

Please specify the following with each order:1. Desired voltage:

208, 220, or 240V2. Number of slim modular/ganged heated wells

required: 2-, 3-, 4-pan NOTE: Slim Modular/Ganged units are only offered as rectangular, full-size (Placed lengthwise) (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"])

3. Drain (with or without): A. Standard Individual Well ¾" NPT Drain

B. Manifold 1" NPT Drain with side drain, field selectable left or right side

C. Manifold 1" NPT Drain with bottom drain, field selectable left or right well

4. Auto-fill (with or without)5. Agency: A. UL B. UL-EPH (sanitary listing) C. CE Mark Available6 . Control: A. Single Controls (standard on all units) B. Split Controls (optional on 4-pan units)

DROP-IN MODULAR/GANGED SLIM HEATED WELLS COUNTERTOP CUTOUTSModel Minimum Width Maximum Width Minimum Depth Maximum Depth Below CounterHWBI-S2 Series 1121 mm (44 1⁄8") 1127 mm (44 3⁄8") 362 mm (14¼") 368 mm (14 1⁄2") 231 mm (9 1⁄8")HWBI-S3 Series 1680 mm (66 1⁄8") 1686 mm (66 3⁄8") 362 mm (14¼") 368 mm (14 1⁄2") 231 mm (9 1⁄8")HWBI-S4 Series 2238 mm (88 1⁄8") 2245 mm (88 3⁄8") 362 mm (14¼") 368 mm (14 1⁄2") 231 mm (9 1⁄8")

Cutaway of HWBI-S4MA with accessory food pans and standard single control box

Thermostatic controls sense compartment temperature, and regulate heat output to maintain consistent temperatures

Side or Bottom Manifold 1" NPT Drains or ¾" NPT Individual Drains are available on Modular/Ganged configurations, with or without convenient Auto-fill option

Controls feature standard 1829 mm (6') leads and capillary to ensure easy and convenient control installation

Stronger, brazed joints eliminate weak spots and corrosion


Larger drain ensures easy cleaningExclusive flat screen design ensures that pans sit flush

Full-size Heated Well compartments can house a variety of pans – full-size, half-size or third-size – so that a variety of food products can be showcased

All Hatco Heated Wells can be operated with or without drains

Insulated Well cavities ensure energy efficiency

Compact controls feature independent thermostatic temperature controls for each Well, and a separate On/Off switch to retain settings

Exclusive long-life heating element generates even, consistent heat to hold the entire pan of food at optimum serving temperatures for longer periods of time

Easy-to-service design for quick replacement of elements, in the off-chance they fail

Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells Ordering Instructions

Accessories for Modular/Ganged Heated Wells1. Pan Support Bars: 305 or 508 mm (12" or 20")2. Adapters to convert slim modular/ganged units to

hold 4- or 7-Liter (4- or 7-Quart) Round Pans3. Stainless Steel Pans: A. Third-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep

(324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 6 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2"]) B. Half-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep

(324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 10 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2"]) C. Full-Size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄2"]) D. Full-Size at 102 mm (4") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 4"]) E. Full-Size at 152 mm (6") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 6"])

4. Valves: A. ¾" or 1" NPT Ball Valve B. ¾" or 1" NPT Gate Valve


Wel

ls



10

DROP-IN MODULAR/GANGED SLIM RECTANGULAR MODELS – INSULATED – TOP MOUNT

DimensionsModel��u Volts W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List PriceHWBI-S2 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 38 kg (84 lbs.) $2064HWBI-S2D 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 39 kg (86 lbs.) 2153HWBI-S2DA* 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 39 kg (86 lbs.) 2543HWBI-S2M 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 38 kg (84 lbs.) 2233HWBI-S2MA 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1156 x 397 x 238 mm (45 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 2415 38 kg (84 lbs.) 2753HWBI-S3 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 3615 52 kg (115 lbs.) 2594HWBI-S3D 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 3615 54 kg (118 lbs.) 2784HWBI-S3DA* 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 3615 54 kg (118 lbs.) 3174HWBI-S3M 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 3615 52 kg (115 lbs.) 2968HWBI-S3MA 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 1715 x 397 x 238 mm (67 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 3615 52 kg (115 lbs.) 3489HWBI-S4 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 69 kg (152 lbs.) 3439HWBI-S4D 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 70 kg (155 lbs.) 3720HWBI-S4DA* 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 70 kg (155 lbs.) 4111HWBI-S4M 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 69 kg (152 lbs.) 4007HWBI-S4MA 208, 220 or 240 ‡ 2273 x 397 x 238 mm (89 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄16") 4815 69 kg (152 lbs.) 4527

‡ 220V or 240V CE Mark available at no added charge. * Auto-fill located on left control only and fills left-hand well. To fill all wells, drains must be connected with external manifold by installer.

All Drop-in Modular Slim Rectangular Heated Wells Feature:Voltage: Single phase.Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation and remote thermostats with lighted power switches.

Modular/Ganged Slim Heated WellsHatco Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells are full-sized units that are grouped together in a modular fashion but placed lengthwise. This provides customers with a complete steam table within easy reach, regardless of the sneeze guards. Select the configuration that’s right for your foodservice operation.

• Full-size, insulated Wells available in 2 to 4 ganged units

• Individual thermostatic controls for each well provide the ultimate in temperature regulation

• 1829 mm (6') conduit is standard for convenient placement of controls

• Wells empty quickly and easily with a manifold drain option

Modular/Ganged Slim Heated Wells Controls*





*4-Pan Units: Single control box is standard. If optional split control boxes are desired, it must be specified at order.



HWBI-SIDE Manifold Drain with side exit No ChargeHWBI-BOTTOM Manifold Drain with bottom exit No Charge


• Auto-fill option to automatically fill and replenish water without user maintenance and intervention

• Separate Well assemblies with independent access to each one for easy service

HWBI-S4MA with accessory food pans and optional split control boxes

H W B I - S X X A

Heated Well Built-In Auto-Fill EquippedInsulated Top Mount D=Individual Drain Equipped

M=Manifold Drain EquippedSlim

Full-Size Pan Capacity

Wells



11

Please specify the following with each order:1. Desired Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240V2. Base Size of Heated Well:

A. Rectangular: Full (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]) or 4/3 (305 x 686 mm [12" x 27"])

B. Round: 4-Liter (4-Quart), 7-Liter (7-Quart), or 10-Liter (11-Quart)

3. Drain (With or without)4. Auto-fill (With or without)5. Insulated or UninsulatedNOTE: Only applies to rectangular full-size and

4/3-size units

6. Mounting Style:A. Top Mounted B. Bottom Mounted (Rectangular full-size units only)7. Wattage:

A. High Watt B. Standard Watt C. Low Watt (120V only)

NOTE: Round Heated Wells are only available in Standard and High Watt configurations (4-Liter [4-Quart] available in Standard Watt only)

8. Agency: A. UL B. UL-EPH (sanitary listing) C. CE Mark Available

CONTROL BOXES, COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS PAGE 12

Individual Built-In And Drop-In Heated Wells Ordering Instructions

Insulated Well Construction Full-size models are available with insulation for energy savings.

HWB-FULD with accessory food pan (unit depth is 553 mm [21¾"])

All Hatco Heated Wells can be ordered with or without drains (50% larger drain with exclusive flat screen ensures the pans set flush)

HWB-43D with accessory food pans (single unit holding 4 third-size pans – unit depth is 726 mm [285⁄8"])

HWB-4QT with accessory food pan

HWB-11 QT with accessory food pan


HWBIB-FULD with accessory food pan

HWBI-FULD with accessory food pan


Top Mounted Heated Well: Unit is mounted through the top surface of a sheet metal counter and secured with turn tabs (unit and food pan edge visible)

Bottom Mounted Heated Well: Full-size (only) unit is mounted to the bottom surface of a sheet metal counter and secured with customer provided turned bends and fasteners (food pan edge visible)

H W B X X X - X D A

Heated Well Built-In Auto-Fill EquippedNo Character = Standard Wattage

H = High WattageL = Low Wattage

Drain Equipped

I = Insulated Top MountIB=Insulated Bottom Mount

FUL = Full Size Pan43 = 4/3 Size Pan 4QT = Round 4 Quart Pan7QT = Round 7 Quart Pan11QT = Round 11 Quart PanRT = Thermostatic Control (Fabricator Only)

RN = Infinite Switch Control (Fabricator Only )

Wel

ls



12

Individual Built-In And Drop-In Heated Wells Ordering Instructions


BUILT-IN AND DROP-IN HEATED WELLS COUNTERTOP CUTOUTSModel Minimum Width Maximum Width Minimum Depth Maximum Depth Below CounterHWB-FUL 321 mm (12 5⁄8") 328 mm (12 15⁄16") 524 mm (20 5⁄8") 532 mm (20 15⁄16") 218 mm (8 9⁄16")HWB-FUL��s 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") 559 mm (22") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 218 mm (8 9⁄16")HWBI-FUL 324 mm (12 3⁄4") 328 mm (12 15⁄16") 528 mm (20 3⁄4") 531 mm (20 15⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16")HWBI-FUL��s 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") 559 mm (22") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 240 mm (9 7⁄16")HWBI-FULDA��t 324 mm (12 3⁄4") 328 mm (12 15⁄16") 528 mm (20 7⁄8") 531 mm (20 15⁄16") 240 mm (9 7⁄16")HWBI-FULDA��s 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") 559 mm (22") 565 mm (22 1⁄4") 240 mm (9 7⁄16")HWBIB-FUL��t 306 mm (12 1⁄32") 306 mm (12 1⁄32") 509 mm (20 1⁄32") 509 mm (20 1⁄32") 240 mm (9 7⁄16")HWBIB-FULDA��t 306 mm (12 1⁄32") 306 mm (12 1⁄32") 509 mm (20 1⁄32") 509 mm (20 1⁄32") 240 mm (9 7⁄16")HWB, HWBI-43 322 mm (12 11⁄16") 329 mm (12 15⁄16") 703 mm (27 11⁄16") 711 mm (28") 217 mm (8 9⁄16")HWB, HWBI-43��s 356 mm (14") 362 mm (14 1⁄4") 737 mm (29") 743 mm (29 1⁄4") 217 mm (8 9⁄16")HWB-4QT 181 mm Dia. (7 1⁄8") 192 mm Dia. (7 9⁄16") — — 241 mm (9 1⁄2")HWB-4QT��s 229 mm Dia. (9") 235 mm Dia. (9 1⁄4") 229 mm (9") 235 mm (9 1⁄4") 241 mm (9 1⁄2")HWB-7QT 232 mm Dia. (9 1⁄8") 243 mm Dia. (9 9⁄16") — — 221 mm (8 11⁄16")HWB-7QT��s 279 mm (11") 286 mm (11 1⁄4") 279 mm (11") 286 mm (11 1⁄4") 221 mm (8 11⁄16")HWB-11QT 282 mm Dia. (11 1⁄8") 294 mm Dia. (11 9⁄16") — — 219 mm (8 3⁄4")HWB-11QT��s 330 mm (13") 337 mm (13 1⁄4") 330 mm (13") 337 mm (13 1⁄4") 219 mm (8 3⁄4")

��s Indicates cutout dimensions for a combustible countertop surface. ��t Must be flanged.

Options for Individual Built-In Heated Wells1. Control Box:

A. Larger (front mounted) Recessed Thermostatic Control Box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls for easy readability (not for Auto-fill)

B. Optional ITC Control (Not available for Auto-fill, 4-Quart Round Wells or Low Watt configurations

C. Standard Control for Auto-fill models only2. Control Type: ThermostaticNOTE: Infinite controls are only available on Fabricator units3. Leads: Extended high temp lead wire,

per 305 mm (12")4. Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") capillary

(914 mm [36"] standard)

Accessories for Individual Built-In Heated Wells1. Mounting Kits for combustible countertops (Individual

Drop-in Top Mount units only)2. Pan Support Bars: 305 or 508 mm (12" or 20")3. Adapters to convert Rectangular Full-Size units to

hold 4- or 7-Quart (4- or 7-Liter) Round Pans, or 4/3-size units to hold 10-Liter (11-Quart) Round Pans

4. Stainless Steel Pans: A. Third-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep

(324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 6 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2"]) B. Half-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep

(324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 10 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2"]) C. Full-size at 64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄2"]) D. Full-size at 102 mm (4") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 4"]) E. Full-size at 152 mm (6") deep

(324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm [12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 6"])5. Valve: A. 3⁄4" NPT Ball Valve for unit with drain B. 3⁄4" NPT Gate Valve for unit with drain

CONTROL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS Optional Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control:149 W x 162 H mm ( (5 7⁄8" x 63⁄8")Optional ITC Control:149 W x 175 H mm (5 7⁄8" x 6 7⁄8")HWB-43DA, HWBIB-, HWBI-FULDA Standard Control257 W x 121 H mm (101⁄8" x 4¾")

Standard Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control – No Charge (Not for Auto-fill)

Optional ITC Control – (Not for Auto-fill, 4-Quart Round Wells or Low Watt configurations)

How to Order a Hatco Heated Well in VideoHatco has given you a variety of simple and easy ways to order your Well. You can read the Ordering Instructions here or watch a video "How to Order a Hatco Heated Well". Go to hatcocorp.com and click on the Video Library. As long as you are here, look under Product Features and Benefits and watch the "Hatco Refrigerated Wells" video as well.

HWB-43DA, HWBIB-, HWBI-FULDA Standard Control (only for Auto-fill)

Wells



13

Built-In Heated WellsHatco Built-in Heated Wells hold heated foods at safe serving temperatures. Compared to other models, Hatco units offer larger drain with a flat drain screen, more a consistent holding temperatures, heavier stainless steel construction, easier-to-service design for quick change of components, and a remote thermostat with separate power switch.

• Rectangular full-size only in top or bottom mount, insulated or uninsulated

• Low (120V only), Standard and High Watt• Available with or without a drain (easy to

clean with a larger drain and a flat screen)

• Easy access design allows for quick element or thermostat change

• Mounting kits for combustible countertops available

• Adapters to convert full-size Wells to hold round pans

CONTROL OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 12

HWB-FULD with accessory food pan


OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 14ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12

HWBIB-FULD with accessory food pan

HWBI-FULD with accessory food pan

BUILT-IN FULL-SIZE RECTANGULAR MODELS Dimensions

Model��u Volts Description W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List PriceLow Watt

HWBL-FUL 120 • Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 750 10 kg (22 lbs.) $ 579HWBL-FULD 120 • Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 750 11 kg (24 lbs.) 631HWBLI-FUL 120 • Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 750 12 kg (27 lbs.) 613HWBLI-FULD 120 • Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 750 14 kg (30 lbs.) 665HWBLI-FULDA 120 • Insulated Top Mount Only w/Drain,

Auto-fill348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 750 14 kg (30 lbs.) 1356

HWBLIB-FUL 120 • Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 750 14 kg (30 lbs.) 613HWBLIB-FULD 120 • Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 750 15 kg (33 lbs.) 665HWBLIB-FULDA 120 • Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain,

Auto-fill355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 765 15 kg (33 lbs.) 1356

Standard WattHWB-FUL 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 10 kg (22 lbs.) $ 579HWB-FULD 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 11 kg (24 lbs.) 631HWBI-FUL 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 12 kg (27 lbs.) 613HWBI-FULD 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 14 kg (30 lbs.) 665HWBI-FULDA 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Top Mount Only w/Drain,


HWBIB-FUL 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 14 kg (30 lbs.) 613HWBIB-FULD 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 15 kg (33 lbs.) 665HWBIB-FULDA 120, 208 or 240‡ Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain,


High WattHWBH-FUL 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 10 kg (22 lbs.) $ 618HWBH-FULD 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 11 kg (24 lbs.) 670HWBHI-FUL 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 12 kg (27 lbs.) 651HWBHI-FULD 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 14 kg (30 lbs.) 704HWBHI-FULDA 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Top Mount Only w/Drain,


HWBHIB-FUL 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 14 kg (30 lbs.) 651HWBHIB-FULD 120, 208, 220 or 240‡ Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 15 kg (33 lbs.) 704HWBHIB-FULDA 120, 208 or 240‡ Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain,


• CE Mark not available. ‡ 220 or 240V CE Mark available, add $20.

All Built-in Full-Size Rectangular Heated Wells Feature:Voltage: Single phase only.Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation (top mounted only), 914 mm (36") conduit and a remote thermostat with lighted power switch.

H W B X X - X D A



Drain Equipped

I = Insulated Top MountIB = Insulated Bottom Mount

FUL = Full Size Pan


Wel

ls



14


Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel, not available for HWB-FUL w/cord, non-standard colors are non-returnable)

RED Warm Red $33BLACK Black 33GRAY Gray Granite 33WHITE White Granite 33NAVY Navy Blue 33GREEN Hunter Green 33COPPER Antique Copper 33

HWB-LEAD High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire (Lead wire only – conduit not included) per 305 mm (12") $ 5

HWB-CORD HWB-FUL with Cord Standard (shown below) add 25HWBI-CORD HWBI-FUL, Insulated Top Mount with Cord Standard (120V only) add 25HWBIB-BRKT Mounting Bracket for Insulated Bottom Mount (HWBIB-series) add 16Control OptionsHWB-TSTAT Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary 60HWB-RTC Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control (not available for Auto-fill,

standard on 220, or 240V export models) No ChargeHWB-ITC ITC Control (not available for Auto-fill models or low watt

configurations) 240

HWBL-43D and HWBLI-FULD with accessory food pans (shown with GR2AHL with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color and sneeze guards)

HWB-CORD HWB with optional cord

Wells



15

DROP-IN 4/3-SIZE RECTANGULAR MODELSDimensions

Model Volts Description W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List PriceLow Watt

HWBL-43 120• Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 750 14 kg (30 lbs.) $ 656HWBL-43D 120• Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 750 15 kg (33 lbs.) 689HWBL-43DA 120• Uninsulated w/Drain, Auto-fill 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 765 16 kg (36 lbs.) 1086HWBLI-43 120• Insulated 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 750 17 kg (38 lbs.) 854HWBLI-43D 120• Insulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 750 19 kg (41 lbs.) 887

Standard WattHWB-43 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 14 kg (30 lbs.) $ 656HWB-43D 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 15 kg (33 lbs.) 689HWB-43DA 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated w/Drain, Auto-fill 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 1215 16 kg (36 lbs.) 1086HWBI-43 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Insulated 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 1200 17 kg (38 lbs.) 854HWBI-43D 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Insulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 1200 19 kg (41 lbs.) 887

High WattHWBH-43 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 14 kg (30 lbs.) $ 697HWBH-43D 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 15 kg (33 lbs.) 730HWBH-43DA 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Uninsulated w/Drain, Auto-fill 345 x 726 x 217 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 8 5⁄8") 1665 16 kg (36 lbs.) 1128HWBHI-43 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Insulated 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 1650 17 kg (38 lbs.) 896HWBHI-43D 120, 208, 220, or 240‡ Insulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 241 mm (13 5⁄8" x 28 5⁄8" x 9½") 1650 19 kg (41 lbs.) 929

• CE Mark not available. ‡ 220 or 240V CE Mark available, add $20.

All Drop-in 4/3-Size Rectangular Heated Wells Feature:Voltage: Single phase only.Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation, 914 mm (36") conduit, and a remote thermostat with lighted power switch.

Drop-In 4/3-Size Heated WellsConvenient 4/3-sized Wells hold heated foods at safe serving temperatures. Like the full-size models, Hatco units offer a larger drain with a flat drain screen, more consistent holding temperatures, heavier stainless steel construction, easier-to-service design for quick change of components, and a remote thermostat with separate power switch.

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12CONTROL OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 12

• Rectangular 4/3-size wells• Low (120V only), Standard, and

High Watt• Available with or without a drain (easy to

clean with a larger drain and a flat screen)

• Easy access design allows for quick element or thermostat change

• Mounting kits for combustible countertops available

• Adapters to convert 4/3-size wells to hold round pans

HWB-43D with accessory food pans (single unit holding 4 third-size pans)



HWB-LEAD High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire (Lead wire only – conduit not included) per 305 mm (12") $ 5HWB-TSTAT Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary 60HWB-RTC Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control (not available for Auto-fill, standard on

220, or 240V export models) No ChargeHWB-ITC ITC Control (not available for Auto-fill models) 240HWB-AFL Model HWB, HWBH, HWBL-43DA only, Left water fill hole (front is standard) No ChargeHWB-AFR Model HWB, HWBH, HWBL-43DA only, Right water fill hole (front is standard) No Charge

Designer Colors (Control Box Bezel, non-standard colors are non-returnable) RED Warm Red $33 BLACK Black 33 GRAY Gray Granite 33 WHITE White Granite 33 NAVY Navy Blue 33 GREEN Hunter Green 33 COPPER Antique Copper 33

HWBI-43D with accessory food pans (single unit holding 4 third-size pans)

H W B X X - X D A



Drain Equipped

I = Insulated Top Mount

43 = 4/3 Size Pan


Wel

ls



16

Drop-In Round Heated WellsKeeping hot food at safe serving temperatures is critical to any foodservice operation – and Hatco has the Heated Wells to meet the demands of any serving application. Thermostatic controls monitor and regulate the temperature of the well for more accurate heat and energy savings. Hatco controls feature a separate On/Off switch, which allows a previously determined setting to be maintained.

• 4-, 7- and 10-Liter (4-, 7- and 11-Quart) Round Wells

• Standard or High Watt 4-Liter (4-Quart) Standard Watt only)

• With or without drain• EZ locking hardware for easy top mount

installation• Mounting kits for combustible

countertops available

Control Options• Larger front-mounted recessed

thermostatic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls for easy readability

• Optional ITC Control with Large Control Box available for easier reading on 7- or 11-Quart Standard or High Watt configurations




HWB-LEAD High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire (Lead wire only – conduit not included) per 305 mm (12") $ 5

HWB-TSTAT Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary 60HWB-RTC Larger Recessed Thermostatic Control (not available for Auto-fill,

standard on 220, or 240V export models) No ChargeHWB-ITC ITC Control with Large Control Box for 7- and 11-Quart Drop-in

Round Wells only 240

Designer Colors (Control Box Bezel, non-standard colors are non-returnable)




DROP-IN ROUND MODELS – UNINSULATED Dimensions List

PriceModel Volts Description Dia. x H Watts Ship Weight4 Liter (4 Quart) – Standard Watt

HWB-4QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 600 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) $539HWB-4QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount w/Drain 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 600 5 kg (12 lbs.) 572

7 Liter (7 Quart) – Standard WattHWB-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 600 5 kg (10 lbs.) 499HWB-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 600 6 kg (13 lbs.) 537

7 Liter (7 Quart) – High WattHWBH-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 5 kg (10 lbs.) 509HWBH-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 6 kg (13 lbs.) 547

10 Liter (11 Quart) – Standard WattHWB-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 600 5 kg (11 lbs.) 499HWB-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 600 5 kg (14 lbs.) 537

10 Liter (11 Quart) – High WattHWBH-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 5 kg (11 lbs.) 509HWBH-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 ‡ Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 6 kg (14 lbs.) 547

‡ 220 or 240V CE Mark available, add $20.

All Drop-in Round Heated Wells Feature:Voltage: Single phase only.Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation, 914 mm (36") conduit, and a remote thermostat with lighted power switch.


Larger recessed thermostatic control – No Charge

Optional ITC Control – (Not for Auto-fill, 4-Quart Round Wells, or Low Watt configurations)

Wells



17

BUILT-IN FULL-SIZE RECTANGULAR FABRICATOR MODELS Dimensions

Model��n Volts Description W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List PriceLow Watt

HWBLRT-FUL 120• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 750 10 kg (21 lbs.) $462HWBLRT-FULD 120• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 750 11 kg (24 lbs.) 527HWBLRN-FUL 120• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 750 10 kg (21 lbs.) 443HWBLRN-FULD 120• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 750 11 kg (24 lbs.) 509HWBLIRT-FUL 120• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 750 12 kg (27 lbs.) 495HWBLIRT-FULD 120• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 750 14 kg (30 lbs.) 560HWBLIBRT-FUL 120• Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 750 14 kg (30 lbs.) 495HWBLIBRT-FULD 120• Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 750 15 kg (33 lbs.) 560

Standard WattHWBRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 10 kg (21 lbs.) $462HWBRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 11 kg (24 lbs.) 527HWBRN-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 10 kg (21 lbs.) 443HWBRN-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1200 11 kg (24 lbs.) 509HWBIRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 12 kg (27 lbs.) 495HWBIRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 14 kg (30 lbs.) 560HWBIBRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 14 kg (30 lbs.) 495HWBIBRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1200 15 kg (33 lbs.) 560

High WattHWBHRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 10 kg (21 lbs.) $489HWBHRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 11 kg (23 lbs.) 553HWBHRN-FUL 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 10 kg (21 lbs.) 468HWBHRN-FULD 208, 220, or 240• Uninsulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 218 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 8 5⁄8") 1650 11 kg (24 lbs.) 533HWBHIRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 12 kg (27 lbs.) 520HWBHIRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Top or Bottom Mount w/Drain 348 x 553 x 240 mm (13 3⁄4" x 21 3⁄4" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 14 kg (30 lbs.) 585HWBHIBRT-FUL 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Bottom Mount Only 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 14 kg (30 lbs.) 520HWBHIBRT-FULD 120, 208, 220, or 240• Insulated Bottom Mount Only w/Drain 355 x 559 x 240 mm (14" x 22" x 9 1⁄2") 1650 15 kg (33 lbs.) 585

��n “RT” added to model name indicates unit with thermostat control, lit rocker switch, and 914 mm (36") capillary.“RN” added to model name indicates unit with infinite switch control, pilot light, and 914 mm (36") leads.

• CE Mark not available.

All Built-in Full-Size Rectangular Fabricator Heated Wells Feature:Voltage: Single phase only.Models shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation (top mounted only).

Built-In Full-Size Heated Wells – Fabricator ModelsHaving all the same great features as all of the Hatco Heated Wells family, with the added benefit of allowing fabricators the freedom to design their own steam tables. And Hatco Heated Wells hold hot food at safe serving temperatures.

• Without conduit and control box enclosure

• Thermostatic or infinite controls available

• With or without drains• Full rectangular wells• Low, Standard and High Watt models

NOTE: Fabricator Models are not a CE offering, items are sold as components for fabricator self certification.



HWB-LEAD-UR High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire for “RN” Models (Lead wire only – conduit not included) per 305 mm (12") $ 5

HWB-TSTAT-UR Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary for “RT” Models (Thermostat only – conduit not included) 42

ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 20-21COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS – SEE PAGE 12CONTROL OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 18

HWBRT-FULD with accessory food pan

HWBIBRT-FULD with accessory food pan

HWBIRT-FULD with accessory food pan

H W B X X X - X D

Heated Well Built-InNo Character = Standard Wattage


Drain Equipped

I = Insulated Top MountIB = Insulated Bottom Mount

FUL = Full Size Pan

RT = Thermostatic Control (Fabricator Models only)RN = Infinite Switch Control (Fabricator Models only)


Wel

ls



18

NOTE: Fabricator Models are not a CE offering, items are sold as components for fabricator self certification. Thermostatic

ControlInfinite Control

DROP-IN 4/3-SIZE RECTANGULAR FABRICATOR MODELSDimensions

Model��n Volts Description W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List PriceLow Watt

HWBLRT-43 120 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 750 14 kg (30 lbs) $537HWBLRT-43D 120 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 750 15 kg (33 lbs) 571HWBLRN-43 120 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 750 14 kg (30 lbs) 524HWBLRN-43D 120 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 750 15 kg (33 lbs) 557

Standard WattHWBRT-43 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 1200 14 kg (30 lbs.) $537HWBRT-43D 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 1200 15 kg (33 lbs.) 571HWBRN-43 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 1200 14 kg (30 lbs.) 524HWBRN-43D 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 1200 15 kg (33 lbs.) 557

High WattHWBHRT-43 120, 208, 220, 240• Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 1650 14 kg (30 lbs) $578HWBHRT-43D 120, 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 1650 15 kg (33 lbs) 611HWBHRN-43 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 1650 14 kg (30 lbs) 563HWBHRN-43D 208, 220, 240 • Uninsulated w/Drain 345 x 726 x 217 mm (135⁄8" x 285⁄8" x 85⁄8") 1650 15 kg (33 lbs) 598

��n “RT” added to model name indicates unit with thermostat control, lit rocker switch, and 914 mm (36") capillary “RN” added to model name indicates unit with infinite switch control, pilot light, and 914 mm (36") leads


All Drop-in 4/3-Size Rectangular Fabricator Heated Wells Feature:Voltage: Single phase onlyModels Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation

Drop-In 4/3-Size Heated Wells – Fabricator ModelsHaving all the same great features as all of the Hatco Heated Wells family, with the added benefit of allowing fabricators the freedom to design their own steam tables. And Hatco Heated Wells hold hot food at safe serving temperatures.

• Without conduit and control box enclosure

• Thermostatic or infinite controls available

• With or without drains• 4/3-size rectangular wells• Low, Standard and High Watt models


Control OptionsThe Fabricator models can have the following control choices:• Thermostatic Controls, which feature an

On/Off switch with light• Infinite Controls with indicator light



HWB-LEAD-UR High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire for “RN” Models (Lead wire only – conduit not included) per 305 mm (12") $ 5

HWB-TSTAT-UR Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary for “RT” Models (Thermostat only – conduit not included) 42

CONTROL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS Control Width HeightThermostatic 54 mm (2 1⁄8") 86 mm (33⁄8")Infinite 54 mm (21⁄8") 86 mm (33⁄8")

H W B X X - X D

Heated Well Built-In

No Character = Standard WattageH = High WattageL = Low Wattage

Drain Equipped43 = 4/3 Size Pan

RT = Thermostatic Control (Fabricator Models only)RN = Infinite Switch Control (Fabricator Models only)

Wells



19

DROP-IN ROUND FABRICATOR MODELS – UNINSULATED

Model��n Volts DescriptionDimensions

Dia. x H Watts Ship WeightList Price

4 Liter (4 Quart) – Standard WattHWBRT-4QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 5⁄8") 600 3 kg (6 lbs.) $480HWBRT-4QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 5⁄8") 600 4 kg (9 lbs.) 513HWBRN-4QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 5⁄8") 600 3 kg (6 lbs.) 468HWBRN-4QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 209 x 241 mm (8 1⁄4" x 9 5⁄8") 600 4 kg (9 lbs.) 501

7 Liter (7 Quart) – Standard WattHWBRT-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 600 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) $432HWBRT-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 600 5 kg (10 lbs.) 470HWBRN-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 600 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 417HWBRN-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 600 5 kg (10 lbs.) 455

7 Liter (7 Quart) – High WattHWBHRT-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) $457HWBHRT-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 5 kg (10 lbs.) 495HWBHRN-7QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 442HWBHRN-7QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 262 x 221 mm (10 3⁄8" x 8 3⁄4") 800 5 kg (10 lbs.) 480

10 Liter (11 Quart) – Standard WattHWBRT-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 600 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) $423HWBRT-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 600 5 kg (11 lbs.) 462HWBRN-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 600 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) 409HWBRN-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 600 5 kg (11 lbs.) 448

10 Liter (11 Quart) – High WattHWBHRT-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) $448HWBHRT-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 5 kg (11 lbs.) 489HWBHRN-11QT 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) 437HWBHRN-11QTD 120, 208, 220, or 240 • Top Mount w/Drain 313 x 221 mm (12 5⁄16" x 8 3⁄4") 800 5 kg (11 lbs.) 474

��n “RT” added to model name indicates unit with thermostat control, lit rocker switch, and 914 mm (36") capillary. “RN” added to model name indicates unit with infinite switch control, pilot light, and 914 mm (36") leads. “D” added to model name indicates unit with drain.


All Drop-in Round Fabricator Heated Wells Feature:Voltage: Single phase only.Models Shipped with: EZ locking hardware for installation.

Thermostatic Control

Infinite Control

Drop-In Round Heated Wells – Fabricator ModelsIdeal for the fabricator who wants to design a specific steam table layout. Easy to install, and easy to service, the Round Heated Wells come with control, size, drain and wattage choices.

• 4-, 7- and 10-Liter (4-, 7- and 11-Quart) Round Wells

• Standard or High Watt 4-Liter (4-Quart) Standard Watt only)

• With or without drain• Thermostatic or infinite

controls available• Without conduit and control

box enclosure

Control OptionsThe Fabricator models can have the following control choices:• Thermostatic Controls, which feature an

On/Off switch with light• Infinite Controls – available upon request


HWBRT-11QT with accessory food pan, not included



NOTE: Fabricator Models are not a CE offering, items are sold as components for fabricator self certification.

ALL METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR

TWO YEARS.

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only), Fabricator Models Only –

HWB-LEAD-UR High Temp Power Supply Lead Wire (Lead wire only – conduit not included) per 305 mm (12") $ 5

HWB-TSTAT-UR Thermostat with 1829 mm (72") Capillary 60

H W B X X - X D

Heated Well Built-InNo Character = Standard Wattage


Drain Equipped

4QT = Round 4 Quart Pan7QT = Round 7 Quart Pan11QT = Round 11 Quart PanRT = Thermostatic Control

(Fabricator Models Only) RN = Infinite Switch Control

(Fabricator Models Only )

Wel

ls



20

PANS – LIDS –TRIVETS ST PAN 1/3 Third-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 175 D x 64 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 6 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") $46ST PAN 1/2 Half-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 10 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") 52ST PAN 2 Full-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 527 D x 64 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄2") 63ST PAN 4 Full-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 527 D x 102 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 4") 79HDW 6" PAN Full-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 527 D x 152 H mm (12 3⁄4" x 20 3⁄4" x 6") 904QT-PAN 4-Liter (4-Quart) Round Pan 757QT-PAN 7-Liter (7-Quart) Round Pan 8511QT-PAN 10-Liter (11-Quart) Round Pan 95Notched Lid for Round Pans

4QT-LID-1 4-Liter (4-Quart) Notched Lid $367QT-LID-1 7-Liter (7-Quart) Notched Lid 4611QT-LID-1 10-Liter (11-Quart) Notched Lid 56

Hinged Lid for Round Pans4QT-LID 4-Liter (4-Quart) Hinged and Notched Lid $457QT-LID 7-Liter (7-Quart) Hinged and Notched Lid 6211QT-LID 10-Liter (11-Quart) Hinged and Notched Lid 79

Wire Trivets StainlessTRIVET (1/2)SS Half-Size – 259 W x 194 D mm (10 3⁄16" x 7 5⁄8") $ 91TRIVET SS Full-Size – 259 W x 457 D mm (10 1⁄8" x 18") 113

Wire Trivets PlatedTRIVET (1/2) Half-Size – 259 W x 194 D mm (10 3⁄16" x 7 5⁄8") $46TRIVET Full-Size –259 W x 457 D mm (10 1⁄8" x 18") 52

ADAPTERS, SUPPORT BARS, MOUNTING KITS, VALVES PAGE 21

Well Accessories

TRIVET (1/2)SS

TRIVET SS

ST PAN 1/2

ST PAN 4

ST PAN 2

ST PAN 1/3

4QT-PAN

11QT-PAN

7QT-PAN

4QT-LID

7QT-LID

11QT-LID

4QT-LID-1

11QT-LID-17QT-LID-1

HDW 6" PAN

HWBI-2 with accessory half and third-size pans

FTB-2 with accessory full-size sheet pans

Wells



21

MOUNTING KITS – VALVES Necessary at your Well installation

HWB-FUL-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-FUL series only $ 88HWB-43-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-43 series only 105HWB-4Q-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-4Q series only 52HWB-7Q-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-7Q series only 57HWB-11Q-MNT Mounting Kit for Combustible Countertops for HWB-11Q series only 62HWB-MNT-REC Kit Allows Mounting to Thick Counter Tops-8 Brackets, (HWBI and Rectangular

HWB Heated Wells only) 57HWB-MNT-RND Kit allows Mounting to Thick Counter Tops-4 Brackets, (Round Heated Wells only) 29External Manifold includes Individual Ball Valve for each Well (Not available for the slim models)HWBI2MANIF 2-Pan Accessory $ 535HWBI3MANIF 3-Pan Accessory 760HWBI4MANIF 4-Pan Accessory 985HWBI5MANIF 5-Pan Accessory 1210HWBI6MANIF 6-Pan Accessory 1435Necessary at your Well installationBALLVALVE3/4 High Temperature 3⁄4" NPT Ball Valve for units with Individual Drain(s) and no Manifold $ 55BALLVALVE1INCH High Temperature 1" NPT Ball Valve for units with Manifold Drain (Ganged Heated Wells only) 55GATEVALVE3/4IN High Temperature 3⁄4" NPT Gate Valve for units with Individual Drain(s) and no Manifold 99GATEVALVE1IN High Temperature 1" NPT Gate Valve for units with Manifold Drain (Ganged Heated Wells only) 146HWB-RDH Heated Well Remote Handle for ¾ drains only 157

ADAPTERS – SUPPORT BARSHWB-2-7Q Adapter to convert warmer to hold two 7-Liter (7-Quart) Inserts

(Model HWBI & HWB-FUL series only) $71HWB-3-4Q Adapter to convert warmer to hold three 4-Liter (4-Quart) Inserts

(Model HWBI & HWB-FUL series only) 71HWB-2-11Q Adapter to Convert warmer to hold two 10-Liter (11-Quart) Inserts (Model HWB-43 series only) 89HWB12BAR 305 mm (12") Pan Support Bar for Built-In and Drop-In Heated Wells 12HWB20BAR 508 mm (20") Pan Support Bar for Built-In and Drop-In Heated Wells 15HWBGM12BAR 305 mm (12") Pan Support Bar for Drop-In Modular/Ganged Models 12HWBGM20BAR 508 mm (20") Pan Support Bar for Drop-In Modular/Ganged Models 15CWB12BAR 12" Pan Support Bar for Drop-In Refrigerated Wells 12CWB20BAR 20" Pan Support Bar for Drop-In Refrigerated Wells 15

False Bottom for Drop-In Refrigerated Wells (Perforated false bottom accessory, choose your appropriate pan size)

CWB-1FB For CWB-1 (1-Part Accessory) $ 68CWB-2FB For CWB-2 (1-Part Accessory) 128CWB-3FB For CWB-3 (2-Part Accessory) 188CWB-4FB For CWB-4 (2-Part Accessory) 248CWB-5FB For CWB-5 (3-Part Accessory) 308CWB-6FB For CWB-6 (3-Part Accessory) 368

GATEVALVE1INCH

HWB-RDHAttaches to ¾ Ball Valve

BALLVALVE1INCHHWB-MNT-REC orHWB-MNT-RND

HWB-FUL-MNTChoose the appropriate kit for HWB-FUL, HWB-43, or HWB-4Q, -7Q, -11Q series

HWBI2MANIF

Support Bars Choose the appropriate kit for CWB, HWBI or HWB series

HWB-2-7Q (shown with two 7QT-PAN and 7QT-LID-1)

HWB-2-7Q HWB-3-4QHWB-2-11Q

DL-700-RL in Gloss finish (sneeze guards as shown not available) pg. 25

DL-400-SN in Glossy Gray finish pg. 25

Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafes

Clubs & Bars • Concessions

Decorative Lamps & Display Lights

DL-800-STR in Designer Color pg. 25

DL-400-STR in Glossy Gray finish pg. 25 DL-500-SR in Bright Brass finish pg. 25

DL-725-STR in Bright Nickel finish pg. 25 DL-750-STR in Bright Nickel finish pg. 25

HL-54 (sneeze guards not available as shown) pg. 28

Decorative Lamps &

Display Lights


Export Price List September 1, 2014

23

Decorative Lamps/LuminairesHatco Decorative Lamps provide radiant heat to briefly hold food warm at kitchen work areas, waitress pickup stations or customer serving points, while enhancing your décor. Versatile enough for any location, the range of lights are available with a selection of personalizing choices: shade styles, colors, switch locations and mounting arrangements. Configurations for lighting (Luminaire) as well as foodwarming.

• Decorative Lamps and Luminaires available in nine shade styles

• Eight different mounting arrangements to choose from

• Available in seven Designer colors, seven Gloss finishes, and six Plated finishes

• Four power switch options: Upper (on canopy) Lower (at stem) Remote None

• Available for food holding and display or lighting only applications

• Luminaire, Standard and High Watt bulbs available in certain voltages, see accessories page 27 (bulb not included in unit price)

DL-800-CTR in Plated finish

NOTE: Decorative Lamps and Luminaires are non-returnable.

Build A Decorative LampHatco has given you a variety of simple and easy ways to "Build Your Decorative Lamp". You can go online, watch a video or quickly do the work tables of "How to Build Your Lamp" on pages 25 and 26.

• GO online at: www.hatcocorp.com and click on "Build a Lamp". (Download a pdf of your lamp configuration in color and a Hatco List Price Quote)• OR follow the one thru six steps in the Hatco Price List (next two pages) to build your Hatco model code and List Price. Then look at the following page for the accessories, like a bulb or track, to easily complete your total order.

• For even more detailed information, go to www.hatcocorp.com and click on Video Library. Watch a video of Billy Booster leading you through "The Decorative Lamp Configurator"

HOW TO BUILD A LAMP

Specify the following options when ordering:1 Wattage DLH (High Watt - 375 watt max) No Charge 2 Shade Style -775 (See Shade Style on ) $3303 Shade Color BBRASS (Bright Brass Plated Finish) 105 4 Mounting Style S (Stem Mount) 54 5 Switch Location R (Remote Switch Location) No Charge 6 Overall Length 2032 mm (80") >1829 mm (72") ($16 over 1829 mm [72"]) 16(Specify to the nearest inch – CL, CU, CT, SL, SU, ST, PL, PU mounts only) TOTAL $505Information indicated in red are items that the customer should enter. Bulbs are not included.

Shade Style

High Wattage

Decorative Lamp

D L H- 7 7 5 - SR

Switch Type/Location

Mounting Style

Now you can develop your own Hatco Decorative Lamp

solutions with our online lamp configurator.

Visit www.hatcocorp.com Click on “Build a Lamp"

Deco

rativ

e La

mps

&

Disp

lay

Ligh

ts


September 1, 2014 Export Price List

24

DL-700-AU in Plated finish

DL-800-CTR in Gloss finish

DL-750-CL in Gloss finish

DL-500-SU in Designer color

DL-760-SL in Designer color

DL-725-SU in Plated finish

DL-400-SU in Designer color

DL-600-SL in Gloss finish

ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS

CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTSNOTE: Install standard watt (120V bulb, 250W) no closer than 25 mm (1") from a sidewall and no closer than

406 mm (16") above a combustible surface, or no closer than 127 mm (5") to a non-combustible surface.

Specify the following information with your order:

1. Voltage: 120V, 240V and Wattage: 200, 250, 375W2. Shade Style Code: -400, -500, -600, -700, -725, -750, -760, -775, -800 3. Shade and Canopy Colors: Warm Red, Black, Gray Granite, White Granite, Navy Blue, Hunter Green, Antique Copper, Smooth White,

Gleaming Gold, Glossy Gray, Bold Black, Radiant RedQ (lampshade only), Brilliant BlueQ (lampshade only), Clear Coat Brushed MetalQ (lampshade only) Bright BrassQ, Bright NickelQ, Bright CopperQ, Antique NickelQ, Antique BrassQ, Antique BronzeQ

4. Mounting Style Code: R, RT, C, CT, S, ST, P, A5. Switch Location Code: Upper (U), Lower (L), Remote (R), or None (N). (DLH must be remote or none)6. Overall Unit Length: For C, CT, S, or ST Mounts from ceiling to bottom of warmer lamp shade

For A or P Mounts from center of shade to wall plus vertical shade length7. Clearance: From bulb to surface (see NOTE Clearance Requirements above)

8. Accessory Bulb Color/Coating: 60W- Clear Coated (Luminaire only) 250W- Clear Uncoated, Clear Coated, Red Uncoated, or Red Coated (120V only) 375W- Clear Uncoated, Clear Coated, Red Uncoated, or Red Coated (120V only)9. Cord/Track Color: Black (standard), White (optional) (120V only)

Q Special process required and extended lead times, see page 25 for additional charge. Specify your appropriate accessories with your order.

D L X - X X X - X X X

Decorative Lamp Switch Location

Shade StyleMounting Style

High Wattage

Decorative Lamps &

Display Lights



25

STEP 2: SHADE STYLEShade Code Ship Weight

(depending on components) List Price

DL-400 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) $300DL-500 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) 300DL-600 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) 300DL-700 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) 300

DL-725 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) 330DL-750 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) 330DL-760 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) 330DL-775 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) 330DL-800 3-5 kg (6-10 lbs.) 330

STEP 3: SHADE AND CANOPY COLORSShade and Canopy Colors – Designer Finishes No Charge

RED Warm Red NAVY Navy BlueBLACK Black GREEN Hunter GreenGRAY Gray Granite COPPER Antique CopperWHITE White Granite

Glossy Finishes No Charge SWHITE Smooth White GGRAY Glossy GrayGGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLACK Bold Black

Special Process Required and Extended Lead Times – Plated Finishes

BBRASS Bright Brass $105 BNICKEL Bright Nickel 105 BCOPPER Bright Copper 105 ABRASS Antique Brass 105 ANICKEL Antique Nickel 105 ABRONZE Antique Bronze 105

Shade Finish Only – must choose other finish for remainder of unit Glossy Finishes No Charge

RRED Radiant Red RBLUE Brilliant Blue CL-COAT Clear Brushed Metal Finish

STEP 1: VOLTAGE AND WATTAGEVoltage 120 or 240V (CE Mark

available at no added charge) No Charge

Wattage No ChargeDL- Luminaire 200 watt maxDL- Standard 250 watt maxDLH- High Watt 375 watt max


SHADE STYLES

-800

-700

-500-400

156 mm(61/8")

-725 -750

-760 -775

-600

216 mm(81⁄2")

156 mm(61⁄8")

159 mm(61⁄4")

216 mm(81⁄2")

165 mm (61⁄2")

241 mm (91⁄2") 279 mm (11")

318 mm (121⁄2") 267 mm (101⁄2") 279 mm (11")

216 mm(81⁄2")

SHADE AND CANOPY COLORS

Warm Red Black White Navy Blue Gray Hunter Antique Granite Granite Green Copper

Designer Colors

Smooth Gleaming Glossy Bold White Gold Gray Black

Gloss Finishes

Bright Bright Bright Antique Antique Antique Brass Nickel Copper Nickel Brass Bronze

Plated Finishes – Special Process Required and Extended Lead Times

Printed colors are a representation and may not exactly match our Designer, Gloss, and Plated Finishes.

Radiant Radiant Clear Brushed Red Blue Metal Finish

Gloss Finishes for Shade Only – Special Process Required and Extended Lead Times

Build A Decorative Lamp Configurator WorksheetComplete the six steps on this worksheet to configure your Hatco model code and List Price. In order to get exactly what you need in the least amount of time, have this handy when ordering your Hatco Decorative Lamp.

BUILD YOUR DECORATIVE/LUMINAIRE LAMPS – STEP 1 THRU 3 (To determine your total list price and model code, pick all your options - bulb not included)

D L X - X X X - X X X

Decorative Lamp Switch Location

Shade StyleMounting Style

High Wattage

Visit www.hatcocorp.com Click on “Build a Lamp"

Go to next page for Steps 4-6

Deco

rativ

e La

mps

&

Disp

lay

Ligh

ts



26

STEP 4: MOUNTING STYLEMounting Style –

A Arm $54P Pivot 54C Cord (specify cord color) No ChargeCT Cord Mount to Track Adapter

(specify cord and track color) 95R Retractable (specify cord color) 200RT Retractable Mount to

Track Adapter (specify cord and track color) 295

S Stem 54ST Stem to Track Adapter 149

STEP 6: OVERALL LENGTHOverall Length – For C, CT, S, or ST Mounts from ceiling to bottom of warmer lamp shade. For A or P Mounts from center of shade to wall plus vertical shade length.

Up to 1829 mm (72") No ChargeGreater than 1829 mm (72") $16

STEP 5: SWITCH LOCATIONSwitch Location – No Charge

N NoneU UpperL LowerR Remote

BUILD YOUR DECORATIVE/LUMINAIRE LAMPS – STEP 4 THRU 6 (To determine your total list price and model code, pick all your options - bulb not included)

A Mount Rigid Mount to canopy with pivot. Specify horizontal stem length from 178 to 508 mm (7" to 20"). Unit length is 432 to 762 mm (17" to 30").

P Mount Rigid Mount to canopy with pivot. Specify overall length* from 432 to 1803 mm (17" to 71").

SWITCH LOCATIONS

U-Upper SwitchNot available on• DLH-(high watt models) • R Mount• Track mounts (CT, RT, ST)

Lower SwitchNot available on:• DLH-(high watt models) • A Mount

Remote Switch • Accommodates 16 amps• Up to seven 250W lamps, or five 375W lamps maximum per remote switch

ST Mount 6 Rigid Stem Mount to track adapter. Specify overall length from 432 to 1803 mm (17" to 71").

CTLSWITCH

23⁄8"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

S Mount Rigid Stem Mount to canopy. Specify overall length from 356 to 1803 mm (14" to 71").

CTLSWITCH

23⁄8"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

Cord Mount

CTLSWITCH

23⁄8"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

CT Mount 6 Cord Mount to track adapter. Specify overall length from 432 mm (17") to any length.

C Mount Cord Mount to canopy. Specify overall length from 432 mm (17") to any length.

CTLSWITCH

23⁄8"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

Retractable Cord Mount

R Mount Retractable Cord Mount. Adjusts from 787 to 1765 mm (31" to 69 1⁄2").

CTLSWITCH

23⁄8"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

RT Mount 6 Retractable Cord Mount to track adapter. Adjusts from 848 to 1826 mm (33 3⁄8" to 71 7⁄8").

CTLSWITCH

23⁄8"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

* Overall length from pivot to bottom of lamp shade.

Add the total costs of options below (not for retrofit-bulb not included) –

Step 1 Wattage and Voltage $ 0.00

Step 2 Shade Style

Step 3 Shade and Canopy Colors

Step 4 Mounting Style

Step 5 Switch Location 0.00

Step 6 Overall Length

Your Total Price BULBS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 27

D L - - Decorative Lamp Switch

Location

Shade Style Code Mounting StyleWattage Code

YOUR TOTAL LIST PRICE AND MODEL CODE

$


6 NOTE: Lamp shade diameter and wattage may limit number of lamps per track. To assure warranty coverage, do not install track systems in damp or wet locations (including above steam tables).

Decorative Lamps &

Display Lights



27


DL-CORD-WHITE White Cord (C=Cord, R=Retractable Mounts Only) (Black is standard)

No Charge

LUMINAIRE Luminaire Lighting (No heating – 200W bulb maximum – not included) Receives Special Decorative Lighting UL Approval

No Charge

Leads – For any SU, SL or SR mount units, must specify lead length) LEADS5 305-1524 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16LEADS10 1829-3048 mm 6'-10' Extended Electrical Leads 32LEADS15 3353-4572 mm 11'-15' Extended Electrical Leads 48LEADS20 4877-6096 mm 16'-20' Extended Electrical Leads 64

ACCESSORIES DL-TRACK-4B 1219 mm (4') Track Mount Bar, Black† wt $208DL-TRACK-4W 1219 mm (4') Track Mount Bar, White† wt 208DL-TRACK-8B 2438 mm (8') Track Mount Bar, Black† wt 297DL-TRACK-8W 2438 mm (8') Track Mount Bar, White† wt 297DL-TRACK-12B 3658 mm (12') Track Mount Bar, Black† wt 408DL-TRACK-12W 3658 mm (12') Track Mount Bar, White† wt 408DL-TRACKBLK Additional Track Installation and Modification Kit (Includes ceiling

plate, live end fitting and cover (starter), and dead end fitting) – Black (For cutting track length into multiple sections, see above)t 87

DL-TRACKWHT Additional Track Installation and Modification Kit (Includes ceiling plate, live end fitting and cover (starter), and dead end fitting) – White (For cutting track length into multiple sections, see above)t 87

DL-SWITCH-16AMP 16 amp Lamp Toggle Switch each 14WHITE-CTD-120L 120 volt, 60 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (Luminaire models only) each 7WHITE-CTD-240L 240 volt, 60 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (Luminaire models only) each 8WHITE-UCTD-120 120 volt, 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Uncoated each 15WHITE-UCTD-240 240 volt, 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Uncoated each 45WHITE-CTD-120 120 volt, 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated each 25WHITE-CTD-240 240 volt, 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated each 54RED-UCTD-120 120 volt, 250 Watt Red Bulb, Uncoated each 23RED-CTD-120 120 volt, 250 Watt Red Bulb, Coated each 32

w Tracks may be cut to fit any length by installer. Modification kits available above. † Maximum seven (7) 250 watt lamps or five (5) 375 watt lamps per 20 amp Track Bar Circuit. Maximum

1920 watts or 16 amps per any length track. Installer is responsible for properly sizing the supply circuit and the lamp load. Lamp shade diameter and wattage may limit number of lamps per track.

t Available in 120V only.

DL-TRACK-4W

DL-TRACKBLK

RED uncoated, WHITE uncoated, RED coated, WHITE coated

CeilingPlate

Live EndFitting and Cover(starter)

Dead EndFitting

TRACK INSTALLATION AND MODIFICATION KIT – Highlighted Components (For Cutting Track Length into Multiple Sections)

DL-750-STR in Bright Nickel finish

DL-TRACKWHT

DL-TRACK-4B


CROSS SECTIONOF TRACK

18 mm(¾")

35 mm (1³/8")

Deco

rativ

e La

mps

&

Disp

lay

Ligh

ts



28

• Extruded aluminum housings• Incandescent bulbs with special

protective coating to guard against food contamination

• Bright-annealed reflectors for maximum brightness

• Extra lamps available on models from 610 to 1829 mm (24" to 72")

• Optional Designer colors: Warm Red, Black, Gray Granite, White Granite, Navy Blue, Hunter Green, Antique Copper

Glo-Rite® Display LightsLet the light shine on your work surface or display areas with Glo-Rite® Display Lights. Durable and effective, Hatco light strips are made of extruded aluminum housings with bright-annealed reflectors for maximum brightness. HL-24-2 (including

extra lamp assembly), lamps on 305 mm (12") centers standard

GLO-RITE DISPLAY LIGHTList Price

Model Volts (Single Phase Only)

No. of Bulbs Width Watts* Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

HL-18 120, 220 or 240 2 457 mm (18") 120 3 kg ( 6 lbs.) $278 $298HL-24 120, 220 or 240 2 610 mm (24") 120 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 292 312HL-24-2 120, 220 or 240 3 610 mm (24") 180 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 332 352HL-30 120, 220 or 240 2 762 mm (30") 120 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 307 327HL-30-2 120, 220 or 240 4 762 mm (30") 240 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 371 391HL-36 120, 220 or 240 3 914 mm (36") 180 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) 355 375HL-36-2 120, 220 or 240 5 914 mm (36") 300 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) 415 435HL-42 120, 220 or 240 3 1067 mm (42") 180 5 kg (10 lbs.) 371 391HL-42-2 120, 220 or 240 6 1067 mm (42") 360 5 kg (10 lbs.) 453 473HL-48 120, 220 or 240 4 1219 mm (48") 240 5 kg (11 lbs.) 415 435HL-48-2 120, 220 or 240 7 1219 mm (48") 420 5 kg (12 lbs.) 502 522HL-54 120, 220 or 240 4 1372 mm (54") 240 5 kg (12 lbs.) 428 448HL-54-2 120, 220 or 240 8 1372 mm (54") 480 6 kg (13 lbs.) 539 559HL-60 120, 220 or 240 5 1524 mm (60") 300 6 kg (13 lbs.) 477 497HL-60-2 120, 220 or 240 9 1524 mm (60") 540 6 kg (14 lbs.) 583 603HL-66 120, 220 or 240 5 1676 mm (66") 300 6 kg (14 lbs.) 493 513HL-66-2 120, 220 or 240 10 1676 mm (66") 600 7 kg (15 lbs.) 622 642HL-72 120, 220 or 240 6 1829 mm (72") 360 7 kg (15 lbs.) 539 559HL-72-2 120, 220 or 240 10 1829 mm (72") 600 7 kg (16 lbs.) 667 687

* With 60 watt bulb. ‡ CE Mark available at no added charge.

All Display Light Models Feature:Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (Unless otherwise specified).Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: 76 D x 64 H mm (3" x 2 1⁄2").


HL-40W 40 Watt Bulb in lieu of Standard Display Light (120V only) No ChargeREM TOG Remote Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) No ChargeLeads (Extended Beyond Standard 914 mm [3'] Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length)LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 64

ACCESSORIES HL-BRKT Adjustable Angle Bracket pair $19


Designer Colors - Non-standard colors are non-returnable.

RED Warm Red per 305 mm (12") $22BLACK Black per 305 mm (12") 22GRAY Gray Granite per 305 mm (12") 22WHITE White Granite per 305 mm (12") 22NAVY Navy Blue per 305 mm (12") 22GREEN Hunter Green per 305 mm (12") 22COPPER Antique Copper per 305 mm (12") 22

HL-BRKT Accessory

H L - X X - 2

Display Light Extra Lamp Models

Width (inches)

Cafeterias • Buffets • Supermarkets & Delis Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars

Strip Heaters

GRAL-72D with optional non-adjustable tubular stands pg. 35

GR2AHL-84 with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color, inset panels and sneeze guards pg. 42

GRAH-42D with 6" spacer and optional non-adjustable tubular stands pg. 34

GRAHL-96D with optional Designer color and non-adjustable tubular standss pg. 35

GRNH-48 with standard angle brackets and optional Designer color (sneeze guards as shown not available) pg. 37

GRAIHL-48 (requires Remote Control Enclosure) pg. 38

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



30

GRA-72D or GRAH-72D

GRAL-72D or GRAHL-72D

GRA-72 or GRAH-72

Glo-Ray® Metal Sheathed Foodwarmers: (pages 31-36)

1. Choose a length2. Single or dual warmer3. Standard or high watt4. Lights or no lights5. Voltage: 120, 208, 220, 240 without

lights, or 120,220, 240, 120/208, 120/240 for units with lights

6. Choose control option. Remote installation is recommended

Infra-Black® Foodwarmers: (pages 38-40)

1. Choose a length2. Single or dual warmer3. Lights or no lights4. Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240 without

lights, 120,220, 240, 120/208, 120/240 with lights


Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Foodwarmers: (pages 47-49)

1. Choose a length2. Single or dual warmer3. Standard or high watt4. Lights or no lights5. Voltage: 120, 208, or 240 without

lights, 120,240, 120/208, 120/240 with lights


GRAL-72 or GRAHL-72

UGA-60D or UGAH-60D

UGAL-60 or UGAHL-60

UGAL-60D or UGAHL-60D

UGA-60 or UGAH-60

GRAIH-60D

GRAIHL-60

GRAIHL-60D

GRAIH-60

Glo-Ray® Narrow Foodwarmers: (page 37)

1. Choose a length2. Standard or high watt3. Voltage: 120, 208, 220, 2404. Choose control option. Remote

installation is recommended

Designer Glo-Ray® Foodwarmers: (pages 41-46)

1. Choose a length2. Single or dual warmer3. Standard or high watt4. Lights or no lights5. Voltage:

120, 208, 220 or 240, without lights 120,220, 240, 120/208, 120/240 with lights6. Choose control option. Remote installation only7. Choose inset panel and corner cap color

GR2A-36 or GR2AH-36

GR2A-36D or GR2AH-36D

GR2AL-36D or GR2AHL-36D

GR2AL-36 or GR2AHL-36

GRN-24 or GRNH-24

Ordering Instructions

Strip HeatersStrip HeatersStrip HeatersStrip HeatersStrip Heaters



31

G R A H - X X

H = High WattageNo Character = Standard Wattage

Glo-Ray® Infrared Strip HeatersSafely hold the temperature of your product without drying out or further cooking food with Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Infrared Strip Heaters. The end result is hot, fresh food that’s ready-to-serve. The continuous aluminum housing and heavy-duty mountings ensure the durability and quality of Hatco products.

• Ensures maximum flavor, safety and holding time

• Provides even heat distribution – no “cold spots”

• Sturdy extruded aluminum housings that do not sag, from 457 to 3658 mm (18" to 144")

GRAH-36 with optional Designer color, infinite switch, cord and plug set and C-legs

ALUMINUM STRIP HEATERList Price*

Model Width Watts Ship Weight 120, 208V 220, 240V‡

Standard Watt GRA-18 457 mm ( 18") 250 3 kg ( 6 lbs.) $225 $230 GRA-24 610 mm ( 24") 350 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 240 245 GRA-30 762 mm ( 30") 450 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) 254 259 GRA-36 914 mm ( 36") 575 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) 272 277 GRA-42 1067 mm ( 42") 675 5 kg (10 lbs.) 286 291 GRA-48 1219 mm ( 48") 800 5 kg (11 lbs.) 300 305 GRA-54 1372 mm ( 54") 925 6 kg (13 lbs.) 316 321 GRA-60 1524 mm ( 60") 1050 6 kg (14 lbs.) 345 350 GRA-66 1676 mm ( 66") 1160 7 kg (16 lbs.) 378 383 GRA-72 1829 mm ( 72") 1275 8 kg (17 lbs.) 428 433 GRA-84t 2134 mm ( 84") 1500 9 kg (19 lbs.) 498 503 GRA-96t 2438 mm ( 96") 1725 10 kg (21 lbs.) 557 562 GRA-108 2743 mm (108") 1850 10 kg (23 lbs.) 702 707 GRA-120 3048 mm (120") 2100 12 kg (26 lbs.) 763 768 GRA-132 3353 mm (132") 2320 14 kg (30 lbs.) 823 828 GRA-144 3658 mm (144") 2550 15 kg (33 lbs.) 884 889High Watt GRAH-18 457 mm ( 18") 350 3 kg ( 6 lbs.) $233 $238 GRAH-24 610 mm ( 24") 500 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 247 252 GRAH-30 762 mm ( 30") 660 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) 264 269 GRAH-36 914 mm ( 36") 800 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) 278 283 GRAH-42 1067 mm ( 42") 950 5 kg (10 lbs.) 293 298 GRAH-48 1219 mm ( 48") 1100 5 kg (11 lbs.) 309 314 GRAH-54 1372 mm ( 54") 1250 6 kg (13 lbs.) 322 327 GRAH-60 1524 mm ( 60") 1400 6 kg (14 lbs.) 355 360 GRAH-66t 1676 mm ( 66") 1560 7 kg (16 lbs.) 384 389 GRAH-72t 1829 mm ( 72") 1725 8 kg (17 lbs.) 435 440 GRAH-84s 2134 mm ( 84") 1900 9 kg (19 lbs.) 506 511 GRAH-96s 2438 mm ( 96") 2400 10 kg (21 lbs.) 564 569 GRAH-108 2743 mm (108") 2500 10 kg (23 lbs.) 708 713 GRAH-120 3048 mm (120") 2800 12 kg (26 lbs.) 770 775 GRAH-132 3353 mm (132") 3120 14 kg (30 lbs.) 831 836 GRAH-144 3658 mm (144") 3450 15 kg (33 lbs.) 893 898

* Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $10. ��t When using an infinite control with a 120 volt model, add the tandem element charge. ��s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges.

All Aluminum Models Feature 914 mm (3') conduit standard on 120 and 208 models only:Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240 volt, single phase.Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (unless otherwise specified).Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: 457-3658 W x 152 D x 64 H mm (18"-144" x 6" x 2 1⁄2").

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 33RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – SEE PAGE 50

ALL GLo-RAy® mEtAL shEAthEd hEAtinG ELEmEnts wARRAntEd AGAinst buRnout And bREAkAGE foR two yEARs.

Toggle Switch: max. 15 ampsInfinite Switch: max. 12.2 amps

• Reflector does not blacken, maintaining a consistent heat pattern

• Reinforced wire guard provides operator safety without affecting heat distribution

• Heavy-duty insulation minimizes heat loss

GRAH-48 with optional sneeze guards, cord and plug set and t-legs

Glo-Ray

Aluminum Housing

Width (inches)

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



32

Glo-Ray® Infrared Strip HeatersKeep food hot and fresh and hold optimum serving temperatures longer. Extruded aluminum housings go up to 3658 mm (144") in length and have lights to illuminate your food holding area. Heavy-duty stainless steel housings are also available for marine applications, consult factory for pricing.

• Prefocused heat pattern bathes the entire holding surface

• Consistent holding temperatures with no cold spots

• Standard and high watt models available

• Models with lights for illuminating food holding area (aluminum only) GRAHL-36 with optional

sneeze guards and adjustable tubular stands

STAINLESS STEEL STRIP HEATERList Price*

Model Width Watts Ship Weight120,

208V220,

240V‡

Standard Watt GR-18 457 mm (18") 250 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) $326 $331 GR-24 610 mm (24") 350 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 344 349 GR-36 914 mm (36") 575 5 kg (10 lbs.) 391 396 GR-48 1219 mm (48") 800 5 kg (12 lbs.) 420 425 GR-60 1524 mm (60") 1050 7 kg (15 lbs.) 479 484 GR-72 1829 mm (72") 1275 9 kg (19 lbs.) 572 577 GR-96u 2438 mm (96") 1725 11 kg (24 lbs.) 692 697High Watt GRH-18 457 mm (18") 350 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) $337 $342 GRH-24 610 mm (24") 500 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 355 360 GRH-36 914 mm (36") 800 5 kg (10 lbs.) 396 401 GRH-48 1219 mm (48") 1100 5 kg (12 lbs.) 428 433 GRH-60 1524 mm (60") 1400 7 kg (15 lbs.) 485 490 GRH-72u 1829 mm (71") 1725 9 kg (19 lbs.) 582 587 GRH-96` 2438 mm (96") 2400 11 kg (24 lbs.) 699 704

* Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ��u Infinite not available in 120V. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $10. ��̀ 120 volt models not available.

All Stainless Steel Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240 volt, single phase.Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side.Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: 610-2438 W x 152 D x 64 H mm (24"-96" x 6" x 2 1⁄2").NOTE: Sneeze Guards can not be added to GR or GRH models.

Stainless steel models are not available with lights, sneeze guard or as dual or tandem units.

ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER wITH LIgHTSList Price*

ModelNo. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight

120, 120/208V, 120/240V

220, 240V‡

Standard Watt GRAL-18 2 457 mm ( 18") 370 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) $ 358 $ 363 GRAL-24 2 610 mm ( 24") 470 5 kg (10 lbs.) 375 380 GRAL-30 2 762 mm ( 30") 570 5 kg (11 lbs.) 419 424 GRAL-36 3 914 mm ( 36") 755 6 kg (13 lbs.) 465 470 GRAL-42 3 1067 mm ( 42") 855 7 kg (15 lbs.) 497 502 GRAL-48 4 1219 mm ( 48") 1040 8 kg (17 lbs.) 540 545 GRAL-54 4 1372 mm ( 54") 1165 9 kg (19 lbs.) 585 590 GRAL-60 5 1524 mm ( 60") 1350 10 kg (21 lbs.) 646 651 GRAL-66 5 1676 mm ( 66") 1460 10 kg (22 lbs.) 705 710 GRAL-72 6 1829 mm ( 72") 1635 11 kg (24 lbs.) 789 794 GRAL-84t 7 2134 mm ( 84") 1920 13 kg (28 lbs.) 917 922 GRAL-96t 8 2438 mm ( 96") 2205 15 kg (32 lbs.) 1035 1040 GRAL-108 9 2743 mm (108") 2390 16 kg (36 lbs.) 1239 1244 GRAL-120 10 3048 mm (120") 2700 18 kg (40 lbs.) 1361 1366 GRAL-132 11 3353 mm (132") 2980 20 kg (44 lbs.) 1480 1485 GRAL-144 12 3658 mm (144") 3270 22 kg (48 lbs.) 1601 1606High Watt GRAHL-18 2 457 mm ( 18") 470 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) $ 365 $ 370 GRAHL-24 2 610 mm ( 24") 620 5 kg (10 lbs.) 383 388 GRAHL-30 2 762 mm ( 30") 780 5 kg (11 lbs.) 427 432 GRAHL-36 3 914 mm ( 36") 980 6 kg (13 lbs.) 471 476 GRAHL-42 3 1067 mm ( 42") 1130 7 kg (15 lbs.) 504 509 GRAHL-48 4 1219 mm ( 48") 1340 8 kg (17 lbs.) 549 554 GRAHL-54 4 1372 mm ( 54") 1490 9 kg (19 lbs.) 594 599 GRAHL-60 5 1524 mm ( 60") 1700 10 kg (21 lbs.) 654 659 GRAHL-66t 5 1676 mm ( 66") 1860 10 kg (22 lbs.) 713 718 GRAHL-72t 6 1829 mm ( 72") 2085 11 kg (24 lbs.) 795 800 GRAHL-84s 7 2134 mm ( 84") 2470 13 kg (28 lbs.) 922 927 GRAHL-96s 8 2438 mm ( 96") 2880 15 kg (32 lbs.) 1042 1047 GRAHL-108 9 2743 mm (108") 3040 16 kg (36 lbs.) 1244 1249 GRAHL-120 10 3048 mm (120") 3400 18 kg (40 lbs.) 1368 1373 GRAHL-132 11 3353 mm (132") 3780 20 kg (44 lbs.) 1490 1495 GRAHL-144 12 3658 mm (144") 4170 22 kg (48 lbs.) 1611 1616

* Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $10. ��t When using an infinite control with a 120 volt model, add the tandem element charge. ��s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem

option for additional charges.

All Aluminum Models with Lights Feature 914 mm (3') conduit standard on 120, 120/208 and 120/240 models only:Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side – light side (Unless otherwise specified).Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: 457-3658 W x 229 D x 64 H mm (18"-144" x 9" x 2 1⁄2").




G R A H L - X XGlo-Ray

Aluminum HousingNo Character = Stainless

Steel Housing

Width (inches)LightsNo Character = No Lights





33

A series of GRAH-60s


Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 457-3658 mm (18"-144") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –COLOR-6 152 mm (6") Housing for GRA and GRAH Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") $22COLOR-9 229 mm (9") Housing for GRAL and GRAHL Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") 22

RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique CopperBLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green

gloss Finishes, Aluminum Models 457-3658 mm (18"-144") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No ChargeGLOSS-6 152 mm (6") Housing for GRA and GRAH Models (select finish) per 305 mm (12") $31GLOSS-9 229 mm (9") Housing for GRAL and GRAHL Models (select finish) per 305 mm (12") 31

RRED Radiant Red GGRAY Glossy Gray BBLACK Bold BlackGGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLUE Brilliant Blue

IND. LGT Indicator Light (Remote only on stainless steel units) (not available as Built-In with Tandem Element option) 12TANDEM-SINGLE Tandem Charge, Single Glo-Rays (max. two elements end-to-end) (wattage will change based on configuration) 44Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 3' Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) –

LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16 LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32 LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48 LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 649.375BP1 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard, One Side per 305 mm (12") 499.375BP2 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard, Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 9814BP1 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard, One Side per 305 mm (12") 8014BP2 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard, Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 160LIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps – Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) – one per 305 mm (12") is standard each 223 ANEAL REFL Bright Annealed Reflector for Lights per 305 mm (12") 17Infinite Control (REMOTE ENCLOSURE RECOMMENDED) Consult factory if rating of element exceeds 12.2 amps

BLT INF Built-in (max. of 12.2 amps) (remote installation recommended) $ 33REM INF Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 254 or 305 mm (10" or 12") clearance) 33

Remote Control Enclosure Available in Designer Colors and Gloss Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – see page 51 for Models and PricesATL Adjustable Tubular Stands 254-356 mm (10"-14") (not available in powder-coated colors) 1 pair 173NTL-10, 12 Adjustable Tubular Stands 254-356 mm (10"-14") (not available in powder-coated colors) 1 pair 80NTL-14, 16 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 356 or 406 mm (14" or 16") clearance) 1 pair 86NTL-PAINT Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 1 pair 33NTL-PAINT-D Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 2 pair 66CL-LOW C-Leg Stands Standard Watt – 254 mm (10") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") 1 pair 92CL-HIGH C-Leg Stands High Watt – 343 mm (131⁄2") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") 1 pair 103TL-10 T-Leg Stands 254 mm (10") Clearance – for Standard Watt Models only up to 1829 mm (72") 1 pair 197TL-13 T-Leg Stands 343 mm (13 1⁄2") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") 1 pair 217TL-16 T-Leg Stands 406 mm (16") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") 1 pair 247TL-18 T-Leg Stands 457 mm (18") Clearance – for Models up to 1829 mm (72") 1 pair 267CAP Attached 1829 mm (72") Cord and Plug Set (120V only) on Models up to 1829 mm (72") for GRA’s and 1524

mm (60") for GRAL’s requires Standard Chain Mount Kit (two S Hooks with two 152 mm (6") Lengths of Chain), or add optional C-leg Stands, or T-leg Stands 25

CAP-EX Attached 1829 mm (72") Cord and Plug Set (Export only) on Models up to 2438 mm (96") 25

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime)

ADJ ANGLE Adjustable Angle Brackets (GRA models only) 1 pair $19CHAIN 1 Chain Suspension per 305 mm (12") 6GR-ANGLE Adjustable Angle Brackets (GR models only) 1 pair 19

COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



34

Glo-Ray® Dual Infrared Strip HeatersCreate a deeper holding area with Glo-Ray® aluminum Dual Infrared Foodwarmers mounted side-by-side, keeping hot food at optimum serving temperatures. The pre-focused heat pattern directs heat from a metal sheathed element, across the entire holding surface. The continuous aluminum housing and heavy-duty mountings ensure the durability and quality of Hatco products.

• Ensures maximum flavor, safety and holding time

• Provides even heat distribution – no “cold spots”

• Sturdy extruded aluminum housings that do not sag, from 457 to 3658 mm (18" to 144")

• Metal sheathed heating elements guaranteed against burnout and breakage for two years

• Reflector does not blacken, maintaining a consistent heat pattern

• Reinforced wire guard provides operator safety without affecting heat distribution

• 76 or 152 mm (3" or 6") spacer available• Heavy-duty insulation minimizes

heat loss

ALUMINUM DUAL STRIP HEATERList Price*

120, 208V 220, 240V‡

Model Width Watts Ship Weight76 mm

(3") Spacer152 mm

(6") Spacer76 mm

(3") Spacer152 mm

(6") SpacerStandard Watt

GRA-18D 457 mm ( 18") 500 6 kg (14 lbs.) $ 562 $ 572 $ 572 $ 582GRA-24D 610 mm ( 24") 700 7 kg (16 lbs.) 592 602 602 612GRA-30D 762 mm ( 30") 900 8 kg (18 lbs.) 650 665 660 675GRA-36D 914 mm ( 36") 1150 10 kg (21 lbs.) 710 725 720 735GRA-42D 1067 mm ( 42") 1350 11 kg (24 lbs.) 767 782 777 792GRA-48D 1219 mm ( 48") 1600 12 kg (27 lbs.) 825 845 835 855GRA-54D 1372 mm ( 54") 1850 14 kg (30 lbs.) 880 900 890 910GRA-60D 1524 mm ( 60") 2100 15 kg (34 lbs.) 973 1003 983 1013GRA-66D 1676 mm ( 66") 2320 17 kg (37 lbs.) 1059 1089 1069 1099GRA-72D 1829 mm ( 72") 2550 19 kg (41 lbs.) 1193 1223 1203 1233GRA-84Dt 2134 mm ( 84") 3000 20 kg (44 lbs.) 1385 1425 1395 1435GRA-96Dt 2438 mm ( 96") 3450 24 kg (52 lbs.) 1558 1598 1568 1608GRA-108D< 2743 mm (108") 3700 27 kg (59 lbs.) 1877 1917 1887 1927GRA-120D<` 3048 mm (120") 4200 30 kg (66 lbs.) 2052 2112 2062 2122GRA-132D<` 3353 mm (132") 4640 33 kg (73 lbs.) 2231 2291 2241 2301GRA-144D<` 3658 mm (144") 5100 36 kg (80 lbs.) 2404 2464 2414 2474

High WattGRAH-18D 457 mm ( 18") 700 6 kg (14 lbs.) $ 576 $ 586 $ 586 $ 596GRAH-24D 610 mm ( 24") 1000 7 kg (16 lbs.) 608 618 618 628GRAH-30D 762 mm ( 30") 1320 8 kg (18 lbs.) 667 682 677 692GRAH-36D 914 mm ( 36") 1600 10 kg (21 lbs.) 725 740 735 750GRAH-42D 1067 mm ( 42") 1900 11 kg (24 lbs.) 784 799 794 809GRAH-48D 1219 mm ( 48") 2200 12 kg (27 lbs.) 838 858 848 868GRAH-54D 1372 mm ( 54") 2500 14 kg (30 lbs.) 898 918 908 928GRAH-60D 1524 mm ( 60") 2800 15 kg (34 lbs.) 985 1015 995 1025GRAH-66Dt 1676 mm ( 66") 3120 17 kg (37 lbs.) 1074 1104 1084 1114GRAH-72Dt 1829 mm ( 72") 3450 19 kg (41 lbs.) 1207 1237 1217 1247GRAH-84Ds 2134 mm ( 84") 4100 20 kg (44 lbs.) 1398 1438 1408 1448GRAH-96Ds 2438 mm ( 96") 4800 24 kg (52 lbs.) 1574 1614 1584 1624GRAH-108D< 2743 mm (108") 5000 27 kg (59 lbs.) 1891 1931 1901 1941GRAH-120D<` 3048 mm (120") 5600 30 kg (66 lbs.) 2067 2127 2077 2137GRAH-132D<` 3353 mm (132") 6240 33 kg (73 lbs.) 2246 2306 2256 2316GRAH-144D<` 3658 mm (144") 6900 36 kg (80 lbs.) 2420 2480 2430 2490

* Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. ��t When using an infinite control with a 120 volt model, add the tandem element charge. ��< Switches must be remote. ��̀ Not available in 120 volts. ��s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges.

All Aluminum Dual Models Feature (914 mm (3') conduit standard on 120 and 208 models only):Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (unless otherwise specified).Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: with 76 mm (3") Spacer (Standard): 457-3658 W x 381 D x 64 H mm (18"-144" x 15" x 2 1⁄2").

with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 457-3658 W x 457 D x 64 H mm (18"-144" x 18" x 2 1⁄2").NOTE: 120V models may require additional switches.


ALL GLo-RAy® mEtAL shEAthEd hEAtinG ELEmEnts wARRAntEd AGAinst buRnout And bREAkAGE

foR two yEARs.

GRAH-72D with optional Designer color, 152 mm (6") spacer and tandem elements

GRAH-36D with 76 mm (3") spacer

G R A H - X X X DGlo-Ray

AluminumHousing

Width (inches)

Dual





35

A Shown with optional shatter-resistant incandescent lights

B Sturdy extruded aluminum housings that do not sag, from 457 up to 3658 mm (18" to 144")

C Reflector does not blacken, maintaining a consistent heat pattern

D Standard hanger tab is provided for under shelf or chain installation

E Heavy-duty insulation minimizes heat lossF Metal-sheathed heating element is guaranteed

against burnout and breakage for two yearsG Reinforced wire guard provides operator safety

without affecting heat distribution

A B D

C

G

F

E

ALUMINUM DUAL STRIP HEATER wITH LIgHTSList Price*

120, 120/208V, 120/240V 220, 240V‡

Model No. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight 76 mm (3") Spacer 152 mm (6") Spacer 76 mm (3") Spacer 152 mm (6")SpacerStandard Watt GRAL-18D 2 457 mm ( 18") 620 6 kg (14 lbs.) $ 622 $ 632 $ 632 $ 642 GRAL-24D 2 610 mm ( 24") 820 7 kg (16 lbs.) 650 660 660 670 GRAL-30D 2 762 mm ( 30") 1020 9 kg (19 lbs.) 724 739 734 749 GRAL-36D 3 914 mm ( 36") 1330 10 kg (22 lbs.) 799 814 809 824 GRAL-42D 3 1067 mm ( 42") 1530 11 kg (25 lbs.) 870 885 880 895 GRAL-48D 4 1219 mm ( 48") 1840 13 kg (29 lbs.) 941 961 951 971 GRAL-54D 4 1372 mm ( 54") 2090 15 kg (33 lbs.) 1014 1034 1024 1044 GRAL-60D 5 1524 mm ( 60") 2400 17 kg (37 lbs.) 1121 1151 1131 1161 GRAL-66D 5 1676 mm ( 66") 2620 18 kg (39 lbs.) 1220 1250 1230 1260 GRAL-72D 6 1829 mm ( 72") 2910 19 kg (42 lbs.) 1368 1398 1378 1408 GRAL-84Dt 7 2134 mm ( 84") 3420 21 kg (47 lbs.) 1590 1630 1600 1640 GRAL-96Dt 8 2438 mm ( 96") 3930 25 kg (56 lbs.) 1792 1832 1802 1842 GRAL-108D 9 2743 mm (108") 4240 29 kg (64 lbs.) 2141 2181 2151 2191 GRAL-120D` 10 3048 mm (120") 4800 33 kg (72 lbs.) 2346 2406 2356 2416 GRAL-132D` 11 3353 mm (132") 5300 36 kg (79 lbs.) 2549 2609 2559 2619 GRAL-144D` 12 3658 mm (144") 5820 39 kg (86 lbs.) 2756 2816 2766 2826High Watt GRAHL-18D 2 457 mm ( 18") 820 6 kg (14 lbs.) $ 635 $ 645 $ 645 $ 655 GRAHL-24D 2 610 mm ( 24") 1120 7 kg (16 lbs.) 667 677 677 687 GRAHL-30D 2 762 mm ( 30") 1440 9 kg (19 lbs.) 741 756 751 766 GRAHL-36D 3 914 mm ( 36") 1780 10 kg (22 lbs.) 812 827 822 837 GRAHL-42D 3 1067 mm ( 42") 2080 11 kg (25 lbs.) 885 900 895 910 GRAHL-48D 4 1219 mm ( 48") 2440 13 kg (29 lbs.) 957 977 967 987 GRAHL-54D 4 1372 mm ( 54") 2740 15 kg (33 lbs.) 1029 1049 1039 1059 GRAHL-60D 5 1524 mm ( 60") 3100 17 kg (37 lbs.) 1131 1161 1141 1171 GRAHL-66Dt 5 1676 mm ( 66") 3420 18 kg (39 lbs.) 1235 1265 1245 1275 GRAHL-72Dt 6 1829 mm ( 72") 3810 19 kg (42 lbs.) 1381 1411 1391 1421 GRAHL-84Ds 7 2134 mm ( 84") 4520 21 kg (47 lbs.) 1604 1644 1614 1654 GRAHL-96Ds 8 2438 mm ( 96") 5280 25 kg (56 lbs.) 1809 1849 1819 1859 GRAHL-108Dw` 9 2743 mm (108") 5540 29 kg (64 lbs.) 2155 2195 2165 2205 GRAHL-120Dw` 10 3048 mm (120") 6200 33 kg (72 lbs.) 2359 2419 2369 2429 GRAHL-132Dw` 11 3353 mm (132") 6900 36 kg (79 lbs.) 2567 2627 2577 2637 GRAHL-144Dw` 12 3658 mm (144") 7620 39 kg (86 lbs.) 2770 2830 2780 2840

* Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. ��t When using an infinite control with a 120 volt model, add the tandem element charge. ��̀ Not available in 120 volts. ��s Must order Remote Control Enclosure (see page 51). ��w Available with RMB or remote switch only. Consult factory for additional charges.

All Aluminum Dual Models with Lights Feature (914 mm (3') conduit standard on 120, 120/208, 120/240 models only):Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.Toggle Switch (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (unless otherwise specified).Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: with 76 mm (3") Spacer (Standard): 381 D x 64 H mm (15" x 2 1⁄2").

with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 457 D x 64 H mm (18" x 2 1⁄2").




Cutaway of GRAHL-42D with 76 mm (3") spacer and lights

G R A H L - X X X DGlo-Ray

Aluminum HousingDual Elements

Width (inches)H = High WattNo Character = Standard Watt Incandescent Light

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



36

GRAL-96D with optional Designer color and non-adjustable tubular stands


Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 457-3658 mm (18"-144") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – COLOR-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GRA, GRAH, GRAL, and GRAHL Dual Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") $33


gloss Finishes, Aluminum Models 457-3658 mm (18"-144") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No Charge GLOSS-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GRA, GRAH, GRAL, and GRAHL Dual Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") $42


IND. LGT Indicator Light (Remote only) 12TANDEM-DUAL Tandem Charge (max. two elements end-to-end) (wattage will change based on configuration) 88Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 914 mm (3') Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (Must specify lead length) – LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16 LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32 LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48 LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 649.375BP1 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard, One Side per 305 mm (12") 499.375BP2 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard, Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 9814BP1 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard, One Side per 305 mm (12") 8014BP2 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard, Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 160LIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps – Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) – one per 305 mm (12") is standard each 223 ANEAL REFL Bright Annealed Reflector for Lights with 76 mm (3") Spacer per 305 mm (12") 176 ANEAL REFL Bright Annealed Reflector for Lights with 152 mm (6") Spacer per 305 mm (12") 27REM INF Remote Infinite Control. max. of 12.2 amps – Consult factory if rating of single element at 120 volts

exceeds 1400 watts (CE requires remote control enclosure) 33Remote Control Enclosure Available in Designer Colors and Gloss Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – see page 51 for Models and PricesRMB-ATT Factory attaches control box to Strip Heater (GRA, GRAH, GRAL and GRAHL Dual Models only) 30ATL-D Adjustable Tubular Stands 254-356 mm (10"-14") (not available in powder-coated colors) 2 pair 346NTL-10-D, 12-D Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 254 or 305 mm (10"-12") Clearance) 2 pair 160NTL-14-D, 16-D Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 356 or 406 mm (14"-16") Clearance) 2 pair 172NTL-PAINT-D Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands

Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 2 pair 66


DJ ANGLE-D Adjustable Angle Brackets (see page 51 for illustration) 2 pair $38CHAIN 1 Chain Suspension (see page 51 for illustration) per 305 mm (12") 6





37

Glo-Ray® Narrow Infrared Strip HeatersHatco Glo-Ray® Narrow Infrared Foodwarmers keep all hot foods at optimum serving temperatures longer, while the slim design fits ideally in buffet areas. Even the most delicate dishes hold that “just-prepared” look. The entire holding surface is heated evenly with no “cold” spots.

GRN-24 with standard angle brackets and optional Designer color

• Has a slim design that’s only 51 mm (2") in height and 102 mm(4") deep

• Available in widths from 457-1829 mm (18"-72")

• Prefocused heat pattern maintains serving temperatures longer without continuing to cook the food

NARROw STRIP HEATERList Price*

Model Width Watts Ship Weight 120, 208V 220, 240V‡

Standard WattGRN-18 457 mm (18") 250 3 kg ( 6 lbs.) $268 $278GRN-24 610 mm (24") 350 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 285 295GRN-30 762 mm (30") 450 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) 302 312GRN-36 914 mm (36") 575 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) 322 332GRN-42 1067 mm (42") 675 5 kg (10 lbs.) 341 351GRN-48 1219 mm (48") 800 5 kg (11 lbs.) 359 369GRN-54 1372 mm (54") 925 6 kg (13 lbs.) 373 383GRN-60 1524 mm (60") 1050 6 kg (14 lbs.) 413 423GRN-66 1676 mm (66") 1160 7 kg (16 lbs.) 447 457GRN-72 1829 mm (72") 1275 8 kg (17 lbs.) 511 521

High WattGRNH-18 457 mm (18") 350 3 kg ( 6 lbs.) $273 $283GRNH-24 610 mm (24") 500 3 kg ( 7 lbs.) 293 303GRNH-30 762 mm (30") 660 4 kg ( 8 lbs.) 311 321GRNH-36 914 mm (36") 800 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) 327 337GRNH-42 1067 mm (42") 950 5 kg (10 lbs.) 346 356GRNH-48 1219 mm (48") 1100 5 kg (11 lbs.) 363 373GRNH-54 1372 mm (54") 1250 6 kg (13 lbs.) 381 391GRNH-60 1524 mm (60") 1400 6 kg (14 lbs.) 416 426GRNH-66D 1676 mm (66") 1560 7 kg (16 lbs.) 452 462GRNH-72D 1829 mm (72") 1725 8 kg (17 lbs.) 515 525

* Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) (see page 51). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. ��D 120 volt models not available for use with remote infinite switch.

All Narrow Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.Toggle Switch with Pilot (Max. 15 amps) Location: Chef’s left side (Unless otherwise specified).Designer Colored Angle Brackets: To match unit color and provide 38 mm (1 1⁄2") clearance between

foodwarmer and overshelf. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: 457-1829 W x 102 D x 51 H mm (18"-72" x 4" x 2").

RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – SEE PAGE 50



G R N H - X XGlo-Ray

Narrow Housing

Width (inches)



Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No ChargeRED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique CopperBLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green SS Stainless Steel

Leads – (Must specify lead length) – LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16 LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32 LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48 LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 64RMB Remote Box (Available in Designer Colors or Gloss Finishes) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – see page 51TABS Stainless Steel Hanger tabs in lieu of angle brackets No ChargeCAP Attached 6' Cord and Plug Set (120V only) on Models up to 72" with Standard Chain Mount Kit

(two S Hooks with two 6" Lengths of Chain) and hanger tabs. Max 1800 watt $25CHAIN-HOOK Two S Hooks with Two 6" Lengths of Chain each 6NTL-10, 12 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (Specify 254 or 305 mm (10" or 12") clearance and power location) 1 pair 80NTL-14, 16 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (Specify 356 or 406 mm (14" or 16") clearance and power location) 1 pair 86NTL-PAINT Designer Color for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 1 pair 33


Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



38

• Provides ideal amount of heat for limited space operations, mounted 102 to 254 mm (4" to 10") above target surface for singles and 203 to 356 mm (8" to 14") for duals


• Infra-Black emitter provides even heat distribution – eliminating hot spots

Glo-Ray® Infra-Black® Strip HeatersFor foodwarming at a close range to food product, the Glo-Ray® Infra-Black® heat technology is ideal, emitting a solid panel of uniform heat. Sturdy continuous single or dual extruded aluminum housings assure quality, durability and a variety of widths, depths, mounting arrangements and colors will fit your operation.

GRAIH-36 with optional tCbi control box and wire guard

GRAIH-36 with optional wire guard (requires Remote Control Enclosure)

• Sturdy aluminum housings that do not sag, from 457 to 1829 mm (18" to 72") in 152 mm (6") increments

• Heavy-duty insulation keeps the exterior housing cool

• Wire guard available to protect user from incidental contact with the heated surface



ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER – HIgH wATT INFRA-BLACk (must specify and add price of RMB or TCBI)Voltage List Price*

Model Width (Single Phase only) Watts Ship Weight• 120,208 220, 240V‡

GRAIH-18 457 mm (18") 120, 208, 220 or 240 350 3 kg ( 6 lbs.) $ 366 $ 381 GRAIH-24 610 mm (24") 120, 208, 220 or 240 500 5 kg (11 lbs.) 390 405 GRAIH-30 762 mm (30") 120, 208, 220 or 240 660 6 kg (13 lbs.) 415 430 GRAIH-36 914 mm (36") 120, 208, 220 or 240 800 7 kg (15 lbs.) 439 454 GRAIH-42 1067 mm (42") 120, 208, 220 or 240 950 8 kg (17 lbs.) 463 478 GRAIH-48 1219 mm (48") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1100 10 kg (21 lbs.) 487 502 GRAIH-54 1372 mm (54") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1250 11 kg (24 lbs.) 510 525 GRAIH-60 1524 mm (60") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1400 12 kg (27 lbs.) 556 571 GRAIH-66u 1676 mm (66") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1560 14 kg (30 lbs.) 603 618 GRAIH-72u 1829 mm (72") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1725 15 kg (33 lbs.) 687 702

ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER – HIgH wATT INFRA-BLACk wITH LIgHTS (must specify and add price of RMB or TCBI)Voltage List Price*

Model Width (Single Phase only) Watts Ship Weight• 120,208 220, 240V‡

GRAIHL-18 457 mm (18") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 470 5 kg (12 lbs.) $ 492 $ 507 GRAIHL-24 610 mm (24") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 620 7 kg (15 lbs.) 515 530 GRAIHL-30 762 mm (30") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 780 8 kg (17 lbs.) 571 586 GRAIHL-36 914 mm (36") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 980 9 kg (20 lbs.) 626 641 GRAIHL-42 1067 mm (42") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1130 10 kg (23 lbs.) 681 696 GRAIHL-48 1219 mm (48") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1340 12 kg (26 lbs.) 737 752 GRAIHL-54 1372 mm (54") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1490 13 kg (29 lbs.) 793 808 GRAIHL-60 1524 mm (60") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1700 15 kg (33 lbs.) 872 887 GRAIHL-66u 1676 mm (66") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1860 15 kg (34 lbs.) 949 964 GRAIHL-72u◮ 1829 mm (72") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 2085 16 kg (36 lbs.) 1063 1078

* Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) or Thermostatic Control Box (TCBI). Must choose either RMB (see page 51) or TCBI (see OPTIONS on page 40).

• Does not include RMB. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ��u Infinite not available in 120V. ◮ 120V models available with remote control only.All Infra-Black Models Feature:Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: GRAIH: 457-1829 W x 152 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 6" x 2 1⁄2").

GRAIHL: 457-1829 W x 229 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 9" x 2 1⁄2").TCBI Control Enclosure Dimensions (Not including switches): 203 W x 76 D x 64 H mm (8" x 3" x 2 1⁄2").Control Enclosure Location: Chef’s left side (Unless otherwise specified).


G R A I H L - X X Glo-Ray

Aluminum HousingWidth (inches)

Incandescent LightH = High Watt No Character = Standard Watt

Infra-Black Emitter




39

ALUMINUM DUAL INFRA-BLACk STRIP HEATER – HIgH wATT wITH LIgHTS (must specify and add price of RMB or TCBI)List Price*

120, 208V 220, 240V‡

Model WidthVoltage

(Single Phase only) Watts Ship Weight•76 mm

(3") Spacer152 mm

(6") Spacer76 mm

(3") Spacer152 mm

(6") SpacerGRAIHL-18D 457 mm (18") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 820 8 kg (18 lbs.) $ 911 $ 921 $ 941 $ 951GRAIHL-24D 610 mm (24") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1120 10 kg (21 lbs.) 957 967 987 997GRAIHL-30D 762 mm (30") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1440 10 kg (23 lbs.) 1055 1070 1085 1100GRAIHL-36D 914 mm (36") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 1780 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1146 1161 1176 1191GRAIHL-42D 1067 mm (42") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 2080 14 kg (30 lbs.) 1237 1252 1267 1282GRAIHL-48D◮ 1219 mm (48") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 2440 16 kg (35 lbs.) 1326 1346 1356 1376GRAIHL-54D◮ 1372 mm (54") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 2740 17 kg (38 lbs.) 1421 1441 1451 1471GRAIHL-60D◮ 1524 mm (60") 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220 or 240 3100 19 kg (42 lbs.) 1560 1590 1590 1620GRAIHL-66D◮u 1676 mm (66") 120, 120/240, 220 or 240 3420 20 kg (44 lbs.) 1696 1726 1726 1756

* Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB) or Thermostatic Control Box (TCBI). Must choose either RMB (see page 51) or TCBI (see OPTIONS on page 40). • Does not include RMB. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ◮ 120V models available with remote control only. ��u Infinite not available in 120V.

All Dual Infra-Black Models Feature:Leads: 152 mm (6") leads – server’s right.Dimensions: GRAIH-xxD with 76 mm (3") Spacer: 457-1829 W x 381 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 15" x 2 1⁄2").

GRAIHL-xxD with 76 mm (3") Spacer: 457-1676 W x 381 D x 64 H mm (18"-66" x 15" x 2 1⁄2"). GRAIHL-xxD with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 457-1676 W x 457 D x 64 H mm (18"-66" x 18" x 2 1⁄2").

TCBI Control Enclosure Dimensions (Not including switches): 203 W x 76 D x 64 H mm (8" x 3" x 2 1⁄2").Control Enclosure Location: Chef’s left side (Unless otherwise specified).



Glo-Ray® Infra-Black® Strip Heaters Continued


ALUMINUM DUAL INFRA-BLACk STRIP HEATER – HIgH wATT (must specify and add price of RMB or TCBI)List Price*

120, 208V 220, 240V‡

Model WidthVoltage

(Single Phase only) Watts Ship Weight•76 mm

(3") Spacer152 mm

(6") Spacer76 mm

(3") Spacer152 mm

(6") SpacerGRAIH-18D 457 mm (18") 120, 208, 220 or 240 700 6 kg (13 lbs.) $ 850 $ 860 $ 880 $ 890GRAIH-24D 610 mm (24") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1000 9 kg (19 lbs.) 898 908 928 938GRAIH-30D 762 mm (30") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1320 10 kg (21 lbs.) 974 989 1004 1019GRAIH-36D 914 mm (36") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1600 11 kg (24 lbs.) 1055 1070 1085 1100GRAIH-42D 1067 mm (42") 120, 208, 220 or 240 1900 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1129 1144 1159 1174GRAIH-48D◮ 1219 mm (48") 120, 208, 220 or 240 2200 15 kg (32 lbs.) 1204 1224 1234 1254GRAIH-54D◮ 1372 mm (54") 120, 208, 220 or 240 2500 16 kg (35 lbs.) 1281 1301 1311 1331GRAIH-60D◮ 1524 mm (60") 120, 208, 220 or 240 2800 18 kg (39 lbs.) 1406 1436 1436 1466GRAIH-66D◮u 1676 mm (66") 120, 208, 220 or 240 3120 19 kg (42 lbs.) 1528 1558 1558 1588GRAIH-72D◮u 1829 mm (72") 120, 220 or 240 3450 21 kg (46 lbs.) 1723 1753 1753 1783

G R A I H L - X X DGlo-Ray

Aluminum HousingWidth (inches)


Infra-Black Emitter

Dual Elements

GRAIHL-24D in optional Designer navy blue.

GRAIH-60D 120V models available with remote control only

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



40

GRAIH-72 with optional wire guard


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –COLOR-6 152 mm (6") Housing for GRAIH Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") $22COLOR-9 229 mm (9") Housing for GRAIHL Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") 22COLOR-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GRAIH and GRAIHL Dual Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") 33


gloss Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No Charge GLOSS-6 152 mm (6") Housing for GRAIH Models (select finish) per 305 mm (12") 31 GLOSS-9 229 mm (9") Housing for GRAIHL Models (select finish) per 305 mm (12") 31 GLOSS-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GRAIH and GRAIHL Dual Models (select finish) per 305 mm (12") 42

RRED Radiant Red GGRAY Glossy Gray NAVY Navy BlueGGOLD Gleaming Gold BBLUE Brilliant Blue BBLACK Bold Black

AIH18WG -AIH72WG Element Wire Guard (Dual Models require two sets) per 305 mm (12") (per side) $ 22Remote Control Enclosure Available in Designer Colors and Gloss Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – see page 51 for Models and PricesTCBI Thermostatic Control Box with Indicator Lights 156CHAIN-HOOK Two S Hooks with Two 152 mm (6") Lengths of Chain each $ 6AIH4NTL 102 mm (4") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands 1 pair 80AIH6NTL 152 mm (6") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands 1 pair 80AIH8NTL 203 mm (8") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (Dual Models require two pair) 1 pair 80AIH10NTL 254 mm (10") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (Dual Models require two pair) 1 pair 80AIH12NTL-D 305 mm (12") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands 2 pair 160AIH14NTL-D 356 mm (14") Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands 2 pair 172NTL-PAINT Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands

Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 1 pair 33NTL-PAINT-D Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands

Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 2 pair 66

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) ADJ ANGLE Adjustable Angle Brackets (Dual Models require 2 pair) (see page 51 for illustration) 1 pair $19ADJ ANGLE-D Adjustable Angle Brackets (see page 51 for illustration) 2 pair 38CHAIN 1 Chain Suspension (see page 51 for illustration) per 305 mm (12") 6





41

DESIgNER INFRARED ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER (must specify and add price of RMB)List Price*

Model6 Width Watts Ship Weight• 120, 208V 220, 240V‡

Standard WattGR2A-18 546 mm (21½") 250 12 kg ( 28 lbs.) $ 889 $ 894GR2A-24 699 mm (27½") 350 15 kg ( 32 lbs.) 929 934GR2A-30 851 mm (33½") 450 16 kg ( 35 lbs.) 966 971GR2A-36 1003 mm (39½") 575 17 kg ( 37 lbs.) 996 1001GR2A-42 1156 mm (45½") 675 25 kg ( 53 lbs.) 1032 1037GR2A-48 1308 mm (51½") 800 29 kg ( 64 lbs.) 1075 1080GR2A-54 1460 mm (57½") 925 34 kg ( 74 lbs.) 1113 1118gR2A-60 1613 mm (63½") 1050 37 kg ( 82 lbs.) 1165 1170GR2A-66 1765 mm (69½") 1160 41 kg ( 91 lbs.) 1218 1223GR2A-72 1918 mm (75½") 1275 45 kg (100 lbs.) 1295 1300GR2A-84t 2223 mm (87½") 1500 54 kg (120 lbs.) 1377 1382

High WattGR2AH-18 546 mm (21½") 350 12 kg ( 28 lbs.) $ 899 $ 904GR2AH-24 699 mm (27½") 500 15 kg ( 32 lbs.) 936 941GR2AH-30 851 mm (33½") 660 16 kg ( 35 lbs.) 975 980GR2AH-36 1003 mm (39½") 800 17 kg ( 37 lbs.) 1006 1011GR2AH-42 1156 mm (45½") 950 25 kg ( 53 lbs.) 1046 1051GR2AH-48 1308 mm (51½") 1100 29 kg ( 64 lbs.) 1079 1084GR2AH-54 1460 mm (57½") 1250 34 kg ( 74 lbs.) 1119 1124GR2AH-60 1613 mm (63½") 1400 37 kg ( 82 lbs.) 1171 1176GR2AH-66t 1765 mm (69½") 1560 41 kg ( 91 lbs.) 1226 1231GR2AH-72t 1918 mm (75½") 1725 45 kg (100 lbs.) 1302 1307GR2AH-84s 2223 mm (87½") 2050 54 kg (120 lbs.) 1384 1389

��6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB). Must choose RMB (see page 51). • Does not include RMB. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, add $10. ��t 120 volt models with infinite controls require tandem elements (see page 43). ��s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges (see page 43).

All Designer Infrared Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase. Switch Location: Remote only (see page 51).Leads: 1524 mm (60") leads through 1⁄2" conduit in leg cavity.Dimensions without Stands: 546-2223 W x 305 D x 89 H mm (21 1⁄2"-87 1⁄2"W x 12"D x 3 1⁄2"H).




• Prefocused heat maintains safe serving temperatures longer without continuing to cook the food

• Available in widths from 546 to 2223 mm (21½" to 87½")

• Available in a variety of models, configurations, colors and accessories to provide unlimited flexibility. Non-standard colors are non-returnable

• Optional coated shatter-resistant incandescent lights enhance product displays while safeguarding food from bulb breakage

Glo-Ray® Designer Infrared Strip HeatersHatco Glo-Ray® Designer Infrared Strip Heaters safely keep all hot foods at optimum serving temperatures longer. This modern design is ideal for front-of-the-house use. Units are offered in continuous housings up to 2134 mm (84"), are available in Designer colors to match most décors and include 356 mm (14") Designer non-adjustable stands.

GR2AH-36 with Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color inset panels


• Black corner caps and inset panels standard

G R 2 A H - X X Glo-Ray

DesignerWidth (inches)

H = High Watt No Character = Standard WattAluminum Housing

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



42

DESIgNER ALUMINUM STRIP HEATER wITH LIgHTS (must specify and add price of RMB)List Price*

Model6No. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight•

120, 120/208, 120/240V

220, 240V‡

Standard WattGR2AL-18 2 546 mm (21½") 370 15 kg ( 28 lbs.) $1012 $1017GR2AL-24 2 699 mm (27½") 470 16 kg ( 32 lbs.) 1050 1055GR2AL-30 2 851 mm (33½") 570 16 kg ( 35 lbs.) 1119 1124GR2AL-36 3 1003 mm (39½") 755 20 kg ( 37 lbs.) 1183 1188GR2AL-42 3 1156 mm (45½") 855 27 kg ( 53 lbs.) 1248 1253GR2AL-48 4 1308 mm (51½") 1040 32 kg ( 64 lbs.) 1315 1320GR2AL-54 4 1460 mm (57½") 1165 36 kg ( 74 lbs.) 1384 1389GR2AL-60 5 1613 mm (63½") 1350 40 kg ( 83 lbs.) 1467 1472GR2AL-66 5 1765 mm (69½") 1460 44 kg ( 93 lbs.) 1551 1556GR2AL-72 6 1918 mm (75½") 1635 49 kg (101 lbs.) 1658 1663GR2AL-84s 7 2223 mm (87½") 1920 59 kg (123 lbs.) 1805 1810

High WattGR2AHL-18 2 546 mm (21½") 470 15 kg ( 28 lbs.) $1021 $1026GR2AHL-24 2 699 mm (27½") 620 16 kg ( 32 lbs.) 1059 1064GR2AHL-30 2 851 mm (33½") 780 16 kg ( 35 lbs.) 1128 1133GR2AHL-36 3 1003 mm (39½") 980 20 kg ( 37 lbs.) 1187 1192GR2AHL-42 3 1156 mm (45½") 1130 27 kg ( 53 lbs.) 1256 1261GR2AHL-48 4 1308 mm (51½") 1340 32 kg ( 64 lbs.) 1323 1328GR2AHL-54 4 1460 mm (57½") 1490 36 kg ( 74 lbs.) 1393 1398GR2AHL-60 5 1613 mm (63½") 1700 40 kg ( 83 lbs.) 1478 1483GR2AHL-66t 5 1765 mm (69½") 1860 44 kg ( 93 lbs.) 1558 1563GR2AHL-72t 6 1918 mm (75½") 2085 49 kg (101 lbs.) 1668 1673GR2AHL-84s 7 2223 mm (87½") 2470 59 kg (123 lbs.) 1809 1814

��6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB). Must choose RMB (see page 51). • Does not include RMB. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, add $10. ��t 120 volt models with infinite controls require tandem elements (see page 43). ��s 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges (see page 43).

All Aluminum Infrared Models with Lights Feature:Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.Switch Location: Remote only (see page 51).Leads: 1524 mm (60") leads through 1⁄2" conduit in leg cavity.Dimensions without Stands: 546-2223 W x 305 D x 89 H mm (21 1⁄2"-87 1⁄2"W x 12"D x 3 1⁄2"H).


GR2AHL-36 with optional overhead mounts and Designer color inset panels

GR2AHL-24 with Designer non-adjustable stands and optional sneeze guards and Designer color inset panels

Glo-Ray® Designer Infrared Strip Heaters Continued

G R 2 A H L - X X Glo-Ray

Designer LightsWidth (inches)





43

GR2AHL-84 with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer color, inset panels and sneeze guards


Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 546-2223 mm (21 1⁄2"-87 1⁄2") (includes stands) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –COLOR-6 229 mm (9") Housing for GR2A and GR2AH Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") $22COLOR-9 305 mm (12") Housing for GR2AL and GR2AHL Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") 22


Designer Inset Panel Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No ChargeRED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique CopperBLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green

Designer Corner Caps – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No ChargeBLACK Black Corner CapsDKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps

RMB Remote Control Enclosure (Required) see page 51 for Models and PricesDesigner Remote Control Enclosures – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

RMB-COLOR Remote Control Housing in Designer Color (select color) $ 33RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique CopperBLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green

7.5BP1 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Sneeze Guard One Side per 305 mm (12") 497.5BP2 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Sneeze Guard Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 9814BP1 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard One Side per 305 mm (12") 8014BP2 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 160NTL2-10, 12, 16 Designer Non-Adjustable Stands: 254, 305, or 406 mm (10", 12" or 16") in lieu of 356 mm (14") Standard Stands

Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No ChargeNTH2-4 102 mm (4") Designer Overhead Mounts in lieu of 356 mm (14") Standard Legs

Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No ChargeLIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps – Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) – one per 305 mm (12") is standard each 22Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 914 mm (3') Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) –

LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 64

TANDEM-SINGLE Tandem Charge (max. two elements end-to-end) – wattage will change based on configuration 44


Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



44


DESIgNER ALUMINUM DUAL STRIP HEATER (must specify and add price of RMB)List Price*

120, 208V 220, 240V‡

Model6 Width Watts Ship Weight•76 mm

(3") Spacer152 mm

(6") Spacer76 mm

(3") Spacer152 mm

(6") SpacerStandard Watt

GR2A-18D 546 mm (21½") 500 20 kg ( 44 lbs.) $1285 $1295 $1295 $1305GR2A-24D 699 mm (27½") 700 22 kg ( 48 lbs.) 1336 1346 1346 1356GR2A-30D 851 mm (33½") 900 24 kg ( 52 lbs.) 1419 1434 1429 1444GR2A-36D 1003 mm (39½") 1150 26 kg ( 57 lbs.) 1492 1507 1502 1517GR2A-42D 1156 mm (45½") 1350 30 kg ( 66 lbs.) 1570 1585 1580 1595GR2A-48D 1308 mm (51½") 1600 35 kg ( 77 lbs.) 1652 1672 1662 1682GR2A-54D 1460 mm (57½") 1850 40 kg ( 88 lbs.) 1728 1748 1738 1758GR2A-60D 1613 mm (63½") 2100 44 kg ( 97 lbs.) 1841 1871 1851 1881GR2A-66D 1765 mm (69½") 2320 49 kg (107 lbs.) 1948 1978 1958 1988GR2A-72D 1918 mm (75½") 2550 53 kg (117 lbs.) 2107 2137 2117 2147GR2A-84Dn 2223 mm (87½") 3000 63 kg (138 lbs.) 2306 2346 2316 2356

High WattGR2AH-18D 546 mm (21½") 700 20 kg ( 44 lbs.) $1302 $1312 $1312 $1322GR2AH-24D 699 mm (29½") 1000 22 kg ( 48 lbs.) 1354 1364 1364 1374GR2AH-30D 851 mm (33½") 1320 24 kg ( 52 lbs.) 1431 1446 1441 1456GR2AH-36D 1003 mm (39½") 1600 26 kg ( 57 lbs.) 1505 1520 1515 1530GR2AH-42D 1156 mm (45½") 1900 30 kg ( 66 lbs.) 1584 1599 1594 1609GR2AH-48D 1308 mm (51½") 2200 35 kg ( 77 lbs.) 1668 1688 1678 1698GR2AH-54D 1460 mm (57½") 2500 40 kg ( 88 lbs.) 1741 1761 1751 1771GR2AH-60D 1613 mm (63½") 2800 44 kg ( 97 lbs.) 1855 1885 1865 1895GR2AH-66Dn 1765 mm (69½") 3120 49 kg (107 lbs.) 1962 1992 1972 2002GR2AH-72Dn 1918 mm (75½") 3450 53 kg (117 lbs.) 2125 2155 2135 2165GR2AH-84D` 2223 mm (87½") 4100 63 kg (138 lbs.) 2318 2358 2328 2368

��6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB). Must choose RMB (see page 51). • Does not include RMB. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. ��n 120 volt models with infinite controls not available. ��̀ 120 volt models not available.

All Aluminum Dual Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.Switch Location: Remote only (see page 51).Leads: 1524 mm (60") leads through ½" conduit in leg cavity.Dimensions: with 76 mm (3") Spacer (Standard): 546-2223 W x 457 D x 89 H mm (21½"- 87½" x 18" x 3½").

with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 546-2223 W x 533 D x 89 H mm (21½"- 87½" x 21" x 3½").



• Sturdy continuous aluminum housings eliminate sagging

• Pre-focused heat pattern directs heat from a tubular element to bathe the entire holding surface, holding food safely

• Available in widths from 546 to 2223 mm (21½" to 87½")

• Variety of models, configurations, colors and accessories provide unlimited flexibility. Non-standard colors are non-returnable

Glo-Ray® Designer Dual Infrared Strip HeatersGlo-Ray® Designer aluminum Dual Strip Heaters allow side-by-side mounting of two warmers to provide a deeper holding area, keeping hot food at optimum serving temperatures. These modern front-of-the-house warmers have 76 mm (3") spacers standard with optional 152 mm (6") spacers. Units are available in Designer colors to match most décors.

GR2AH-24D with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional sneeze guards and Designer color inset panels

• Optional sneeze guards that meet food safety standards can be ordered for display areas and buffet lines

• Optional shatter-resistant incandescent lights available

• Black corner caps and inset panels standard

G R 2 A H - X X DGlo-Ray



Dual Elements




45

DESIgNER ALUMINUM DUAL STRIP HEATER wITH LIgHTS (must specify and add price of RMB)List Price*

120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡

Model6 No. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight•76 mm (3")

Spacer152 mm (6")

Spacer76 mm (3")

Spacer152 mm (6")

SpacerStandard Watt

GR2AL-18D 2 546 mm (21½") 620 20 kg ( 44 lbs.) $1347 $1357 $1357 $1367GR2AL-24D 2 699 mm (27½") 820 22 kg ( 48 lbs.) 1398 1408 1408 1418GR2AL-30D 2 851 mm (33½") 1020 24 kg ( 53 lbs.) 1492 1507 1502 1517GR2AL-36D 3 1003 mm (39½") 1330 26 kg ( 58 lbs.) 1584 1599 1594 1609GR2AL-42D 3 1156 mm (45½") 1530 30 kg ( 67 lbs.) 1673 1688 1683 1698GR2AL-48D 4 1308 mm (51½") 1840 36 kg ( 79 lbs.) 1771 1791 1781 1801GR2AL-54D 4 1460 mm (57½") 2090 41 kg ( 91 lbs.) 1865 1885 1875 1895GR2AL-60D 5 1613 mm (63½") 2400 45 kg (100 lbs.) 1991 2021 2001 2031GR2AL-66D 5 1765 mm (69½") 2620 50 kg (110 lbs.) 2112 2142 2122 2152GR2AL-72D 6 1918 mm (75½") 2910 54 kg (120 lbs.) 2290 2320 2300 2330GR2AL-84Dn 7 2223 mm (87½") 3420 64 kg (141 lbs.) 2517 2557 2527 2567

High WattGR2AHL-18D 2 546 mm (21½") 820 20 kg ( 44 lbs.) $1365 $1375 $1375 $1385GR2AHL-24D 2 699 mm (27½") 1120 22 kg ( 48 lbs.) 1419 1429 1429 1439GR2AHL-30D 2 851 mm (33½") 1440 24 kg ( 53 lbs.) 1508 1523 1518 1533GR2AHL-36D 3 1003 mm (39½") 1780 26 kg ( 58 lbs.) 1600 1615 1610 1625GR2AHL-42D 3 1156 mm (45½") 2080 30 kg ( 67 lbs.) 1688 1703 1698 1713GR2AHL-48D 4 1308 mm (51½") 2440 36 kg ( 79 lbs.) 1788 1808 1798 1818GR2AHL-54D 4 1460 mm (57½") 2740 41 kg ( 91 lbs.) 1879 1899 1889 1909GR2AHL-60D 5 1613 mm (63½") 3100 45 kg (100 lbs.) 2007 2037 2017 2047GR2AHL-66Dn 5 1765 mm (69½") 3420 50 kg (110 lbs.) 2130 2160 2140 2170GR2AHL-72Dn 6 1918 mm (75½") 3810 54 kg (120 lbs.) 2306 2336 2316 2346GR2AHL-84D` 7 2223 mm (87½") 4520 64 kg (141 lbs.) 2544 2584 2554 2594

��6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. * Does not include Remote Control Box (RMB). Must choose RMB (see page 51). • Does not include RMB. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. ��n 120 volt models with infinite controls not available. ��̀ 120 volt models not available.

All Aluminum Dual Models with Lights Feature:Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.Switch Location: Remote only (see page 51).Leads: 1524 mm (60") leads through ½" conduit in leg cavity.Dimensions: with 76 mm (3") Spacer (Standard): 546-2223 W x 457 D x 89 H mm (21½"- 87½" x 18" x 3½").

with 152 mm (6") Spacer: 546-2223 W x 533 D x 89 H mm (21½"- 87½" x 21" x 3½").


Glo-Ray® Designer Dual Infrared Strip Heaters Continued



GR2AHL-48D with standard Designer non-adjustable stands and optional Designer warm Red color inset panels

G R 2 A H L - X X DGlo-Ray



Aluminum Housing

Dual Elements

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



46

GR2AHL-30D


Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 546-2223 mm (21 1⁄2"-87 1⁄2") (includes stands) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –COLOR-15, -18 381 mm (15") and 457 mm (18") Housings for GR2A, GR2AH, GR2AL and GR2AHL Dual Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") $33


Designer Inset Panel Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No ChargeRED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique CopperBLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green

Designer Corner Caps – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – No ChargeBLACK Black Corner CapsDKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps

RMB Remote Control Enclosure (Required) see page 51 for Models and PricesDesigner Remote Control Enclosures – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

RMB-COLOR Remote Control Housing in Designer Color (select color) $ 33RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique CopperBLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter Green

7.5BP1 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Sneeze Guard One Side per 305 mm (12") 497.5BP2 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Sneeze Guard Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 9814BP1 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard One Side per 305 mm (12") 8014BP2 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard Two Sides per 305 mm (12") 160NTL2-10, 12, 16 Designer Non-Adjustable Stands: 254, 305, or 406 mm (10", 12" or 16") in lieu of 356 mm (14") Standard Legs

Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No ChargeNTH2-4 102 mm (4") Designer Overhead Mounts in lieu of 356 mm (14") Standard Stands

Non-standard colors are non-returnable – No ChargeLIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) – one per 305 mm (12") is standard each 22Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 3' Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) –

LEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads $16LEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 32LEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 48LEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 64

TANDEM-DUAL Tandem Charge (max. two elements end-to-end) – wattage will change based on configuration $88





47

ALUMINUM CERAMIC STRIP HEATER List Price:

Model‡ Width Watts Ship Weight•120, 208,

240V‡

Standard WattUGA-18 457 mm (18") 490 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) $ 540UGA-24 610 mm (24") 675 5 kg (10 lbs.) 549UGA-30 762 mm (30") 750 5 kg (11 lbs.) 659UGA-36 914 mm (36") 980 5 kg (12 lbs.) 665UGA-42 1067 mm (42") 1120 6 kg (13 lbs.) 769UGA-48 1219 mm (48") 1470 6 kg (14 lbs.) 777UGA-54 1372 mm (54") 1470 7 kg (16 lbs.) 888UGA-60 1524 mm (60") 1960 8 kg (17 lbs.) 896UGA-66 1676 mm (66") 1960 9 kg (19 lbs.) 1002UGA-72 1829 mm (72") 1960 9 kg (20 lbs.) 1029

High WattUGAH-18 457 mm (18") 675 4 kg ( 9 lbs.) $ 549UGAH-24 610 mm (24") 750 5 kg (10 lbs.) 556UGAH-30 762 mm (30") 1125 5 kg (11 lbs.) 665UGAH-36 914 mm (36") 1350 5 kg (12 lbs.) 673UGAH-42 1067 mm (42") 1500 6 kg (13 lbs.) 777UGAH-48 1219 mm (48") 2025 6 kg (14 lbs.) 785UGAH-54 1372 mm (54") 2250 7 kg (16 lbs.) 896UGAH-60 1524 mm (60") 2700 8 kg (17 lbs.) 903UGAH-66 1676 mm (66") 2700 9 kg (19 lbs.) 1007UGAH-72 1829 mm (72") 3000 9 kg (20 lbs.) 1035

ALUMINUM CERAMIC STRIP HEATER wITH LIgHTS Model‡u No. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight• List Price:

Standard WattUGAL-18 1 457 mm (18") 550 5 kg (12 lbs.) $ 660UGAL-24 2 610 mm (24") 795 6 kg (13 lbs.) 672UGAL-30 2 762 mm (30") 870 7 kg (15 lbs.) 805UGAL-36 3 914 mm (36") 1160 8 kg (17 lbs.) 843UGAL-42 3 1067 mm (42") 1300 8 kg (18 lbs.) 964UGAL-48 4 1219 mm (48") 1710 9 kg (20 lbs.) 1002UGAL-54 4 1372 mm (54") 1710 10 kg (22 lbs.) 1131UGAL-60 5 1524 mm (60") 2260 10 kg (23 lbs.) 1167UGAL-66 5 1676 mm (66") 2260 11 kg (25 lbs.) 1302UGAL-72 6 1829 mm (72") 2320 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1343

High WattUGAHL-18 1 457 mm (18") 735 5 kg (12 lbs.) $ 673UGAHL-24 2 610 mm (24") 870 6 kg (13 lbs.) 686UGAHL-30 2 762 mm (30") 1245 7 kg (15 lbs.) 811UGAHL-36 3 914 mm (36") 1530 8 kg (17 lbs.) 848UGAHL-42 3 1067 mm (42") 1680 8 kg (18 lbs.) 968UGAHL-48 4 1219 mm (48") 2265 9 kg (20 lbs.) 1007UGAHL-54 4 1372 mm (54") 2490 10 kg (22 lbs.) 1139UGAHL-60 5 1524 mm (60") 3000 10 kg (23 lbs.) 1178UGAHL-66 5 1676 mm (66") 3000 11 kg (25 lbs.) 1309UGAHL-72 6 1829 mm (72") 3360 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1356

‡ CE Mark, not available. • Does not include Remote Control enclosure. ��: 120, 120/208 and 120/240 Volt Model Pricing includes either Attached Control or RMB-UGA. ��u 240V Ceramic Glo-Rays with Lights Pricing includes RMB-UGA, unit can also be supplied with

no switches.

All Ceramic Models Feature:Voltage: UGA, UGAH: 120, 208, 240, single phase.

UGAL, UGAHL: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 240, single phase.Models shipped with: Angle Brackets and Leads (914 mm (36") conduit whip).Dimensions with Attached Control Box, Toggle and Indicator Light: 457-1829 W x 251 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 9 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2").Dimensions with Remote Control Enclosure, Toggle and Indicator Light: 457-1829 W x 152 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 6" x 2 1⁄2").

OPTIONS AND REMOTE BOXES – SEE PAGE 49RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – SEE PAGE 50

ALL CERAmiC hEAtinG ELEmEnts wARRAntEd AGAinst buRnout foR onE yEAR.

AB

C

D

E

F

A Sturdy Aluminum Housings that do not sag, widths from 457 up to 1829 mm (18" to 72") in 152 mm (6") increments

B Adjustable standard Mounting Bracket (allows 3 different mounting heights and allows for conduit connection to end of the unit)

C Heavy-duty Insulation surrounds heating element to keep exterior housing cooler and minimize heat loss

D Dual Aluminized Steel Reflector keeps housing cooler, focuses more heat towards the food

E Shape of element focuses the heat on the food

F Wire Guards protect users from incidental contact with the elements

Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Infrared Strip HeatersHatco Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Strip Heaters provide the ultimate holding power. Increased heights improve working clearances and the heat zone blankets the entire holding area. All models include adjustable angle brackets for mounting. Available with or without lights, with attached or remote control box enclosure (recommended). Marine versions available, consult factory.

Cutaway of UGA-60

UGAH-18 optional gloss finish and requires remote control box (not shown)

U G A H L - X X Ultra-Glo

Aluminum Housing Width (inches)Incandescent LightH= High Watt

No Character = Standard Watt

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



48

ALUMINUM DUAL CERAMIC STRIP HEATER Model‡ Width Watts Ship Weight• List Price:

Standard WattUGA-18D 457 mm (18") 980 8 kg (17 lbs.) $1074UGA-24D 610 mm (24") 1350 9 kg (19 lbs.) 1117UGA-30D 762 mm (30") 1500 10 kg (21 lbs.) 1361UGA-36D 914 mm (36") 1960 11 kg (24 lbs.) 1406UGA-42D 1067 mm (42") 2240 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1636UGA-48D 1219 mm (48") 2940 14 kg (30 lbs.) 1679UGA-54D 1372 mm (54") 2940 15 kg (33 lbs.) 1923UGA-60D 1524 mm (60") 3920 17 kg (37 lbs.) 1969UGA-66D 1676 mm (66") 3920 18 kg (40 lbs.) 2198UGA-72D 1829 mm (72") 3920 20 kg (44 lbs.) 2286

High WattUGAH-18D 457 mm (18") 1350 8 kg (17 lbs.) $1088UGAH-24D 610 mm (24") 1500 9 kg (19 lbs.) 1131UGAH-30D 762 mm (30") 2250 10 kg (21 lbs.) 1378UGAH-36D 914 mm (36") 2700 11 kg (24 lbs.) 1422UGAH-42D 1067 mm (42") 3000 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1650UGAH-48D 1219 mm (48") 4050 14 kg (30 lbs.) 1692UGAH-54D 1372 mm (54") 4500 15 kg (33 lbs.) 1937UGAH-60D 1524 mm (60") 5400 17 kg (37 lbs.) 1983UGAH-66D 1676 mm (66") 5400 18 kg (40 lbs.) 2211UGAH-72D 1829 mm (72") 6000 20 kg (44 lbs.) 2298

ALUMINUM DUAL CERAMIC STRIP HEATER wITH LIgHTS

Model‡uNo. of Bulbs Width Watts Ship Weight•

List Price:

Standard WattUGAL-18D 1 457 mm (18") 1040 8 kg (17 lbs.) $1131UGAL-24D 2 610 mm (24") 1470 9 kg (19 lbs.) 1142UGAL-30D 2 762 mm (30") 1620 10 kg (21 lbs.) 1449UGAL-36D 3 914 mm (36") 2140 11 kg (24 lbs.) 1494UGAL-42D 3 1067 mm (42") 2420 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1755UGAL-48D 4 1219 mm (48") 3180 14 kg (30 lbs.) 1798UGAL-54D 4 1372 mm (54") 3180 15 kg (33 lbs.) 2069UGAL-60D 5 1524 mm (60") 4220 17 kg (37 lbs.) 2117UGAL-66D 5 1676 mm (66") 4220 18 kg (40 lbs.) 2374UGAL-72D 6 1829 mm (72") 4280 20 kg (44 lbs.) 2470

High WattUGAHL-18D 1 457 mm (18") 1410 8 kg (17 lbs.) $1149UGAHL-24D 2 610 mm (24") 1620 9 kg (19 lbs.) 1171UGAHL-30D 2 762 mm (30") 2370 10 kg (21 lbs.) 1466UGAHL-36D 3 914 mm (36") 2880 11 kg (24 lbs.) 1508UGAHL-42D 3 1067 mm (42") 3180 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1771UGAHL-48D 4 1219 mm (48") 4290 14 kg (30 lbs.) 1815UGAHL-54D 4 1372 mm (54") 4790 15 kg (33 lbs.) 2086UGAHL-60D 5 1524 mm (60") 5700 17 kg (37 lbs.) 2131UGAHL-66D 5 1676 mm (66") 5700 18 kg (40 lbs.) 2390UGAHL-72D 6 1829 mm (72") 6360 20 kg (44 lbs.) 2484

ALL CERAmiC hEAtinG ELEmEnts wARRAntEd AGAinst buRnout foR onE yEAR.

‡ CE Mark, not available. • Does not include Remote Control Enclosure. ��: 120, 120/208 and 120/240 Volt Model Pricing includes either attached control or RMB-UGA. ��u 240V Dual Ceramic Glo-Rays with Lights will be supplied without switches.

All Ceramic Dual Models Feature:Voltage: UGA, UGAH: 120, 208, 240, single phase.

UGAL, UGAHL: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 240, single phase.Models shipped with: Angle Brackets and Leads (914 mm (36") conduit whip).Dimensions with Attached Control Box, Toggle and Indicator Light: 457-1829 W x 479 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 18 7⁄8" x 2 1⁄2").Dimensions with Remote Control Enclosure, Toggle and Indicator Light: 457-1829 W x 381 D x 64 H mm (18"-72" x 15" x 2 1⁄2").

OPTIONS AND REMOTE BOXES – SEE PAGE 49RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS – SEE PAGE 50

Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Dual Infrared Strip HeatersHatco Ultra-Glo® Ceramic Strip Heaters provide the ultimate holding power. Increased height improves working clearances and the heat zone blankets the entire holding area. All models include adjustable angle brackets for mounting. Dual mounted strip heaters accommodate wider food holding areas.

• Increased height that the ceramic heat source affords improves operational working clearances, giving the chef and server an improved ergonomic environment in which to work

• Adaptable to any location and configuration including back- or front-of-the-house use, open kitchen concepts or buffet lines

• Sturdy continuous aluminum housings eliminate sagging

• Pre-focused heat pattern provides an increased pyramidal dimension, concentrating heat at the edges where heat loss is the greatest

• Available in widths from 457 to 1829 mm (18" to 72")

• Remote control enclosure with toggle switch, indicator lights and wiring for convenient control placement

UGAHL-60D with optional gloss finish and lights in a 76 mm (3") spacer. Remote control enclosure required (not shown)

U G A H L - X X D Ultra-Glo

Aluminum Housing Dual ElementsWidth (inches)

Incandescent LightH= High Watt

No Character = Standard Watt




49

UGAH-42D Remote control enclosure recommended (not shown)


Designer Colors, Aluminum Models 457-1829 mm (18"-72") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –COLOR-6 152 mm (6") Housing for Single UGA and UGAH Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") $22COLOR-9 229 mm (9") Housing for Single UGAL and UGAHL Models (select color) per 305 mm (12") 22COLOR-15 381 mm (15") Housing for Dual UGA, UGAH, UGAL, UGAHL (select color) per 305 mm (12") 33


gloss Finishes, Aluminum Models 457-1829 mm (18"-72") – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –GLOSS-6 152 mm (6") Housing for Single UGA and UGAH Models (select finish) per 305 mm (12") $31GLOSS-9 229 mm (9") Housing for Single UGAL and UGAHL Models (select finish) per 305 mm (12") 31GLOSS-15 381 mm (15") Housing for Dual UGA, UGAH, UGAL, UGAHL (select finish) per 305 mm (12") 42


Designer Colors, Remote Control Enclosures – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –RMB-COLOR Remote Control Housing in Designer Color (select color) 33


gloss Finishes, Remote Control Enclosures – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –RMB-GLOSS Remote Control Housing in Gloss Finish (select finish) $ 47


LIGHTS-ADD’L Extra Lamps Installed (max. two per 305 mm (12") less one) One per 305 mm (12") is standardNot available for Dual Models each 22

UGA-NTL-14, -16 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 356 or 406 mm (14" or 16") clearance) 1 pair 86UGA-NTL-18, -20 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 457 or 508 mm (18" or 20") clearance) 1 pair 92UGA-NTL-22, -24 Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 559 or 610 mm (22" or 24") clearance) 1 pair 98UGA-NTL-18-D, -20 -D Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 457 or 508 mm (18" or 20") clearance) 2 pair 184UGA-NTL-22-D, -24-D Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands (specify 559 or 610 mm (22" or 24") clearance) 2 pair 196NTL-PAINT Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 1 pair 33NTL-PAINT-D Designer Color or Gloss Finish for Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 2 pair 66Leads (Extended Beyond Standard 914 mm (3') Conduit on 120V and 208V models only) (must specify lead length) –

HTLEADS5 305-1525 mm (1'-5') Extended Electrical Leads 26HTLEADS10 1829-3048 mm (6'-10') Extended Electrical Leads 52HTLEADS15 3352-4572 mm (11'-15') Extended Electrical Leads 78HTLEADS20 4877-6096 mm (16'-20') Extended Electrical Leads 104

RMB-UGA

Remote Control Enclosure with Toggle Control and Indicator (in lieu of attached control box) Available for 120, 120/208, 120/240 volt model only – not available on export 240 volt models (Designer and Gloss finish available) No Charge

RMB-UGA-INF Remote Control Enclosure with Toggle Switch, Electronic Infinite Control, Relay, and Indicator Light (in lieu of attached control box) (Designer and Gloss finish available) 268


RMB-UGA-INF

Strip

Hea

ters

Strip

Hea

ters



50

Details Of Strip Heater Recommended Range Above Target*Based On 610 Mm (24") Foodwarmer

Strip Heater Spacing Requirements

GLO-RAY® INFRA-BLACK®

(GRAIH, GRAIHL, GRAIHL-D, GRAIH-D) – may not be installed in combustible surroundings. non-combustibles: 25 mm (1") above and 102 mm (4") below. must be installed in a pass-through area. units with remote switches may be installed 76 mm (3") from a non-combustible back wall and flush to an overshelf. maximum 254 mm (10") setback from the front of an overshelf.

DEPTH OF HEAT PATTERN AT RECOMMENDED ELEMENT HEIGHT

* Recommended single unit application without base heat, based on ideal conditions. Individual applications may vary, consult factory.

Glo-Ray® Infrared Heating Element (Recommended range above target)

GLO-RAY® INFRARED HEATING ELEMENTSingles (GRA, GRAL, GRAh, GRAhL GRn)Singles Designer (GR2A, GR2Ah, GR2AL, GR2AhL) – Combustibles: 343 mm (13 1⁄2") high watt or 254 mm (10") standard watt below, 25 mm (1") above and 76 mm (3") to back wall. non-combustibles: 25 mm (1") above, 254 mm (10") below for high watt with infinite or indicator lamp and 203 mm (8") below for high watt toggle or standard

watt. must be installed in a pass-through area. units with remote switches may be installed against a non-combustible back wall, flush to an overshelf and 203 mm (8") to a surface below. maximum 254 mm (10") setback from the front of an overshelf. models with cords must be installed 76 mm (3") below an overshelf and 279 mm (11") high watt or 254 mm (10") standard watt over a surface below.

Ultra-Glo® Heating Element(Recommended range above target)

Infra-Black® Heating Element (Recommended range above target)

ULTRA-GLO®

Singles and Duals (uGA, uGA-d, uGAh, uGAh-d, uGAL, uGAL-d, uGAhL, uGAhL-d) – may not be installed in combustible surroundings. non-combustibles: 25 mm (1") above, 432 mm (17") high watt or 356 mm (14") standard watt from a surface below and 76 mm (3") from a back wall.

Dual Mounting: do not mount warmers side by side (dual mounting) with less than a 76 mm (3") space between units.

Remote Control Enclosures: when used, no more than one Rmb per strip heater and no more than one strip heater per Rmb.

Designer Glo-Ray® Heating Element (Recommended range above target)

GLO-RAY® METAL SHEATHED DUALSDuals (GRA-d, GRAh-d, GRAL-d, GRAhL-d) Duals Designer (GR2A-D, GR2AH-D, GR2AL-D, GR2AHL-D) – may not be installed in combustible surroundings. non-combustibles: 25 mm (1") above, 254 mm (10") below. must be installed in a pass-through area. units with remote switches may be installed 76 mm (3") from a non-combustible back wall, 203 mm (8") from surface below and flush to an overshelf. maximum 254 mm (10") setback from the front of an overshelf.




51

REMOTE CONTROL ENCLOSUREList Price♠

Model Description Width Non-CE CE‡

RMB-3 1 Toggle Switch 140 mm (5 1⁄2") $115 $1222 Toggle Switches 140 mm (5 1⁄2") 130 135

1 Toggle Switch 1 Indicator Light 140 mm (5 1⁄2") 130 1351 Infinite Switch 140 mm (5 1⁄2") 133 165

RMB-7 3 Toggle Switches 229 mm (9") $162 $1794 Toggle Switches 229 mm (9") 189 –

2 Toggle Switches 2 Indicator Lights 229 mm (9") 172 1771 Toggle Switch 1 Infinite Switch 229 mm (9") 160 192

1 Toggle Switch 1 Infinite Switch 1 Indicator Light 229 mm (9") 175 2052 Infinite Switches 229 mm (9") 178 246

1 Infinite Switch 1 Indicator Light 229 mm (9") 160 191RMB-14 4 Toggle Switches 356 mm (14") – $194

5 Toggle Switches 356 mm (14") $235 –6 Toggle Switches 356 mm (14") 276 –

3 Toggle Switches 3 Indicator Lights 356 mm (14") – 2192 Toggle Switches 2 Infinite Switches 356 mm (14") 242 2871 Toggle Switch 2 Infinite Switches 356 mm (14") 213 283

4 Infinite Switches 356 mm (14") 278 4022 Infinite Switches 2 Indicator Lights 356 mm (14") 224 286

RMB-16 4 Infinite Switches 1 Toggle Switch 406 mm (16") $296 – ♠ Pricing applies only at time of equipment purchase. ‡ CE models require any remote switches be contained in a Remote Control Enclosure.

All Models Feature:Ship Weight: 1-3 kg (2-8 lbs.) depending on components.Max. Allowable Amperage per Switch: Toggle: 15.0

Infinite: 12.2Dimensions (not including switches): 140, 229, 356, or 406 W x 76 D x 64 H mm (5 1⁄2", 9,” 14", or 16" x 3" x 2 1⁄2").

FINISH OPTIONS – SEE PAGE 49


• Built for toggle or infinite switches, indicator lights and wiring

• Threaded rubber boot for toggle switch is standard

• One RMB per strip heater

Remote Control EnclosuresHatco Remote Control Enclosures are built with toggle or infinite switches, indicator lights and wiring, ready for installation when purchased with Glo-Ray® strip heaters.

RMB-7 with toggle switch and infinite control

RMB-14 with infinite controls

RMB-3 with toggle switch and indicator light

RMB-7 with toggle switches and optional Designer color

Glo-Ray® Mounting Arrangements

Angle bracketsspecial adjustable angle brackets fit 152 or 229 mm (6" or 9") housings for mounting Glo-Ray under a shelf. Provides 25 - 51 mm (1"-2") space between Glo-Ray and overshelf. duals require two pair. (standard on ultra-Glo models.)

Adjustable Tubular Standssturdy tubular stands conceal all supply wiring. duals require two pair. (not available on ultra-Glo models.) specify power location.

C-Leg StandsAttractive plated legs allow easy relocation of the warmer. for models 1829 mm (6') or less in width. (not available on ultra-Glo models.)

T-Leg StandsProvide rigid stability and allow for more pass-through area below unit. for models 1829 mm (6') or less in width. (not available on ultra-Glo models.)

Non-Adjustable Tubular Standssturdy stands conceal all supply wiring. Available in Designer colors. duals require two pair. specify power location.

DESIgNER Non-Adjustable Stands(GR2A series only) sturdy stands conceal all supply wiring. Available in Designer colors.

Chain SuspensionChains attach to tabs provided with warmers and are available in various lengths to suit the location. (not available on ultra-Glo models.)

Remote Control Enclosures: when used, no more than one Rmb per strip heater and no more than one strip heater per Rmb.

Supermarkets & Delis Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars

Fry Stations

GRFF in optional Brilliant Blue and UGFF in optional Glossy Gray pg. 53

GRFHS-PT26 with accessory box ribbon pg. 56 GRFFL with optional 229 mm (9") display sign holder (sign not included), Designer Warm Red color and accessory food pan pg. 53

GRFSCL-18 with swing-away post mount, cord with plug and accessory food pan pg. 56

GRFHS-PTT21 pg. 56GRFHS-PT26 with accessory 8 pleat hardcoated fry box ribbon (scoop not included) pg. 56

Fry Stations Fry Stations Fry Stations Fry Stations Fry Stations Fry Stations Fry Stations Fry Stations Fry Stations Fry Stations



53

• Portable – ready to plug in and use• Versatile – available in many sizes, styles,

and heat sources to fit your needs• Flexible – both top and bottom

heat available• Available with incandescent bulbs

containing special protective coating to guard against food contamination

• Ceramic heating elements provide more distance between the heat source and the holding pan (UGFF series only)

Portable FoodwarmersOpt for the versatility of Hatco’s Glo-Ray® and Ultra-Glo® Portable Foodwarmers. With heat from above, below, or both, these foodwarmers offer design flexibility without sacrificing food product quality. Ideal for use next to fry stations, drive-through windows, and service areas that require frequent and easy access.

UGFFL in optional Radiant Red gloss finish with accessory fry ribbon and food pan

GRFFB with optional infinite switch and accessory food pans

GR-B Heated Base with accessory sheet pan

GLO-RAY® PORTABLE FOOdwARmERDimensions List Price

Model W x D x H Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

GR-B 324 x 559 x 57 mm (12 3⁄4" x 22" x 2 1⁄4") 250 7 kg (16 lbs.) $446 $456GRFF 314 x 610 x 400 mm (12 3⁄8" x 24" x 15 7⁄8") 500 7 kg (16 lbs.) 453 463GRFFL 314 x 610 x 400 mm (12 3⁄8" x 24" x 15 7⁄8") 620 8 kg (18 lbs.) 581 591GRFFB§ 324 x 610 x 406-508 mm (12 3⁄4" x 24" x 16"-20") 750 12 kg (26 lbs.) 723 733GRFFBL§ 324 x 610 x 406-508 mm (12 3⁄4" x 24" x 16"-20") 870 14 kg (31 lbs.) 857 867

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15. § Standard clearance is 356 mm (14"). Specify 305 or 406 mm (12" or 16") if required.

All metal Sheathed models Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.Cord Location: GR-B, GRFFB, GRFFBL: Back, lower middle.

GRFF, GRFFL: Back, upper middle.

ULTRA-GLO® PORTABLE FOOdwARmER wiTh CERAmiC ELEmENTSDimensions List Price


UGFF 314 x 565 x 479 mm (12 3⁄8" x 22 1⁄4" x 18 7⁄8") 750 7 kg (15 lbs.) $566 $576UGFFL 314 x 565 x 479 mm (12 3⁄8" x 22 1⁄4" x 18 7⁄8") 870 9 kg (19 lbs.) 699 709UGFFB 324 x 572 x 559 mm (12 3⁄4" x 22 1⁄2" x 22") 1000 12 kg (26 lbs.) 854 864UGFFBL 324 x 572 x 559 mm (12 3⁄4" x 22 1⁄2" x 22") 1120 14 kg (31 lbs.) 988 998

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15.

All Ceramic Portable models Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.Cord Location: UGFF, UGFFL: Back, upper middle.

UGFFB, UGFFBL: Back, lower middle.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 54

• Toggle switch is standard; infinite switch optional on GRFF series

• All base heat units (GR-B, GRFFB, and UGFFB) have a preset automatic thermostat to maintain consistent temperatures

TWo YEAR PARTS-oNLY WARRANTY oN ALL GLo-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS.

ALL ULTRA-GLo CERAMIC HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNoUT foR oNE YEAR.

G R F F B L Glo-Ray

French FryIncandescent Light

Base Heat

U G F F B LUltra-GloFrench Fry

Incandescent LightBase Heat

Fry

Sta

tions



54

UGFFB with accessory food pan (perforated pans not available)

OPTiONS (available at time of purchase only)

designer Colors (one color per unit, heated base is not powdercoated) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Clear Anodized Standard


Gloss Finishes (One color per unit, heated base is not painted) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –RRED Radiant Red $151GGOLD Gleaming Gold 151GGRAY Glossy Gray 151BBLUE Brilliant Blue 151BBLACK Bold Black 151

Clearance (from bottom of Glo-Ray to top of heated surface) (GRFFB, GRFFBL only) –305 mm (12") No Charge356 mm (14") Standard406 mm (16") No Charge

SIGN HOLD Sign Holder for GRFFL Model with Back Toggle only (requires 229 W x 140 H x 2 D mm (9" x 5 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") sign, not included) (adds 76 mm (3") to height of unit) $33

INF Infinite Control (not available on models GR-B, UGFF, UGFFL, UGFFB, or UGFFBL) 33

ACCESSORiES (available for purchase at anytime)

5PLTBOX Five Pleat Hardcoated French Fry Box Ribbon – 489 W x 235 D x 51 H mm (19 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄4" x 2") $1678PLTBAG Eight Pleat Hardcoated French Fry Bag Ribbon – 489 W x 235 D x 51 H mm (19 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄4" x 2") 167

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER




55

ALL CERAMIC AND BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNoUT foR oNE YEAR.

mULTi-PROdUCT wARmiNG STATiONModel No. of Bulbs Dimensions W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List Price

120/208V 230V 120/208V 230VMPWS-36 4 947 x 626 x 832 mm (37 3⁄8" x 24 11⁄16" x 32 3⁄4") 2773 3075 69 kg (152 lbs.) $3434 $3534MPWS-45 4 1088 x 626 x 832 mm (45 3⁄8" x 24 11⁄16" x 32 3⁄4") 2799 3108 78 kg (170 lbs.) 3841 3941

All multi-Product warmers Feature:Plug: 120/208V uses NEMA L14-20P. No cap on 230V. Models Shipped with: 102 mm (4") adjustable legs. Cord Location: Back side, upper left corner.


MPWS36BIN Full Fry Bin Insert for MPWS-36 unit only (includes drip tray, perforated insert and 3 dividers) each $335MPWS45BIN Full Fry Bin Insert for MPWS-45 unit only (includes drip tray, perforated insert and 4 dividers) each 360

ACCESSORiES (available for purchase at anytime) FHS4BOX Four Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon – 273 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (10 3⁄4" x 5" x 1 3⁄4") $ 64FHS5BAG Five Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag Ribbon – 299 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (11 1⁄4" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") 64FHS6BB Six Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag/Box Combo Ribbon – 441 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (17 3⁄8"W x 5"D x 1 3⁄4"H) 1035BH 127 mm (5") Side-by-Side Bag Holder 42FHS-SH Scoop Holder 42MPWS-RISER Angled Riser 81MPWS-PT Fry Pan and Trivet 346

FOR ADDITIONAL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 57FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134

MPWS-36 with accessory plastic food pans, angled risers and fry pan and trivet

Shown with optional plastic food pans, fry ribbons on angled risers, fry pan and scoop holder

ENDLESS POSSIBILITIES OF CONFIGURATIONSIncremental spacing between portable dividers is 130 mm (5 1⁄8")

Shown with optional fry bin insert and scoop holder.

Shown with optional fry pans, plastic food pans on angled riser and scoop holder

Shown with optional fry pans, fry ribbon on angled riser and scoop holder.

Multi-Product Warming StationHatco’s Multi-Product Warming Station safely holds hot fried foods at optimum serving temperatures in kitchen work areas. The unit is designed for maximum durability and performance with minimum maintenance.

• Easy access to food product • Coated shatter-resistant incandescent

lights enhance brilliant product display while safeguarding food from bulb breakage

• Six overhead ceramic heating elements are adjusted by two separate electronic infinite controls – one for the rear elements and one for the front elements

• Thermostatically controlled base heat assures safe serving temperatures

• All stainless steel construction • Master On/Off rocker switch

OPTION CAPACITIESModel Fry Pan with Trivet Angled RisersMPWS-36 1 3

2 10 5

MPWS-45 1 42 20 6

M P W S - X X

Multi-Product Warming StationWidth (inches)

Fry

Sta

tions



56

• Various hardcoated fry ribbons stage boxed or bagged products for quick-service areas

• Thermostatically-controlled heated base maintains uniform holding temperatures from below (GRFHS series)

• Portable models including pass-through style (GRFHS series)

• Sectional divider permits holding of multiple products simultaneously (GRFHS series)

Glo-Ray® Fry StationsHatco offers convenient Glo-Ray® Fry Stations that can be placed where they are most needed – next to a fryer! Glo-Ray heat technology offers the ability to keep fried foods at optimum temperatures, ready to serve, without cooking or drying them out.

GRFHS-16 GRFHS-21 with optional right-hand cutout for fry basket and accessory fry ribbon

GRFHS-PTT21

GRFS, GRFSL, GRFSC, GRFSCL- with swing-away post mount and cord with plug.

FRY STATiON wARmERDimensions List Price

ModelQ No. of Bulbs W x D x H Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

GRFSC-18q – 152 x 457 x 489-572 mm (6" x 18" x 19 1⁄4"-22 1⁄2") 750 5 kg (11 lbs.) $490 $510GRFSCL-18q 2 229 x 457 x 489-572 mm (9" x 18" x 19 1⁄4"-22 1⁄2") 870 6 kg (13 lbs.) 591 611GRFSCR-18q† – 152 x 457 x 489-572 mm (6" x 18" x 19 1⁄4"-22 1⁄2") 750 5 kg (12 lbs.) 490 510GRFSCLR-18q† 2 229 x 457 x 489-572 mm (9" x 18" x 19 1⁄4"-22 1⁄2") 870 6 kg (14 lbs.) 591 611GRFS-24m – 152 x 610 x 318-394 mm (6" x 24" x 12 1⁄2"-15 1⁄2") 500 5 kg (10 lbs.) 397 417GRFSL-24m 2 229 x 610 x 318-394 mm (9" x 24" x 12 1⁄2"-15 1⁄2") 620 6 kg (13 lbs.) 505 525GRFSR-24m† – 152 x 610 x 318-394 mm (6" x 24" x 12 1⁄2"-15 1⁄2") 500 5 kg (10 lbs.) 397 417GRFSLR-24m† 2 229 x 610 x 318-394 mm (9" x 24" x 12 1⁄2"-15 1⁄2") 620 6 kg (13 lbs.) 505 525

��Q “C” in model name indicates ceramic element.“L” in model name indicates unit with lights. ‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15. ��q Specify clearance of 305, 425, 457, or 508 mm (12, 16 3⁄4", 18", or 20") when ordering. Standard is 457 mm (18"). † Fry Station warmer without cord and plug. Supply wires through mounting post. ��m Specify clearance of 254, 279, 305, or 330 (standard) mm (10", 11", 12", or 13" (standard)) when ordering.

All Fry Station models Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Toggle Switch Location: Ceramic Heating Element Models: Back of unit. Metal Sheathed Heating Element Models: Front of unit.Cord Location: GRFS-24 and GRFSL-24: Back, upper middle.


FRY hOLdiNG STATiONDimensions List Price

Model No. of Bulbs W x D x H Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

GRFHS-16 2 416 x 591 x 577 mm (16 3⁄8" x 23 1⁄4" x 22 3⁄4") 1090 29 kg (63 lbs.) $2322 $2347GRFHS-21 2 543 x 702 x 577 mm (21 3⁄8" x 27 5⁄8" x 22 3⁄4") 1200 29 kg (63 lbs.) 2553 2578GRFHS-26 2 664 x 581 x 553 mm (26 1⁄8" x 22 7⁄8" x 21 3⁄4") 1200 30 kg (66 lbs.) 2623 2648GRFHS-PT16 2 549 x 610 x 632 mm (21 5⁄8" x 24" x 24 7⁄8") 1090 27 kg (60 lbs.) 2322 –GRFHS-PT26 2 749 x 578 x 629 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 3⁄4" x 24 3⁄4") 1440 29 kg (64 lbs.) 2623 2648GRFHS-PT26ᵜ 2 749 x 578 x 679 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 3⁄4" x 26 3⁄4") 1440 29 kg (64 lbs.) 2729 2754GRFHS-PTT21X 2 606 x 965 x 575 mm (23 7⁄8" x 38" x 22 5⁄8") 1740 45 kg (100 lbs.) 2667 2692

‡ 220V, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ᵜ 152 mm (6") deep base in lieu of standard 102 mm (4") base. ��X Add 32 mm (1 1⁄4") to width for each scoop holder.

All Fry holding Stations Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Models Shipped with: One slotted holding bin and one sectional divider.Cord Location: GRFHS-16, -21, -26, -PT26: Back side, lower right corner. GRFHS-PTT21: Lower right-hand side.

• GRFHS models have ceramic elements• Built-in top heat source features a swing-

away post mount (GRFSC, GRFS series)• Available with metal sheathed heating

element (GRFS series)• Available with ceramic heating element

(GRFSC series)• Variety of clearances (GRFS series)• Power toggle switch and cord and plug

(GRFS series)• Optional infinite control (GRFS series)



TWo YEAR PARTS-oNLY WARRANTY oN ALL GLo-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS.

G R F H S - P T X X Glo-Ray

Fry Holding Station

Width (inches)No Characters = BinPT= Pass -ThroughPTT=Pass-Through Tunnel

G R F S C L R - X X Glo-Ray

Fry Station

Depth of Unit (inches)

UL Recognized

Incandescent LightCeramic Heating Element

GRFSCL-18Swing-away post mount




57


FHS-CUT Right- or Left-Hand Cutout for Fry Basket (Must specify side at time of order) (GRFHS-16, -21, -26 models only) No Charge

INF Infinite Control (Metal sheathed GRFS models only) $33

ACCESSORiES (available for purchase at anytime) 5PLTBOX Five Pleat Hardcoated French Fry Box Ribbon – 489 W x 235 D x 51 H mm (19 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄4" x 2") $1678PLTBAG Eight Pleat Hardcoated French Fry Bag Ribbon – 489 W x 235 D x 51 H mm (19 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄4" x 2") 167FHS4BOX Four Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon (GRFHS-16 & -26) – 273 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (10 3⁄4" x 5" x 1 3⁄4") 64FHS5BAG Five Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag Ribbon (GRFHS-16 & -26) – 299 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (11 1⁄4" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") 64FHS5BOX Five Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon (GRFHS-21) – 445 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (17 1⁄2" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") 103FHS6BB Six Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag⁄Box Combo Ribbon (GRFHS-21) – 441 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (17 3⁄8" x 5" x 1 3⁄4") 103FHS7BAG Seven Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag Ribbon (GRFHS-21) – 454 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (17 7⁄8" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") 103PT26-8B0X Eight Pleat Hardcoated Fry Box Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26) – 546 W x 127 D x 45 H mm (21 1⁄2" x 5" x 1 3⁄4") 128PT26-10BAG Ten Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26) – 572 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (22 1⁄2" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") 128PT26-5BAG4BOX Nine Pleat Hardcoated Fry Bag⁄Box Combo Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26) – 559 W x 127 D x 48 H mm (22" x 5" x 1 7⁄8") 1285BH 127 mm (5") Side-by-Side Bag Holder (GRFHS-21) 425PBH 127 mm (5") Piggy Back Bag Holder (GRFHS-21 and -PTT21) 42FHS-SH Scoop Holder (Standard on GRFHS-PT26 and -PTT21) 42Sectional dividers

FHSDIV1 (GRFHS-16, -26) – 407 W x 83 H mm (16" x 3 1⁄4") $20FHSDIV2 (GRFHS-21) – 546 W X 83 H mm (21 1⁄2" x 3 1⁄4") 20FHSDIV3 (GRFHS-PT26 102 mm (4") base, and -PTT21) – 597 W X 83 H mm (23 1⁄2" x 3 1⁄4") 20FHSDIV4 (GRFHS-22) - 312 W X 83 H mm (12 1⁄4" x 3 1⁄4") 20FHSDIV5 (GRFHS-PT26 153 mm (6" base) – 572 W X 83 H mm (22 1⁄2" x 3 1⁄4") 20

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134

8PLTBAG

FHS5BOX

FHS6BB

FHS7BAG

Slotted Holding Bin (GRFHS Series only)

Sectional Divider (one standard with GRFHS-21 and GRFHS-PT26 only)

Scoop Holder(Standard on GRFHS-PT26, and -PTT21) (Scoop not included.)

127 mm (5") Side-by-Side Bag Holder (GRFHS-21 only)

9 Pleat Hardcoated fry Bag/Box Combo Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26 only)

8 Pleat Hardcoated fry Box Ribbon (GRFHS-PT26 only)

127 mm (5") Piggy-Back Bag Holder(GRFHS-21 and GRFHS-PTT21 only)

5PLTBOX

PT26-5BAG4BOXPT26-10BAG PT26-8BOX

FHS4BOX

FHS5BAG

FHS-SH (scoop not included)

DCSB400-R24-1 with optional Gray Granite base and standard Bright Nickel post and shade pg. 59

Supermarkets & Delis Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars

Carving Stations

DCSB400-R24-1 with standard Night SkyBase and optional Bright Brass post and shade pg. 59

GRCSCL-24 with accessory left-hand sneeze guard, drip pan, and cutting board pg. 60

DCSB400-R24-1 with optional Gray Granite base and standard Bright Nickel post and shade pg. 59

Catalog Section Header Here









Carving Stations



59

Decorative Carving StationProviding proper food serving temperatures, the Decorative Carving Station combines the Hatco Decorative Heat Lamp with the Swanstone® Heated Base to create an attractive carving display. These warmers are perfect for chef stations in restaurants, hotels, country clubs, casinos, and any catered event.

• Freestanding or with a rounded or rectangular heated stone base

• Patented telescoping heated decorative lamp with a 30° shade pivot

• Heated stone bases are made of foodsafe materials

• Heated base is controlled by an adjustable thermostat and power switch

• Units come with matching cutting board (except DCS400-1) keeping juices contained and tablecloths clean

DCSB400-3624-2 with optional Sawgrass Base and standard Bright Nickel posts and shades

DCS400-1 with optional Bright Brass post and shade

DECORATIVE CARVING STATIONSHeated Base Surface Area List Price

Model No. of Lamps Width W x D Watts Ship Weight 120V 230V‡

DCS400-1 1 203 mm ( 8") – 250 15 kg (32 lbs.) $1073 $1123DCSB400-R24-1 1 660 mm (26") 610 mm (24") diameter 600 35 kg (75 lbs.) 2677 2727DCSB400-2420-1 1 610 mm (24") 610 x 508 mm (24" x 20") 750 48 kg (106 lbs.) 2677 2727DCSB400-3624-2 2 914 mm (36") 914 x 610 mm (36" x 24") 1300 70 kg (154 lbs.) 3871 3971

‡ 230V available with CE Mark, add $100.

All Decorative Carving Station Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 230, single phase only.Models Ship with: DCS400-1 One clear coated bulb and black base.

DCSB400-R24-1, -2420-1 One clear coated bulb, base heat, glass sneeze guard, and cutting board. DCSB400-3624-2 Two clear coated bulbs, base heat, glass sneeze guard, and cutting board.

Telescoping Clear ance: DCS400-1 (bottom of shade to counter) 381 - 686 mm (15"- 27"). DCSB400-R24-1, -2420-1, -3624-2 (bottom of shade to top of cutting board) 356 - 660 mm (14"- 26").

Cord Location: DCS400-1 Base of unit, server side center. DCSB400-R24-1, -2420-1, -3624-2 Base of unit, server side on left.

ALL GLO-RAY BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.


Shade and post(s), No Additional Charge – Plated Finishes – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Bright Nickel Standard –

BNICKEL Bright Nickel StandardBBRASS Bright Brass No ChargeABRONZE Antique Bronze No Charge

Base and Cutting Board, No Additional Charge – Swanstone® (except DCS400-1) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard –

GGRAN Gray Granite No ChargeBSAND Bermuda Sand No ChargeSGRASS Sawgrass No ChargeNSKY Night Sky Standard

Post Base (Trim Ring), No Additional Charge – DCS400-1 only – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –Night Sky Standard –

GGRAN Gray Granite No ChargeBSAND Bermuda Sand No ChargeSGRASS Sawgrass No ChargeNSKY Night Sky Standard

COLORS AND fINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) Cutting Board for DCSB400-R24-1, – Swanstone® (Unit comes standard with one cutting board) –

CBR24GGRAN Gray Granite $490CBR24BSAND Bermuda Sand 490CBR24NSKY Night Sky 490CBR24SGRASS Sawgrass 490

Cutting Board for DCSB400-2420-1, – Swanstone® (Unit comes standard with one cutting board) –

CB2420GGRAN Gray Granite $392CB2420BSAND Bermuda Sand 392CB2420NSKY Night Sky 392CB2420SGRASS Sawgrass 392

Cutting Board for DCSB400-3624-2, – Swanstone® (Unit comes standard with one cutting board) –

CB3624GGRAN Gray Granite $564CB3624BSAND Bermuda Sand 564CB3624NSKY Night Sky 564CB3624SGRASS Sawgrass 564

DCSB400-R24-1 with standard Bermuda Sand Base and Bright Nickel posts and shade

D C S B X X X - X X X X - X Decorative Carving Station

Heated Base

Quantity Overhead Heat LampsDepth of Heated Base (inches) (Diameter for Round Headed Base)

Width of Heated Base (inches)(R=Round Heated Base)Shade Style Number

Cata

log

Sect

ion

Head

er H

ere

Cata

log

Sect

ion

Head

er H

ere

Carv

ing

Stat

ions



60

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at anytime) CSCLB/PACC Left-Hand Sneeze Guard Kit (1 kg [3 lbs.]) $210CSCL-PAN Stainless Steel Custom Drip Pan 508 x 679 x 25 mm

(20" x 26 3⁄4" x 1") (4 kg [9 lbs.]) 221CSCL-BOARD Approved Foodsafe Cutting Board 457 x 610 x 44 mm

(18" x 24" x 1 3⁄4") (9 kg [19 lbs.]) 205

Glo-Ray® Carving StationAn excellent addition to extend food holding times during serving periods is the Glo-Ray Carving Station. Create a complete serving station for buffets by adding it to Hatco’s Flav-R-Savor® Holding Cabinet.

• Overhead ceramic heating elements project high intensity radiant heat over entire target area

• Adjustable clearance of 445 to 570 mm (171⁄2" to 231⁄2")

• Portable – includes a 1829 mm (72") cord and plug

• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate holding area

• Drip pan and cutting board available• Optional heated base

GRCSCL-24 with accessory left-hand sneeze guard, drip pan, and cutting board

GRCSCLH-24 with accessory left-hand sneeze guard, drip pan, and cutting board

CARVING STATIONSDimensions List Price

Model No. of Bulbs W x D x H~ Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

GRCSCL-24 4 660 x 711 x 572-724 mm (26" x 28" x 22 1⁄2"-28 1⁄2") 990 26 kg (57 lbs.) $2838 $2863GRCSCLH-24G 4 660 x 711 x 572-724 mm (26" x 28" x 22 1⁄2"-28 1⁄2") 1290 26 kg (57 lbs.) 3207 3232

~ Width includes accessory left-hand sneeze guard. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $15. ��G “H” in model name indicates base heat.

All Carving Station Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Models Shipped with: Right-hand sneeze guard.Cord Location: Back side on base.

CSCL-BOARD Accessory

CSCL-PAN Accessory

CSCLB/PACC Accessory

ALL CERAMIC AND BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

G R C S C L H - X X

Ceramic Heat

Glo-Ray

Carving Station

Depth of Heated Base (inches)

Incandescent LightHeated Base

Cafeterias • Buffets • Convenience Stores Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés

Clubs & Bars • Catering • Concessions

Portable Warmers

HBG-2418’s pg. 70 GRSS-3618 in Bermuda Sand Decorative Stone with accessory Designer Black powdercoated handles pg. 69

GRSSR20-DL77516 with Night Sky Decorative Stone pg. 67

GR2S-30 with Designer Hunter Green inset panels and accessory pizza pans pg. 66

GRSR-17 with optional Designer Navy Blue color and accessory pan pg. 63

SRBW-1 pg. 72

GRSSR with 76 or 127 mm (3" or 5") risers pg. 67

LW-2 in Standard Gray Granite with accessory food pans pg. 62

GRS-72-I with accessory food pans pg. 64

Port

able

War

mer

s



62

Portable Lamp WarmerThe portable powdercoated Hatco Lamp Warmer has a specially designed stand that keeps food holding pans above the countertop and provides insulation to extend holding times.

• Features two vented lamps with heavy-duty sockets

• Adjustable stand from 619 to 772 mm (243/8" to 303/8") in height

• Cord and plug with in-line power switch

LAMP WARMERDimensions List Price


LW-2 314 x 548 x 619-772 mm (12 3⁄8" x 21 5⁄8" x 24 3⁄8-30 3⁄8") 500 8 kg (18 lbs.) $539 $597 ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

All Lamp Warmers Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Bulbs: Two, 250 watt clear bulbs, uncoated.Cord Location: Back of adjustable stand near top.Lamp Distance: 267 x 419 mm (10 1⁄2"-16 1⁄2") space from bottom of lamp to base.


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Gray Granite Standard –

RED Warm Red No ChargeBLACK Black No ChargeGRAY Gray Granite StandardWHITE White Granite No ChargeNAVY Navy Blue No ChargeGREEN Hunter Green No ChargeCOPPER Antique Copper No Charge

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time)

WHITE-CTD-240 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (unit accommodates 2 bulbs) each $54WHITE-CTD-120 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (unit accommodates 2 bulbs) each 25RED-UCTD-120 250 Watt Red Bulb, Uncoated (unit accommodates 2 bulbs) each 23RED-CTD-120 250 Watt Red Bulb, Coated (unit accommodates 2 bulbs) each 32

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVERFRY RIBBONS – SEE PAGE 57

LW-2 with optional Designer color and accessory food pans

• Optional Designer colors: Warm Red, Black, Gray Granite, White Granite, Navy Blue, Hunter Green, Antique Copper. Non-standard colors are non-returnable

• Holds food pans, wire trivets and fry ribbons

L W - X

Lamp Warmer Quantity of Heat Lamps

Portable Warm

ers



63

Round Heated ShelvesThe contemporary-styled Round Heated Shelf keeps hot food at serving temperatures. Ideal when used for wrapped product or for use behind a sneeze guard with unwrapped food like pizza, biscuits, muffins and cookies.

• Available as a drop-in unit (cutout dimensions are below, left)

• Uniform heat distribution with blanket-type element

• Thermostatically-controlled heated base• Available in three sizes to hold standard

381, 432, or 483 mm (15", 17", or 19") diameter pans

• Optional stainless steel trim

GRSR-19 with optional Designer color and accessory pizza pan

Can BeBuilt-in


ROUND HEATED SHELFDimensions List Price

Model Dia. x H Max. Pan Size Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

GRSR-15 425 x 98 mm (16 3⁄4" x 3 7⁄8") 381 mm (15") Dia. 250 8 kg (17 lbs.) $706 $726GRSR-17 476 x 98 mm (18 3⁄4" x 3 7⁄8") 432 mm (17") Dia. 325 9 kg (19 lbs.) 746 766GRSR-19 527 x 98 mm (20 3⁄4" x 3 7⁄8") 483 mm (19") Dia. 400 10 kg (21 lbs.) 788 808

‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

All Round Heated Shelves Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Cord Location: Underneath.


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard –RED Warm Red No ChargeBLACK Black StandardGRAY Gray Granite No ChargeWHITE White Granite No ChargeNAVY Navy Blue No ChargeGREEN Hunter Green No ChargeCOPPER Antique Copper No Charge

SS SIDE Stainless Steel Side No Charge


PORTABLE ROUND HEATED SHELVES COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONS (For Built-In Applications)Model Minimum Diameter Maximum Diameter Below CounterGRSR-15 410 mm (16 1⁄8") 413 mm (16 1⁄4") 137 mm (5 3⁄8")GRSR-17 460 mm (18 1⁄8") 464 mm (18 1⁄4") 137 mm (5 3⁄8")GRSR-19 511 mm (20 1⁄8") 514 mm (20 1⁄4") 137 mm (5 3⁄8")

ALL HATCO BLANKET HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT FOR ONE YEAR.

GRSR-17 with optional Designer color and accessory pan

G R S R - X X Glo-RayHeated Shelf

Max. Pan Size (inches)

Round

Port

able

War

mer

s



64

Glo-Ray® Portable Heated ShelvesHatco’s full line of Glo-Ray® Heated Shelf options can help you. Using a blanket heating element for an even temperature, the thermostatically-controlled base safely extends the holding time of your food.

GRS-60-I

PORTABLE HEATED SHELF List Price

ModelDimensions

W x H Watts Ship Weight 120V220,

240V‡

495 mm (19 1⁄2") Depth – Standard 495 mm (19 1⁄2") Depth accommodates 305 x 508 mm (12" x 20") steam table pans

GRS-18-I 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 272 7 kg (16 lbs) $ 701 $ 721GRS-24-I 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 380 9 kg (20 lbs) 757 777GRS-30-I 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 490 11 kg (25 lbs) 820 840GRS-36-I 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 598 13 kg (28 lbs) 875 895GRS-42-I 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 652 15 kg (32 lbs) 974 994GRS-48-I 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 760 16 kg (36 lbs) 1030 1050GRS-54-I 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 870 19 kg (42 lbs) 1092 1112GRS-60-I 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 980 20 kg (44 lbs) 1149 1169GRS-66-I 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 1088 23 kg (50 lbs) 1205 1225GRS-72-I 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 1196 25 kg (56 lbs) 1262 1282

197 mm (7 3⁄4") DepthGRS-18-B 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 109 5 kg (10 lbs) $531 $551GRS-24-B 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 136 5 kg (12 lbs) 560 580GRS-30-B 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 163 6 kg (14 lbs) 590 610GRS-36-B 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 190 7 kg (16 lbs) 617 637GRS-42-B 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 245 9 kg (19 lbs) 679 699GRS-48-B 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 272 9 kg (20 lbs) 701 721GRS-54-B 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 299 10 kg (22 lbs) 723 743GRS-60-B 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 326 11 kg (24 lbs) 749 769GRS-66-B 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 353 12 kg (26 lbs) 771 791GRS-72-B 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 380 13 kg (28 lbs) 807 827

324 mm (12") Depth GRS-18-D 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 218 5 kg (12 lbs) $581 $601GRS-24-D 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 272 6 kg (14 lbs) 623 643GRS-30-D 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 326 8 kg (17 lbs) 661 681GRS-36-D 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 380 9 kg (20 lbs) 693 713GRS-42-D 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 490 10 kg (23 lbs) 771 791GRS-48-D 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 544 12 kg (26 lbs) 812 832GRS-54-D 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 598 13 kg (29 lbs) 847 867GRS-60-D 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 652 15 kg (32 lbs) 883 903GRS-66-D 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 706 16 kg (35 lbs) 919 939GRS-72-D 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 760 17 kg (37 lbs) 954 974

394 mm (15 1⁄2") DepthGRS-18-F 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 218 6 kg (14 lbs) $ 617 $ 637GRS-24-F 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 272 8 kg (17 lbs) 661 681GRS-30-F 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 326 10 kg (21 lbs) 707 727GRS-36-F 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 380 11 kg (25 lbs) 749 769GRS-42-F 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 490 13 kg (29 lbs) 847 867GRS-48-F 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 544 15 kg (33 lbs) 890 910GRS-54-F 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 598 17 kg (37 lbs) 939 959GRS-60-F 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 652 18 kg (40 lbs) 988 1008GRS-66-F 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 706 19 kg (42 lbs) 1030 1050GRS-72-F 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 760 20 kg (43 lbs) 1078 1098


All Portable Heated Shelves Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Pan Capacity (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]): GRS-18-I, -24-I = 1-Pan, GRS-30-I, -36-I = 2-Pan,

GRS-42-I, -48-I = 3-Pan, GRS-54-I, -60-I = 4-Pan, GRS-66-I, -72-I = 5-Pan.

Cord Location: Center of side with controls.


PORTABLE HEATED SHELF List Price

ModelDimensions

W x H Watts Ship Weight 120V220,

240V‡

152 mm (6") DepthGRS-18-A 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 109 5 kg (10 lbs) $520 $540GRS-24-A 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 136 5 kg (12 lbs) 539 559GRS-30-A 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 163 6 kg (14 lbs) 560 580GRS-36-A 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 190 7 kg (16 lbs) 581 601GRS-42-A 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 245 9 kg (19 lbs) 643 663GRS-48-A 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 272 9 kg (20 lbs) 661 681GRS-54-A 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 299 10 kg (22 lbs) 679 699GRS-60-A 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 326 11 kg (24 lbs) 693 713GRS-66-A 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 353 12 kg (26 lbs) 712 732GRS-72-A 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 380 13 kg (28 lbs) 729 749

248 mm (9 3⁄4") DepthGRS-18-C 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 136 5 kg (10 lbs) $560 $580GRS-24-C 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 190 5 kg (12 lbs) 590 610GRS-30-C 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 245 6 kg (14 lbs) 623 643GRS-36-C 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 299 7 kg (16 lbs) 653 673GRS-42-C 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 326 9 kg (19 lbs) 723 743GRS-48-C 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 380 9 kg (20 lbs) 749 769GRS-54-C 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 435 10 kg (22 lbs) 777 797GRS-60-C 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 490 11 kg (24 lbs) 820 840GRS-66-C 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 544 12 kg (26 lbs) 847 867GRS-72-C 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 598 13 kg (28 lbs) 875 895

349 mm (13 3⁄4") DepthGRS-18-E 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 218 6 kg (13 lbs) $ 603 $ 623GRS-24-E 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 272 7 kg (16 lbs) 643 663GRS-30-E 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 326 9 kg (19 lbs) 687 707GRS-36-E 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 380 10 kg (22 lbs) 729 749GRS-42-E 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 490 11 kg (25 lbs) 812 832GRS-48-E 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 544 13 kg (28 lbs) 855 875GRS-54-E 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 598 14 kg (31 lbs) 898 918GRS-60-E 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 652 15 kg (34 lbs) 939 959GRS-66-E 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 706 17 kg (37 lbs) 974 994GRS-72-E 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 760 18 kg (40 lbs) 1023 1043

400 (15 3⁄4") DepthGRS-18-G 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 245 6 kg (14 lbs) $ 623 $ 643GRS-24-G 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 326 8 kg (17 lbs) 666 686GRS-30-G 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 408 10 kg (21 lbs) 712 732GRS-36-G 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 489 11 kg (25 lbs) 757 777GRS-42-G 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 571 13 kg (29 lbs) 862 882GRS-48-G 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 652 15 kg (33 lbs) 904 924GRS-54-G 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 734 17 kg (37 lbs) 954 974GRS-60-G 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 816 18 kg (40 lbs) 1003 1023GRS-66-G 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 897 19 kg (42 lbs) 1053 1073GRS-72-G 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 978 20 kg (43 lbs) 1092 1112



G R S - X X - X Glo-Ray

Heated Shelf

Depth of UnitI = 495 mm (19½")A = 152 mm (6")B = 197 mm (7¾")C = 248 mm (9¾")

D = 324 mm (12")E = 349 mm (13¾")F = 394 mm (15½")G = 400 mm (15¾")Width of Model (inches)

Portable Warm

ers



65

Glo-Ray® Portable Heated Shelves


PORTABLE HEATED SHELF Dimensions List Price

Model W x H Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

445 mm (17 1⁄2") Depth GRS-18-H 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 245 7 kg (16 lbs) $ 653 $ 673GRS-24-H 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 326 9 kg (20 lbs) 701 721GRS-30-H 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 408 11 kg (24 lbs) 749 769GRS-36-H 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 489 12 kg (27 lbs) 812 832GRS-42-H 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 571 14 kg (31 lbs) 911 931GRS-48-H 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 652 16 kg (35 lbs) 961 981GRS-54-H 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 734 18 kg (39 lbs) 1014 1034GRS-60-H 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 816 20 kg (43 lbs) 1078 1098GRS-66-H 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 897 21 kg (47 lbs) 1128 1148GRS-72-H 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 978 23 kg (51 lbs) 1176 1196

546 mm (21 1⁄2") DepthGRS-18-J 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 327 9 kg (20 lbs) $ 729 $ 749GRS-24-J 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 408 12 kg (26 lbs) 800 820GRS-30-J 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 489 14 kg (30 lbs) 862 882GRS-36-J 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 570 15 kg (33 lbs) 924 944GRS-42-J 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 735 16 kg (35 lbs) 1030 1050GRS-48-J 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 816 17 kg (38 lbs) 1099 1119GRS-54-J 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 897 20 kg (43 lbs) 1164 1184GRS-60-J 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 978 22 kg (48 lbs) 1227 1247GRS-66-J 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 1059 24 kg (53 lbs) 1296 1316GRS-72-J 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 1140 26 kg (58 lbs) 1361 1381

597 mm (23 1⁄2") DepthGRS-18-K 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 354 9 kg (20 lbs) $ 771 $ 791GRS-24-K 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 462 12 kg (26 lbs) 840 860GRS-30-K 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 571 14 kg (30 lbs) 904 924GRS-36-K 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 679 15 kg (33 lbs) 974 994GRS-42-K 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 816 16 kg (35 lbs) 1092 1112GRS-48-K 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 924 17 kg (38 lbs) 1164 1184GRS-54-K 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 1033 20 kg (43 lbs) 1233 1253GRS-60-K 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 1142 22 kg (48 lbs) 1309 1329GRS-66-K 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 1250 24 kg (53 lbs) 1380 1400GRS-72-K 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 1358 26 kg (58 lbs) 1445 1465

648 (25 1⁄2") DepthGRS-18-L 457 x 57 mm (18" x 2 1⁄4") 381 9 kg (20 lbs) $ 800 $ 820GRS-24-L 610 x 57 mm (24" x 2 1⁄4") 516 12 kg (26 lbs) 875 895GRS-30-L 762 x 57 mm (30" x 2 1⁄4") 653 15 kg (33 lbs) 945 965GRS-36-L 914 x 57 mm (36" x 2 1⁄4") 788 17 kg (37 lbs) 1023 1043GRS-42-L 1067 x 133 mm (42" x 5 1⁄4") 897 20 kg (43 lbs) 1149 1169GRS-48-L 1219 x 133 mm (48" x 5 1⁄4") 1032 23 kg (50 lbs) 1227 1247GRS-54-L 1372 x 133 mm (54" x 5 1⁄4") 1169 25 kg (54 lbs) 1304 1324GRS-60-L 1524 x 133 mm (60" x 5 1⁄4") 1306 27 kg (59 lbs) 1380 1400GRS-66-L 1676 x 133 mm (66" x 5 1⁄4") 1441 29 kg (64 lbs) 1458 1478GRS-72-L 1829 x 133 mm (72" x 5 1⁄4") 1576 31 kg (69 lbs) 1535 1555


All Portable Heated Shelves Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Pan Capacity (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]): GRS-18-I, -24-I = 1-Pan, GRS-30-I, -36-I = 2-Pan,

GRS-42-I, -48-I = 3-Pan, GRS-54-I, -60-I = 4-Pan, GRS-66-I, -72-I = 5-Pan.

Cord Location: Center of side with controls.


GRAH-36 with optional Designer color, infinite switch and accessory C-leg stand over Heated Shelf GRS-30-I in optional Designer color with accessory food pans

G R S - X X - X Glo-Ray

Heated Shelf

Depth of UnitH = 445 mm (17½")J = 546 mm (21½")K = 597 mm (23½")L = 648 mm (25½")Width of Model (inches)

Port

able

War

mer

s



66

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) GRS-LEGS 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs (GRS models

only, standard on units GRS-42 and larger) $42GRS-SLANT Slant Leg Kit for Models 305 mm (12") Deep

or Deeper (GRS models only) 212SD-LEGS 102 mm (4") Designer Legs (GR2S models

only, standard on units GR2S-42 and larger) Non-standard colors are non-returnable – 80

Pan Rail (for 495 mm (19 1⁄2") GRS models only) –2 RAIL 2-Pan $1433 RAIL 3-Pan 1534 RAIL 4-Pan 2865 RAIL 5-Pan 296


2 Rail Accessory

3 Rail Accessory

2SD-LEGS Accessory

GRS-SLANT Accessory


Designer Colors (Top surface not painted) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –Clear Anodized Standard –


Designer Inset Panel Colors (GR2S models) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard –

RED Warm Red No ChargeBLACK Black StandardGRAY Gray Granite No ChargeWHITE White Granite No ChargeNAVY Navy Blue No ChargeGREEN Hunter Green No ChargeCOPPER Antique Copper No Charge

Designer Corner Caps, GR2S Models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard –

BLACK Black Corner Caps StandardDKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps No Charge

Hardcoated Surface in lieu of Stainless Steel on Standard 495 mm (19 1⁄2") Deep GRS Models –

HC 18-42 GRS-18 through GRS-42 $163HC 48-72 GRS-48 through GRS-72 275

Glo-Ray® Portable Designer Heated ShelvesUsing a blanket heating element for an even temperature, the thermostatically-controlled base safely extends the holding time of your food. Hatco’s Designer Portable Heated Shelves can blend into any décor.

• Built-in adjustable thermostatic controls• Model widths from 768 x 1988 mm

(301⁄4" to 781⁄4")• Rounded edges and hardcoated

aluminum surfaces offer a modern style for front-of-the-house applications

GR2S-30 with optional Designer color inset panels and accessory pizza pans

DESIGNER PORTABLE HEATED SHELFDimensions List Price

Model6 W x D x H Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

GR2S-24 768 x 686 x 101 mm (30 1⁄4" x 27" x 4") 350 15 kg (32 lbs.) $1600 $1620GR2S-30 921 x 686 x 101 mm (36 1⁄4" x 27" x 4") 450 18 kg (39 lbs.) 1718 1738GR2S-36 1073 x 686 x 101 mm (42 1⁄4" x 27" x 4") 550 19 kg (42 lbs.) 1840 1860GR2S-42 1226 x 686 x 178 mm (48 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 600 23 kg (51 lbs.) 2030 2050GR2S-48 1378 x 686 x 178 mm (54 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 700 25 kg (55 lbs.) 2152 2172GR2S-54 1530 x 686 x 178 mm (60 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 800 27 kg (59 lbs.) 2268 2288GR2S-60 1683 x 686 x 178 mm (66 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 900 29 kg (64 lbs.) 2391 2411GR2S-66 1835 x 686 x 178 mm (72 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 1000 31 kg (68 lbs.) 2509 2529GR2S-72 1988 x 686 x 178 mm (78 1⁄4" x 27" x 7") 1100 34 kg (74 lbs.) 2631 2651

��6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge.

All Designer Portable Heated Shelves Feature – Non-standard colors are non-returnable:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Pan Capacity (305 x 508 mm [12" x 20"]): GR2S-24 = 1-Pan, GR2S-30, -36 = 2-Pan,

GR2S-42, -48 = 3-Pan, GR2S-54, -60 = 4-Pan, GR2S-66, -72 = 5-Pan.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 162 x 552 D mm (6 3⁄8" x 21 3⁄4").Cord Location: Center of bottom on control side.

• Accessory 102 mm (4") legs, standard on 1226 mm (42") and wider models


G R 2 S - X X Glo-Ray

Designer

Width of Heated Surface (inches)

Heated Shelf

Portable Warm

ers



67

Glo-Ray® Portable Round Heated Stone* ShelvesHatco’s Glo-Ray® Portable Heated Stone Shelves are made of foodsafe materials and come in four standard colors. These unique warmers will safely hold food hot while blending in with your décor and are are ideal for buffet lines or as hors d'oeuvres displays.

• Hatco Heated Stone Shelves are made of approved foodsafe materials

• Features a lighted rocker switch and thermostatically-controlled heated base to help hold your food hot and delicious

GRSSR-20 i n Night Sky Decorative Stone

GRSSR-18 in Night Sky Decorative Stone with optional 127 mm (5") Riser in Designer color

GRSSR-16 in Night Sky Decorative Stone with optional 76 mm (3") Riser in Designer color

* Simulated Stone

PORTABLE ROUND HEATED STONE* SHELFDimensions List Price

Model Dia. x H Watts Amps Ship Weight 120V, 220, 240V‡

GRSSR-16 406 x 67 mm (16" x 2 5⁄8") 250 2.1 6 kg (14 lbs.) $ 911GRSSR-18 457 x 67 mm (18" x 2 5⁄8") 325 2.7 7 kg (16 lbs.) 973GRSSR-20 508 x 67 mm (20" x 2 5⁄8") 400 3.3 8 kg (18 lbs.) 1032

PORTABLE ROUND HEATED STONE* SHELF WITH DISPLAY LAMPDimensions List Price


GRSSR20-DL77516 508 x 572 x 914 mm (20" x 22 1⁄2" x 36") 650 18 kg (40 lbs.) $1510 $1555 ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, add $20.

All Round Heated Stone Shelves with Display Lamps Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, 240 single phase only.Bulb: One, 250 watt clear bulb, uncoated.Temperature Range: 38°-93°C (100°-200°F).Cord Location: Back side on base.Lamp Distance: 406 mm (16") space from bottom of lamp to base.


GRSSR20-DL77516 in Night Sky Decorative Stone.

G R S S R - X X Glo-Ray

Stone Shelf

Diameter of Shelf (inches)

Round

G R S S R 2 0 - D L 7 7 5 1 6 Glo-Ray

Stone ShelfShade Style

Distance between Upper Lamp and Heated Base(inches)

RoundDiameter (inches) Decorative Lamp

Port

able

War

mer

s



68


Designer Colors (GRSSR20-DL77516 Model and GRSSR Base only) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard –


Stone Color– Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard –SS-GGRAN Gray Granite No ChargeSS-BSAND Bermuda Sand No ChargeSS-NSKY Night Sky StandardSS-SGRASS Sawgrass No Charge

76 mm (3") Risers–Available in Designer Colors and Stainless Steel – (Not available on the GRSSR20-DL77516) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

3RISER16 GRSSR-16 $473RISER18 GRSSR-18 473RISER20 GRSSR-20 47

127 mm (5") Risers–Available in Designer Colors and Stainless Steel –(Not available on the GRSSR20-DL77516) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

5RISER16 GRSSR-16 $625RISER18 GRSSR-18 625RISER20 GRSSR-20 62

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) WHITE-CTD-240 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (GRSSR20-DL77516 accommodates one bulb) each $54WHITE-CTD-120 250 Watt Clear Bulb, Coated (GRSSR20-DL77516 accommodates one bulb) each 25RED-UCTD-120 250 Watt Red Bulb, Uncoated (GRSSR20-DL77516 accommodates one bulb) each 23RED-CTD-120 250 Watt Red Bulb, Coated (GRSSR20-DL77516 accommodates one bulb) each 32Curved Swanstone® Cutting Board with Juice Groove – All cutting boards are non-returnable

432 W x 299 D x 25 H mm (17" x 11 3⁄4" x 1") – (GRSSR-16 only)CB-16-GGRAN Gray Granite $345CB-16-BSAND Bermuda Sand 345CB-16-NSKY Night Sky 345CB-16-SGRASS Sawgrass 345

483 W x 349 D x 25 H mm (19" x 13 3⁄4" x 1") – (GRSSR-18 only)CB-18-GGRAN Gray Granite $345CB-18-BSAND Bermuda Sand 345CB-18-NSKY Night Sky 345CB-18-SGRASS Sawgrass 345

533 W x 400 D x 25 H mm (21" x 15 3⁄4" x 1") – GRSSR-20 and GRSSR20-DL77516 only)CB-20-GGRAN Gray Granite $345CB-20-BSAND Bermuda Sand 345CB-20-NSKY Night Sky 345CB-20-SGRASS Sawgrass 345


CB-18-BSAND Accessory

Two GRSSR20-DL77516 in Sawgrass Decorative Stone

Portable Warm

ers



69

Glo-Ray® Portable Rectangular Heated Stone* ShelvesMatch the heat zone to your countertops with Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Heated Stone Shelves. These portable foodsafe shelves come in four standard colors and are ideal for buffet lines or as hors d’oeuvre displays. These unique warmers will safely hold food hot while blending in with your décor.

* Simulated Stone

• Hatco Heated Stone Shelves are made of foodsafe materials

• Features a lighted rocker switch and thermostatically-controlled heated base to help hold your food hot and delicious

RECTANGULAR PORTABLE HEATED STONE* SHELFDimensions List Price


GRSS-2418 610 x 457 x 64 mm (24" x 18" x 2 1⁄2") 635 13 kg (27 lbs.) $1344 $1364GRSS-3018 762 x 457 x 64 mm (30" x 18" x 2 1⁄2") 780 14 kg (30 lbs.) 1408 1428GRSS-3618 914 x 457 x 64 mm (36" x 18" x 2 1⁄2") 930 16 kg (35 lbs.) 1469 1489GRSS-4818• 1219 x 457 x 159 mm (48" x 18" x 6 1⁄4") 1270 22 kg (45 lbs.) 1589 1609GRSS-6018• 1524 x 457 x 159 mm (60" x 18" x 6 1⁄4") 1560 26 kg (56 lbs.) 1713 1733GRSS-7218• 1829 x 457 x 159 mm (72" x 18" x 6 1⁄4") 1860 31 kg (68 lbs.) 1834 1854

‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, add $20. • Height includes standard 102 mm (4") legs.

All Portable Heated Stone Shelves Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240V, single phase only.Cord Location: Center of side with switch.


Stone Color – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard –SS-GGRAN Gray Granite No ChargeSS-BSAND Bermuda Sand No ChargeSS-NSKY Night Sky StandardSS-SGRASS Sawgrass No Charge

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) HANDLE-18-BLK Designer Black Powdercoated Rounded Stainless Steel Handles 1 pair $150


G R S S - X X X X Glo-RayHeated Shelf

Stone

Depth of Shelf (inches)Width of Shelf (inches)

GRSS-3618 in Night Sky Decorative Stone

Port

able

War

mer

s



70

Portable Rectangular Heated Black Glass ShelvesHatco’s Heated Black Glass Shelves have a heated ceramic glass surface to create uniform heat across the entire surface and are made of approved foodsafe materials. Adjustable thermostatic controls allow surface temperature to be controlled easily.

• Shelves are made of approved foodsafe materials

• Lighted On/Off rocker switch • Equipped with a trim ring that is

available in stainless steel (standard) or Designer Black

• Availabl e with accessory Designer Black powdercoated and plastic handles

HBG-2418 with accessory Designer Black powdercoated handles

HBG-FS-24 accessory (close-up view)

PORTABLE RECTANGULAR HEATED BLACK GLASS SHELFDimensions List Price

Model W x D x H Watts Ship Weight 120V, 220, 240V‡

HBG-2418 619 x 467 x 64 mm (24 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") 425 13 kg (29 lbs.) $1968HBG-3018 772 x 467 x 64 mm (30 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") 525 15 kg (33 lbs.) 2058HBG-3618 924 x 467 x 64 mm (36 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 2 1⁄2") 630 17 kg (36 lbs.) 2148HBG-4818•B 1229 x 467 x 156 mm (48 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 6 1⁄8") 850 20 kg (42 lbs.) 2327HBG-6018•B 1534 x 467 x 156 mm (60 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 6 1⁄8") 1050 25 kg (60 lbs.) 2506HBG-7218•B 1838 x 467 x 156 mm (72 3⁄8" x 18 3⁄8" x 6 1⁄8") 1260 31 kg (68 lbs.) 2684

‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, add $20. • Height includes standard 102 mm (4") legs. ��B Units 1219 mm (48") and larger are constructed of two equal size pieces of glass which create a seam.

All Portable Heated Black Glass Shelves Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, 240 single phase only.Cord Location: Center of side with switch.


HBG-FS-24 610 mm (24") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone $102HBG-FS-30 672 mm (30") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 122HBG-FS-36 914 mm (36") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 143HBG-FS-48 1219 mm (48") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 163HBG-FS-60 1524 mm (60") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 184HBG-FS-72 1829 mm (72") Angled Food Stop Keeps Product on the Heat Zone 204

ACCESSORIES HANDLE-18-BLK Designer Black Powdercoated Rounded Stainless Steel Handles 1 pair $150


H B G - X X X X

Heated Black Glass Depth (inches)

Width (inches)

Portable Warm

ers



71

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) GRHW-9.5SIGN Display Sign Holder, Top Shelf Only (Requires 533 W x 241

H x 2 D mm (21" x 9 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") sign, not included) (Adds 165 mm (6 1⁄2") to height of unit) (GRHW-1SG only) $ 74

4"LEGS 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs (GRHW-1P, -1SG only) (Standard on GRHW-2P) 42

1SG-BIN Hardcoated Bin 102 W x 337 D x 25 H mm (4" x 13 1⁄4" x 1") (GRHW-1SG only) 29

1SG-SIGN-4 4-Sided Sign (Two at 533 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (21" x 9" x 1⁄16"), two at 267 W x 232 H x 2 D mm (10 1⁄2" x 9 1⁄8" x 1⁄16") (Adds 165 mm (6 1⁄2") to height of unit) (GRHW-1SG only) 292


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard –


HC Hardcoated Surface $109INF Infinite Switch for Top Heat only 33PANEL Plexi-glass side panels 72


Glo-Ray® Mini-MerchandisersHatco’s convenient Mini-Merchandisers create impulse sales by placing fresh product in front of customers. Using a limited amount of valuable counterspace, these flexible warmers come in a variety of shapes, sizes, and colors to hold food samples, hors d’oeuvres, and packaged product at just the right temperature.

GRHW-1SG with accessory sign holder (sign not included)

• Ideal for delis, supermarkets, convenience stores, kiosks, or concession stands where counterspace is limited

• Sturdy sneeze guard safeguards food serving areas

• Lighted rocker switch for easy On/Off• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights

enhance product displays while safeguarding food from bulb breakage

1SG-BIN Accessory

• Thermostatically-controlled heated base to extend holding times of most foods

• Prefocused infrared top heat directs heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest

• Optional hardcoated surface and infinite switch available

• Food stop, 102 mm (4") food bins, and sign holder standard (GRHW-1SG only)

GRHW-2P with 102 mm (4") legs and accessory food pans

G R H W - X PGlo-Ray P = Pans

SG = Single Horizontal ShelfSGS = Single Slanted ShelfSGD = Dual Horizontal Shelf with Heated Glass Upper ShelfSGDS = Dual Slanted Shelf with Heated Glass Upper Shelf

Hors D’oeuvres Warmer/Mini-Merchandiser

Quantity of Pans

MINI-MERCHANDISERNo. of Dimensions Base Dimensions List Price

Model Bulbs W x D x H (Includes Sneeze Guard)

Watts W x D Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

GRHW-1P 2 565 x 486 x 451 mm (22¼" x 191⁄8" x 17¾") 820 565 x 349 (22¼" x 13¾") 16 kg (35 lbs.) $1350 $1390GRHW-2P 4 1099 x 486 x 527 mm (43¼" x 191⁄8" x 20¾") 1640 1099 x 349 (43 1⁄4" x 13 3⁄4") 31 kg (67 lbs.) 1791 1831GRHW-1SG 2 565 x 486 x 632 mm (22¼" x 191⁄8" x 247⁄8") 820 565 x 349 (22 1⁄4" x 13 3⁄4") 17 kg (37 lbs.) 1617 1657


ll Mini-Merchandisers Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Included with Merchandiser: Thermostatically-controlled base, sneeze guard, display lights,

25 mm (1") rubber legs (except GRHW-2P has 4" legs), five 102 mm (4") bins (GRHW-1SG only), 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.

Sign Dimensions: GRHW-1SG: 533 W x 241 H mm (21" x 9 1⁄2").Cord Location: Base end plate, same side as switch.

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

Port

able

War

mer

s



72

Serv-Rite® Portable Buffet WarmersThe Hatco Serv-Rite® Portable Buffet Warmers are designed to keep prepared foods at optimum serving temperatures without affecting quality. They are perfect for self-serve buffet areas and customer serving points.

• Base is thermostatically controlled with digital temperature indicating display

• Available with halogen lighting in models SRBW, SRGBW, and SRSSBW

• SRSS-1 and SRSSBW-1 come in four simulated stone colors, non-standard colors are non-returnable

• SRB-1 and SRBW-1 include one 64 mm (21/2") high full size food pan

SRSSBW-1 in standard Designer Black finish, Night Sky Swanstone, Smoked Sneeze Guard, and Extended Shelf

SRBW-1 with optional Anodized Nickel Gloss finish and single sided clear glass sneeze guard and accessory food pans

SRB-1 shown in optional Anodized Nickel Gloss finish, with 64 mm (21/2") high food pan (included)

SRGBW-1 shown in standard Designer Black, smoked glass sneeze guard and food pans (not available)

SRG-1 with optional Anodized Nickel Gloss finish, and food pans (not available)

SRSS-1 in standard Designer Black and Gray Granite Swanstone

SERv-RITE® PORTABLE BUFFET WARMERDimensions

Model Descripton W x D x H Watts Ship WeightList Price

120, 220, 240V‡

SRB-1 pan(s) and utensil tray 804 x 560 x 161 mm (31 5⁄8" x 22 1⁄8" x 6 3⁄8") 500 23 kg ( 50 lbs.) $1416SRBW-1 pan(s), utensil tray, and overhead 820 x 660 x 581 mm (32 3⁄8" x 26" x 22 7⁄8") 800 47 kg (104 lbs.) 2548SRG-1 heated glass and utensil tray 804 x 560 x 161 mm (31 5⁄8" x 22 1⁄8" x 6 3⁄8") 350 21 kg ( 46 lbs.) 1416SRGBW-1 heated glass, utensil tray, overhead 820 x 660 x 581 mm (32 3⁄8" x 26" x 22 7⁄8") 650 49 kg (108 lbs.) 2548SRSS-1 heated stone and utensil tray 804 x 560 x 161 mm (31 5⁄8" x 22 1⁄8" x 6 3⁄8") 350 22 kg ( 48 lbs.) 1443SRSSBW-1 heated stone, utensil tray, overhead 820 x 660 x 581 mm (32 3⁄8" x 26" x 22 7⁄8") 650 46 kg (102 lbs.) 2576


All Portable Buffet Warmers Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, 240V single phase only.Temperature Range: 38°- 93°C (100°-200°F).Cord Location: Control side.

• Standard models equipped with removable utensil tray for easy cleaning

• Optional single sided clear or smoked glass sneeze guard available

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – SEE PAGE 73S R X X X - 1

Serv-Rite 1-Pan Capacity

B = Heated ShelfG = Heated Glass Shelf

SS = Heated Stone ShelfBW = Heated Shelf Buffet Warmer

GBW = Heated Glass Shelf Buffet WarmerSSBW = Heated Stone Shelf Buffet Warmer

Portable Warm

ers



73


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Black Standard – RED Warm Red No ChargeBLACK Black StandardGRAY Gray Granite No ChargeWHITE White Granite No ChargeNAVY Navy Blue No ChargeGREEN Hunter Green No Charge

Gloss Finish – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – BBLACK Bold Black $328

Gloss Finish – SRB, SRG, and SRSS models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –NICKEL Anodized Nickel $150

Gloss Finish – SRBW, SRGBW, and SRSSBW models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

NICKEL Anodized Nickel $216Stone Color – SRSS-1 and SRSSBW-1 models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard –

SS-GGRAN Gray Granite No ChargeSS-BSAND Bermuda Sand No ChargeSS-NSKY Night Sky StandardSS-SGRASS Sawgrass No Charge

BW-1/2 Single sided Clear Glass Sneeze Guard (food shield) in lieu of two-sided Clear Glass Sneeze Guard (BW models only) No Charge

BW-S Smoked Glass Sneeze Guard (food shield) in lieu of two-sided Clear Glass Sneeze Guard (BW models only) $160

BW-1/2S Single Sided Smoked Glass Sneeze Guard (food shield) in lieu of two-sided Clear Glass Sneeze Guard (BW models only) 80

SRG-EXT Full Glass Heated Base, in lieu of utensil tray (SRG, SRGBW models only) (adds 90 watts to unit) 50

SRSS-EXT Full Swanstone Heated Base, in lieu of utensil tray (SRSS, SRSSBW models only) (adds 90 watts to unit) 75

BW-DIM Dimmer Switch, in lieu of toggle switch, for overhead lights (BW models only) 180

BW-HW Two 300 watt bulbs in lieu of two 150 watt bulbs (BW models only) (adds 300 watts to unit) 54


ACCESSORIES(available for purchase at any time) SRCARVING Carving Station Pan (removable

spiked perforated insert, frame, and juice collection tray) (SRB-1 and SRBW-1 models only) (4 kg (9 lbs.)) $240

SRBOARD Carving Station Board (removable cutting board, frame, and juice collection tray) (SRB-1 and SRBW-1 models only) (4.5 kg (10 lbs.)) 328

ST PAN 1/2 Half-Size Stainless Steel Pan – 324 W x 264 D x 64 H mm (12 3⁄4"W x 10 3⁄8"D x 2 1⁄2"H) 52

SRCARVING Accessory

SRBOARD Accessory

SRBW-1 shown in standard Designer Black, and two-sided sneeze guards. 64 mm (2 1⁄2") high food pan (included)

Port

able

War

mer

s



74

Glo-Ray® Buffet WarmersHold hot food at optimum serving temperatures on buffet lines or at temporary serving areas with Hatco Glo-Ray® Buffet Warmers. Choose from either standard or Designer style models in many lengths to fit your operation.

• Standard and Designer models available• Thermostatically-controlled heated

base of 27°- 93°C (80°- 200°F) extends holding times of most foods


• Sturdy plexi-glass sneeze guard


DESIGNER BUFFET WARMERList Price

Model6 No. of BulbsDimensions

W x D x H (Includes sneeze guard)Maximum

Pan Capacity Watts Ship Weight120, 120/208,

120/240V 220, 240V‡

GR2BW-24 2 768 x 686 x 483 mm (30 1⁄4" x 27" x 19") 1 Full Size Pan 970 34 kg ( 76 lbs.) $2631 $2671GR2BW-30 2 921 x 686 x 483 mm (36 1⁄4" x 27" x 19") 2 Full Size Pans 1230 39 kg ( 85 lbs.) 2886 2926GR2BW-36 2 1073 x 686 x 483 mm (42 1⁄4" x 27" x 19") 2 Full Size Pans 1470 44 kg ( 97 lbs.) 3138 3178GR2BW-42 4 1226 x 686 x 559 mm (48 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") 3 Full Size Pans 1790 50 kg (110 lbs.) 3478 3518GR2BW-48 4 1378 x 686 x 559 mm (54 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") 3 Full Size Pans 2040 57 kg (125 lbs.) 3812 3852GR2BW-54 4 1530 x 686 x 559 mm (60 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") 4 Full Size Pans 2290 59 kg (130 lbs.) 4217 4257GR2BW-60D 6 1683 x 686 x 559 mm (66 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") 4 Full Size Pans 2660 70 kg (154 lbs.) 4624 4664GR2BW-66D 6 1835 x 686 x 559 mm (72 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") 5 Full Size Pans 2920 77 kg (169 lbs.) 4958 4998GR2BW-72D 6 1988 x 686 x 559 mm (78 1⁄4" x 27" x 22") 5 Full Size Pans 3185 84 kg (186 lbs.) 5282 5322

��6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. ��D Not available in 120V.

All Designer Buffet Warmers Feature:Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 165 x 552 D mm (6 1⁄2" x 21 3⁄4").Cord Location: Center of bottom on control side.

BUFFET WARMERList Price

Model No. of BulbsDimensions

W x D x H (Includes sneeze guard)Maximum

Pan Capacity Watts Ship Weight120, 120/208,

120/240V 220, 240V‡

GRBW-24 2 635 x 572 x 451 mm (25" x 22 1⁄2" x 17 3⁄4") 1 Full Size Pan 970 22 kg ( 48 lbs.) $1471 $1511GRBW-30 2 787 x 572 x 451 mm (31" x 22 1⁄2" x 17 3⁄4") 2 Full Size Pans 1230 24 kg ( 52 lbs.) 1631 1671GRBW-36 3 940 x 572 x 451 mm (37 " x 22 1⁄2" x 17 3⁄4") 2 Full Size Pans 1530 26 kg ( 58 lbs.) 1789 1829GRBW-42 3 1092 x 572 x 527 mm (43 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") 3 Full Size Pans 1730 31 kg ( 68 lbs.) 1938 1978GRBW-48 4 1245 x 572 x 527 mm (49 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") 3 Full Size Pans 2040 34 kg ( 74 lbs.) 2105 2145GRBW-54D 4 1397 x 572 x 527 mm (55 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") 4 Full Size Pans 2290 37 kg ( 81 lbs.) 2251 2291GRBW-60D 5 1549 x 572 x 527 mm (61" x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") 4 Full Size Pans 2600 41 kg ( 90 lbs.) 2416 2456GRBW-66D 5 1702 x 572 x 527 mm (67 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") 5 Full Size Pans 2860 44 kg ( 96 lbs.) 2568 2608GRBW-72D 5 1854 x 572 x 527 mm (73 " x 22 1⁄2" x 20 3⁄4") 5 Full Size Pans 3125 49 kg (107 lbs.) 2719 2759

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20. ��D Not available in 120V.

All Buffet Warmers Feature:Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.GRBW Base Dimensions: 635-1854 W x 495 D mm (25 "-73 " x 19 1⁄2").Cord Location: Base end plate, same side as switch.

• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights enhance product displays while safeguarding food from bulb breakage

• Available in a variety of lengths from 638-1988 mm (251⁄8"- 781⁄4")

GRBW-30 with optional Designer color and accessory food pans

GR2BW-30 in optional Designer color and plexi-glass side enclosures and accessory food pans

G R B W - X XGlo-Ray Width of unit

(inches)Buffet Warmer

G R 2 B W - X XGlo-Ray

Width of unit(inches)

Buffet WarmerDesigner


Portable Warm

ers



75

Buffet Warmer Maximum Pan CapacitiesModel Pan CapacityGRBW-24, GR2BW-24: 1 Full Size PanGRBW-30, -36, GR2BW-30, -36: 2 Full Size PansGRBW-42, -48, GR2BW-42, -48: 3 Full Size PansGRBW-54, -60, GR2BW-54, -60: 4 Full Size PansGRBW-66, -72, GR2BW-66, -72: 5 Full Size Pans


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – RED Warm Red $328BLACK Black 328GRAY Gray Granite 328WHITE White Granite 328NAVY Navy Blue 328GREEN Hunter Green 328COPPER Antique Copper 328

Designer Inset Panel Colors, GR2BW Models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable Black Standard –


Designer Corner Caps, GR2BW Models – Non-standard colors are non-returnable Black Standard –

BLACK Black Corner Caps StandardDKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps No Charge

Acrylic Front and Two Side Enclosures (Available for GRBW-24, -30, -36, -42, and -48 models only) in lieu of Sneeze Guards –

FRTENCL-24, -30 GRBW-24 & -30 models $300FRTENCL-36, -42, -48 GRBW-36, -42, & -48 models 343

SIDE-ENCL Two Plexi-Glass Side Enclosures (GRBW models only) 204

SIDE-ENCL2 Two Plexi-Glass Side Enclosures (GR2BW models only) 204

HC 24-42 GRBW-24 through GRBW-42 107HC 48-72 GRBW-48 through GRBW-72 214

INF Infinite Control for Top Heat Only (GRBW-24 through GRBW-60 and GR2BW-24 through GR2BW-60 models only) 33

9.375BP 238 mm (9 3⁄8") Sneeze Guard in lieu of Standard 191 mm (7 1⁄2") (GRBW models only) add per 305 mm (12") per side 5

14BP 356 mm (14") Sneeze Guard in lieu of Standard 191 mm (7 1⁄2") add per 305 mm (12") per side 16


ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) GRBW-LEGS 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs (

GRBW models only, standard on units GRBW-42 or larger) $42

2SD-LEGS 102 mm (4") Designer Legs (GR2BW models only, standard on units GR2BW-42 or larger) 80

Pan Rail GRBW Models (Cannot use with Acrylic Front Enclosure)

2 RAIL 2-Pan $1433 RAIL 3-Pan 1534 RAIL 4-Pan 2865 RAIL 5-Pan 296

GRBW-30 with accessory food pans

2 Rail Accessory

3 Rail Accessory

2SD-LEGS Accessory

Cafeterias • Buffets Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés

Built-In Warmers

HBGB-3618 shown below a GR2AHL-42 with Designer non-adjustable stands, optional sneeze guards built into a Swanstone® countertop pg. 78

GRSSB-3618 in Bermuda Sand built into a Bermuda Sand Swanstone® countertop pg. 77

GRSB-30-I Glo-Ray® Heated Shelf with accessory pans shown below a GRAHL-36 with optional sneeze guards and adjustable tubular stands pg. 79

GRSSB-3618 in Night Sky decorative stone pg. 77

GRSBF-60-O Built-in Glo-Ray® Heated Shelf with flush top, built into a Bermuda Sand Swanstone® countertop with accessory pans shown below a GR2AL-96D in Designer color with optional sneeze guards pg. 80

GRSB-54-I with recessed top and accessory pans shown below a GRAL-96D with optional sneeze guard pg. 79

Built-In Warm

ersSturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com


77


Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable $33 RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter GreenStone Color – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Night Sky Standard – No Charge SS-GGRAN Gray Granite SS-BSAND Bermuda Sand SS-NSKY Night Sky SS-SGRASS SawgrassGRSSB-FLUSH-ITC Flush Mount Electronic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch $125GRSSB-FLUSH-TSTAT Flush Mount Thermostatic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch No ChargeCOND-6 1829 mm (6') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3'), (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 30COND-10 3048 mm (10') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3') (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 60GRSSB-REC Built-in Heated Stone Shelf with Recessed Top No Charge


Glo-Ray® Built-In Rectangular Heated Stone* ShelvesMatch the heat zone to your countertops with Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Heated Stone Shelves. The built-in foodsafe shelves are ideal for buffet lines or as hors d’oeuvre displays. These unique warmers will safely hold food hot while blending in with your décor.


• Features a lighted rocker switch and thermostatically-controlled heated base

* Simulated Stone

GRSSB-3618 in Bermuda Sand decorative stone built into a Swanstone® countertop

Standard control box

BUILT-IN ReCTaNgULaR HeaTeD STONe* SHeLFDimensions List Price

Model^ W x D x H Watts Ship Weight 120 220, 240V‡

GRSSB-2418 651 x 498 x 57 mm (25 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 635 14 kg (30 lbs.) $1438 $1458GRSSB-3018 803 x 498 x 57 mm (31 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 780 16 kg (35 lbs.) 1498 1518GRSSB-3618 956 x 498 x 57 mm (37 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 930 19 kg (40 lbs.) 1560 1580GRSSB-4818 1260 x 498 x 57 mm (49 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 1270 24 kg (51 lbs.) 1713 1733GRSSB-6018 1565 x 498 x 57 mm (61 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 1560 26 kg (56 lbs.) 1834 1854GRSSB-7218 1870 x 498 x 57 mm (73 5⁄8" x 19 5⁄8" x 2 1⁄4") 1860 32 kg (70 lbs.) 1957 1977

‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, add $20. ^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures

up to 93°C (200°F).

all Built-in Rectangular Heated Stone Shelves Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase only.Cord Location: End of remote enclosure.

BUILT-IN RECTANGULAR HEATED STONE* SHELVES COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONSModel Minimum Width Maximum Width Minimum Depth Maximum Depth Below CounterGRSSB-2418 625 mm (24 5⁄8") 632 mm (24 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")GRSSB-3018 778 mm (30 5⁄8") 784 mm (30 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")GRSSB-3618 930 mm (36 5⁄8") 937 mm (36 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")GRSSB-4818 1235 mm (48 5⁄8") 1241 mm (48 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")GRSSB-6018 1540 mm (60 5⁄8") 1546 mm (60 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")GRSSB-7218 1845 mm (72 5⁄8") 1851 mm (72 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")

OPTIONAL CONTROL BOx CUTOUT DIMENSIONSModel Width Height DepthGRSSB-FLUSH-ITCGRSB-FLUSH-ITC 149 mm (5 7⁄8") 174 mm (6 3⁄8") 121 mm (4 3⁄4")

GRSSB-FLUSH-TSTATGRSB-FLUSH-TSTAT 149 mm (5 7⁄8") 174 mm (6 3⁄8") 102 mm (4 ")


G R S S B - X X X X Glo-Ray

Heated Shelf

Depth of Shelf (inches)

Width of Shelf (inches)

B= Built-In RectangularStone

Optional flush mount recessed thermostatic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

Optional flush mount recessed electronic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

NOTE: For any size GRSSB, the next larger size GRA or GR2A will fit over the top. For example, a GRSSB-3018 will require a GRA-36, or GR2A-36. The GRA will have a tight fit to the frame of the base. The GR2A will have approximately a 4" space.

Built

-In

War

mer

s



78

H B G B H - X X X X Depth of shelf(inches)

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel) –BLACK Black $33HBGB-TRIM-BLK Designer Black Powdercoated Trim Ring 33HBGBH-NO-TRIM Unit without Trim Ring No Charge

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel) – BLACK Black $33HBGB-TRIM-BLK Designer Black Powdercoated Trim Ring 33HBGB-FLUSH-ITC Flush Mount Electronic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch 125HBGB-FLUSH-TSTAT Flush Mount Thermostatic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch No ChargeCOND-6 1829 mm (6') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3'), (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 30COND-10 3048 mm (10') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3') (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 60HBGB-REC Built-in Heated Black Glass Shelf with Recessed Top No Charge


• Equipped with an attached stainless steel trim mounting ring

• Lighted On/Off rocker switch

Built-In Rectangular Heated Black Glass ShelvesHatco Heated Black Glass Shelves have a heated ceramic glass top to create uniform heat across the entire surface and are made of approved foodsafe materials. Adjustable thermostat controls allow surface temperature to be controlled easily.



Standard flush mount recessed electronic control box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled recessed controls

BUILT-IN ReCTaNgULaR HeaTeD BLaCK gLaSS SHeLFModel^ Dimensions W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List Price‡

HBGB-2418 654 x 502 x 57 mm (25 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 425 15 kg (32 lbs.) $2103HBGB-3018 806 x 502 x 57 mm (31 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 525 17 kg (37 lbs.) 2192HBGB-3618 959 x 502 x 57 mm (37 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 630 19 kg (40 lbs.) 2284HBGB-4818B 1264 x 502 x 57 mm (49 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 850 23 kg (50 lbs.) 2506HBGB-6018B 1568 x 502 x 57 mm (61 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1050 29 kg (63 lbs.) 2684HBGB-7218B 1873 x 502 x 57 mm (73 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1260 34 kg (74 lbs.) 2864

^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge. ��B Units 1219 mm (48") and larger are constructed of two equal size pieces of glass which create a seam.all Built-in Heated Black glass Shelves Feature: Voltage: 120, 220, 240 single phase only. Cord Location: End of remote enclosure.

BUILT-IN ReCTaNgULaR HIgH-WaTT HeaTeD BLaCK gLaSS SHeLFModel^ Dimensions W x D x H Watts Ship Weight List Price‡

HBGBH-2418 654 x 502 x 57 mm (25 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 635 14 kg (29 lbs.) $2340HBGBH-3018 806 x 502 x 57 mm (31 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 809 15 kg (32 lbs.) 2428HBGBH-3618 959 x 502 x 57 mm (37 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 984 18 kg (38 lbs.) 2520HBGBH-4818B 1264 x 502 x 57 mm (49 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1268 22 kg (47 lbs.) 2742HBGBH-6018B 1568 x 502 x 57 mm (61 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1618 25 kg (55 lbs.) 2919HBGBH-7218B 1873 x 502 x 57 mm (73 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4" x 2 1⁄4") 1968 29 kg (64 lbs.) 3101

^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 125°C (257°F). ‡ Available with CE mark, no added charge. ��B Units 1219 mm (48") and larger are constructed of two equal sized pieces of glass which create a seam.all Built-in Heated Black glass High-Watt Shelves Feature: Voltage: 230V single phase only. Cord Location: End of remote enclosure. Conduit: 1829 mm (72").

OPTIONAL RECTANGULAR HEATED BLACK GLASS AND HIGH-WATT HEATED BLACK GLASS SHELF COUNTERTOP CUTOUT DIMENSIONSModel Minimum Width Maximum Width Minimum Depth Maximum Depth Below CounterHBGB, HBGBH-2418 625 mm (24 5⁄8") 632 mm (24 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")HBGB, HBGBH-3018 778 mm (30 5⁄8") 784 mm (30 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")HBGB, HBGBH-3618 930 mm (36 5⁄8") 937 mm (36 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")HBGB, HBGBH-4818 1235 mm (48 5⁄8") 1241 mm (48 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")HBGB, HBGBH-6018 1540 mm (60 5⁄8") 1546 mm (60 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")HBGB, HBGBH-7218 1845 mm (72 5⁄8") 1851 mm (72 7⁄8") 473 mm (18 5⁄8") 480 mm (18 7⁄8") 57 mm (2 1⁄4")

CONTROL BOx CUTOUT DIMENSIONSModel Width Height DepthHBGB-FLUSH-ITC 149 mm (5 7⁄8") 174 mm (6 3⁄8") 121 mm (4 3⁄4")HBGB-FLUSH-TSTAT 149 mm (5 7⁄8") 174 mm (6 3⁄8") 102 mm (4 ")

No Character = Standard WattH = High Watt

Heated Black Glass

Width of shelf (inches)

Built-In

HBGB-2418 with Designer Black Trim RIng

Optional flush mount recessed electronic control

box with lighted On/Off rocker switch and angled

recessed controls

Built-In Warm

ersSturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com


79

BUILT-IN ReCTaNgULaR HeaTeD SHeLF WITH ReCeSSeD TOPDimensions Cut-Out Dimensions List Price

Model^ W x D x H Min.-Max. Width Min.-Max. Depth Watts Ship Weight 120 220, 240V‡

GRSB-24-F 648 x 432 x 73 mm (25 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 420 9 kg (20 lbs.) $1260 $1280GRSB-24-I 648 x 533 x 73 mm (25 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (16"-20 1⁄4") 550 10 kg (22 lbs.) 1260 1280GRSB-24-O 648 x 800 x 73 mm (25 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 790 12 kg (26 lbs.) 1373 1393GRSB-30-F 800 x 432 x 73 mm (31 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 505 10 kg (23 lbs.) 1344 1364GRSB-30-I 800 x 533 x 73 mm (31 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 665 11 kg (25 lbs.) 1344 1364GRSB-30-O 800 x 800 x 73 mm (31 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 950 13 kg (28 lbs.) 1494 1514GRSB-36-F 953 x 432 x 73 mm (37 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 590 12 kg (26 lbs.) 1429 1449GRSB-36-I 953 x 533 x 73 mm (37 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 780 13 kg (29 lbs.) 1429 1449GRSB-36-O 953 x 800 x 73 mm (37 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1110 15 kg (32 lbs.) 1663 1683GRSB-42-F 1105 x 432 x 73 mm (43 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 685 13 kg (29 lbs.) 1500 1520GRSB-42-I 1105 x 533 x 73 mm (43 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 885 15 kg (32 lbs.) 1500 1520GRSB-42-O 1105 x 800 x 73 mm (43 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1270 16 kg (35 lbs.) 1827 1847GRSB-48-F 1257 x 432 x 73 mm (49 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 770 15 kg (33 lbs.) 1579 1599GRSB-48-I 1257 x 533 x 73 mm (49 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1000 16 kg (36 lbs.) 1579 1599GRSB-48-O 1257 x 800 x 73 mm (49 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1430 18 kg (39 lbs.) 1967 1987GRSB-54-I 1410 x 533 x 73 mm (55 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1384-1391 mm (54 1⁄2"-54 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1110 20 kg (43 lbs.) 1661 1681GRSB-60-F 1562 x 432 x 73 mm (61 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 950 20 kg (45 lbs.) 1742 1762GRSB-60-I 1562 x 533 x 73 mm (61 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1220 23 kg (50 lbs.) 1742 1762GRSB-60-O 1562 x 800 x 73 mm (61 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄8") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1750 25 kg (54 lbs.) 2288 2308GRSB-66-I 1715 x 533 x 73 mm (67 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1689-1695 mm (66 1⁄2"-66 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1330 25 kg (54 lbs.) 1813 1833GRSB-72-F 1867 x 432 x 73 mm (73 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 7⁄8") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 3⁄4") 1130 24 kg (52 lbs.) 1883 1903GRSB-72-I 1867 x 533 x 73 mm (73 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 7⁄8") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1440 26 kg (58 lbs.) 1883 1903GRSB-72-O 1867 x 800 x 73 mm (73 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 7⁄ 8") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 2070 29 kg (64 lbs.) 2610 2630

^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge, except models GRSB-24-O, -30-O and -42-O.

all Built-In Heated Shelves Feature:Voltage: All models ending in -F and -I and models 610 through 1219 mm (24" through 48") wide ending in -O: 120, 220 or 240, single phase.

GRSB-60-O: 120, 220 or 240, single phase. GRSB-72-O: 208, 220 or 240, single phase. Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 38 mm (1 1⁄2") x depth of unit minus 38 mm (1 1⁄2").

Cord Location: End of remote enclosure.


Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel only) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – $33 RED Warm Red GRAY Gray Granite NAVY Navy Blue COPPER Antique Copper BLACK Black WHITE White Granite GREEN Hunter GreenGRSB-FLUSH-ITC Flush Mount Electronic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch (not available with CE mark)* $125GRSB-FLUSH-TSTAT Flush Mount Thermostatic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch* No ChargeCOND-10 3048 mm (10') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3') (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 60

* See page 77 for Control Box cutout dimensions


Glo-Ray® Built-in Rectangular Heated ShelvesLet Hatco add heat to your serving surface with the Glo-Ray® Built-in Rectangular Heated Shelf. This 13 mm (1⁄2") recessed top foodwarmer has a hardcoated aluminum surface and blanket-type element for uniform heat to extend your food holding time.

• Uniform heat distribution with hardcoated aluminum surface and blanket-type element

• 914 mm (36") flexible conduit channels power lines from the shelf to a remote control enclosure

• Enclosure includes control thermostat, an illuminated power switch and mounting brackets

• Thermostatically-controlled heated base


NOTE: For any size GRSB, the next larger size GRA or GR2A will fit over the top. For example, a GRSB-30 will require a GRA-36 or GR2A-36. The GRA will have a tight fit to the frame of the base. The GR2A will have approximately a 102 mm (4") space.


G R S B - X X - X Glo-Ray

Heated Shelf

Model Width (inches)

GRSB Heated DepthF= 432 mm (17")I = 533 mm(21")O = 800 mm (31½")

Built-In

GRSB-24-I


Optional flush mount recessed electronic

control box with lighted On/Off rocker

switch and angled recessed controls

Built

-In

War

mer

s



80

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only)Designer Colors (Flush Mount Control Box Bezel only) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable $33


GRSBF-SS Stainless Steel Surface in lieu of Hardcoated (GRSBF models only) No ChargeGRSB-FLUSH-ITC Flush Mount Electronic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch (not available with CE mark)* $125GRSB-FLUSH-TSTAT Flush Mount Thremostatic Control Box with Lighted Power Switch* No ChargeCOND-10 3048 mm (10') conduit in lieu of standard 914 mm (3') (used with Flush Mount ITC Control Box) 60

* See page 77 for Control Box cutout dimensions


BUILT-IN ReCTaNgULaR HeaTeD SHeLF WITH FLUSH TOPDimensions Cut-Out Dimensions List Price

Model^ W x D x H Min.-Max. Width Min.-Max. Depth Watts Ship Weight 120 220, 240V‡

GRSBF-24-F 648 x 432 x 57 mm (25 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 420 9 kg (20 lbs.) $1260 $1280GRSBF-24-I 648 x 533 x 57 mm (25 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 550 10 kg (22 lbs.) 1260 1280GRSBF-24-S 648 x 648 x 57 mm (25 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 700 11 kg (24 lbs.) 1338 1358GRSBF-24-O 648 x 800 x 57 mm (25 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 790 12 kg (26 lbs.) 1373 1393GRSBF-30-F 800 x 432 x 57 mm (31 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 505 10 kg (23 lbs.) 1344 1364GRSBF-30-I 800 x 533 x 57 mm (31 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 665 11 kg (25 lbs.) 1344 1364GRSBF-30-S 800 x 648 x 57 mm (31 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 825 12 kg (26 lbs.) 1450 1470GRSBF-30-O 800 x 800 x 57 mm (31 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 950 13 kg (28 lbs.) 1494 1514GRSBF-36-F 953 x 432 x 57 mm (37 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 590 12 kg (26 lbs.) 1429 1449GRSBF-36-I 953 x 533 x 57 mm (37 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 780 13 kg (28 lbs.) 1429 1449GRSBF-36-S 953 x 648 x 57 mm (37 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 950 14 kg (31 lbs.) 1615 1635GRSBF-36-O 953 x 800 x 57 mm (37 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 927-933 mm (36 1⁄2"-36 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1110 15 kg (32 lbs.) 1663 1683GRSBF-42-F 1105 x 432 x 57 mm (43 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 685 13 kg (29 lbs.) 1500 1520GRSBF-42-I 1105 x 533 x 57 mm (43 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 885 15 kg (32 lbs.) 1500 1520GRSBF-42-S 1105 x 648 x 57 mm (43 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 1100 15 kg (34 lbs.) 1770 1790GRSBF-42-O 1105 x 800 x 57 mm (43 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1080-1086 mm (42 1⁄2"-42 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1270 16 kg (35 lbs.) 1827 1847GRSBF-48-F 1257 x 432 x 57 mm (49 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 770 15 kg (33 lbs.) 1579 1599GRSBF-48-I 1257 x 533 x 57 mm (49 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1000 16 kg (36 lbs.) 1579 1599GRSBF-48-S 1257 x 648 x 57 mm (49 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 1225 17 kg (38 lbs.) 1902 1922GRSBF-48-O 1257 x 800 x 57 mm (49 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1232-1238 mm (48 1⁄2"-48 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1430 18 kg (39 lbs.) 1967 1987GRSBF-60-F 1562 x 432 x 57 mm (61 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 950 20 kg (45 lbs.) 1742 1762GRSBF-60-I 1562 x 533 x 57 mm (61 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1220 23 kg (50 lbs.) 1742 1762GRSBF-60-S 1562 x 648 x 57 mm (61 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 1500 24 kg (53 lbs.) 2225 2245GRSBF-60-O 1562 x 800 x 57 mm (61 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1537-1543 mm (60 1⁄2"-60 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 3⁄4") 1750 25 kg (54 lbs.) 2288 2308GRSBF-72-F 1867 x 432 x 57 mm (73 1⁄2" x 17" x 2 1⁄4") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 406-413 mm (16"-16 1⁄4") 1130 24 kg (52 lbs.) 1883 1903GRSBF-72-I 1867 x 533 x 57 mm (73 1⁄2" x 21" x 2 1⁄4") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 508-514 mm (20"-20 1⁄4") 1440 26 kg (58 lbs.) 1883 1903GRSBF-72-S 1867 x 648 x 57 mm (73 1⁄2" x 25 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 622-629 mm (24 1⁄2"-24 3⁄4") 1750 28 kg (62 lbs.) 2506 2526GRSBF-72-O 1867 x 800 x 57 mm (73 1⁄2" x 31 1⁄2" x 2 1⁄4") 1842-1848 mm (72 1⁄2"-72 3⁄4") 775-781 mm (30 1⁄2"-30 1⁄4") 2070 29 kg (64 lbs.) –– 2630

^ Recommended for use in a metallic countertop. For other surfaces, verify that the material is suitable for temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). ‡ 220, 240V available with CE mark, no added charge, except models GRSBF-24-O, -30-O and -42-O.all Built-In Heated Shelves Feature:Voltage: All models ending in -F and -I and models 610 through 1219 mm

(24" through 48") wide ending in -S and -O: 120, 220, or 240, single phase. GRSBF-60-S, GRSBF-60-O and GRSBF-72-S: 120, 220 or 240, single phase. GRSBF-72-O: 208, 220, or 240, single phase.

Usable Heated Shelf Space: Entire surface. Cord Location: End of remote enclosure.

• Uniform heat distribution with hardcoated aluminum surface and blanket-type element

• 914 mm (36") flexible conduit channels power lines from the shelf to a remote control enclosure

• Enclosure includes control thermostat, an illuminated power switch and mounting brackets

Glo-Ray® Built-in Rectangular Heated ShelvesLet Hatco add heat to your serving surface with the Glo-Ray® Built-in Rectangular Heated Shelf. This flush top foodwarmer has a hardcoated aluminum surface and blanket-type element for uniform heat to extend your food holding time.

GRSBF-60-O Built-in Glo-Ray® Heated Shelf with flush top, built into a Swanstone® countertop with accessory pans shown below a GR2AL-96D in Designer color with optional sneeze guards


NOTE: For any size GRSBF, the next larger size GRA or GR2A will fit over the top. For example, a GRSBF-30 will require a GRA-36 or GR2A-36. The GRA will have a tight fit to the frame of the base. The GR2A will have approximately a 102 mm (4") space.


• Thermostatically-controlled heated base• Model widths from: 648 to 1867 mm

(251⁄2" to 731⁄2")• Optional stainless steel surface

G R S B F - X X - X Glo-Ray

Heated Shelf

Model Width (inches)

GRSBF Heated DepthF = 432 mm (17")I = 533 mm (21")S = 648 mm (25 1⁄2")O = 800 mm (31 1⁄2")

Built-InFlat Top


Optional flush mount recessed electronic

control box with lighted On/Off rocker

switch and angled recessed controls

Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Restaurants & Cafés • Clubs & Bars • Concessions

Drawer Warmers

HDW-2B with 152 mm (6") deep food pans pg. 83

HDW-2 with 152 mm (6") deep food pans pg. 83

HDW-3 with 152 mm (6") deep food pans pg. 83 HDW-1N pg. 83

CDW-3N pg. 82 HDW-2B in optional Designer Warm Red pg. 83

January 1, 2014 Export Price ListDr

awer

War

mer

s

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com82

CDW-3N

CONVECTED DRAWER WARMERDimensions List Price

Model‡ W x D x H Watts Ship Weight 120V 230V‡

CDW-3N 421 x 774 x 762 mm (165/8" x 301/2" x 30") 933 81 kg (179 lbs.) $3707 $3757 ‡ 230V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

All Convected Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 230, single phase.Models Shipped With: One 152 mm (6") deep food pan per drawer, low profile 51 mm (2") casters, 1829 mm (6') cord and plug.Cord Location: Back of unit, top right corner.


Drawer WarmersThis Hatco unit is designed to keep a variety of food products hot and flavor-fresh until served. With a single non-humidified cavity and a single electronic temperature control, this unit provides even, dry heat for food products that do not require humidity. With insulated top, sides, and back, these drawer warmers provide excellent energy efficiency.

• Digital electronic controller for easy programming

• Low velocity convected air system provides even temperature throughout the cabinet

• Tough, solid chrome handles are angled to avoid contact from passing carts

• Narrow width fits most kitchen footprints

• Heavy-duty drawer slides with nylon rollers

• Includes three full size pans

C D W - X N

ConvectedDrawer Warmer

Narrow WidthQuantity of Drawers

Export Price List January 1, 2014Draw

er Warm

ers

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com 83

HDW-3 with optional casters

HDW-3B HDW-2B


Drawer WarmersHold everything from meat to vegetables to rolls in the Hatco Drawer Warmers. Built for tough kitchen duty with rugged construction and heavy-duty hardware, these warmers keep a variety of foods hot and fresh until served.

• Standard and narrow widths• 1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-drawer freestanding or

1-, 2-, or 3-drawer built-in models• Completely insulated individual cavities

provide maximum energy efficiency

• Each drawer has a recessed individual thermostatic control, temperature monitor, vent slides and power switch

• Stainless steel construction throughout• 12-gauge stainless steel heavy-duty

drawer slides with nylon rollers

FREESTANDING DRAWER WARMERList Price

Model Dimensions

W x D x H (height does not include legs/casters) WattsShip Weight

(includes weight of pans)120, 208V

w/Pans120, 208V

w/o Pans220, 240V‡

w/Pans220, 240V‡

w/o PansHDW-1 749 x 575 x 279 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 5⁄8" x 11") 450 44 kg ( 97 lbs.) $2030 $1980 $2070 $2020HDW-2 749 x 575 x 537 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 5⁄8" x 21 1⁄8") 900 76 kg (168 lbs.) 3448 3348 3488 3388HDW-3 749 x 575 x 794 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 5⁄8" x 31 1⁄4") 1350 105 kg (232 lbs.) 4868 4718 4908 4758HDW-4 749 x 575 x 1051 mm (29 1⁄2" x 22 5⁄8" x 41 3⁄8") 1800 134 kg (296 lbs.) 6425 6225 6465 6265HDW-1N 530 x 686 x 279 mm (20 7⁄8" x 27" x 11") 450 38 kg ( 83 lbs.) 2030 1980 2070 2020HDW-2N 530 x 686 x 537 mm (20 7⁄8" x 27" x 21 1⁄8") 900 76 kg (168 lbs.) 3448 3348 3488 3388HDW-3N 530 x 686 x 794 mm (20 7⁄8" x 27" x 31 1⁄4") 1350 105 kg (232 lbs.) 4868 4718 4908 4758

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $40. For one drawer, $70. For two drawer, $100. For three drawer, $130. For four drawer models. Not available with Optional Digital Temperature Control.

All Freestanding Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase.Models w/Pans Shipped with: One 152 mm (6") deep food pan per drawer.HDW-1, -2 and -3 and All Narrow Models Shipped with: 102 mm (4") plastic legs, 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.HDW-4 Shipped with: 152 mm (6") stainless steel legs, 1829 mm (72") cord and plug.Cord Location: Back of unit, lower left corner.

BUILT-IN DRAWER WARMERList Price

Model Dimensions

W x D x H (excluding front mounting flange) WattsShip Weight

(includes weight of pans)120, 208V

w/Pans120, 208V

w/o Pans220, 240V‡

w/Pans220, 240V‡

w/o PansHDW-1B 714 x 568 x 248 mm (28 1⁄8" x 22 3⁄8" x 9 3⁄4") 450 40 kg ( 88 lbs.) $1953 $1903 $1993 $1943HDW-2B 714 x 568 x 508 mm (28 1⁄8" x 22 3⁄8" x 20") 900 72 kg (159 lbs.) 3303 3203 3343 3243HDW-3B 714 x 568 x 765 mm (28 1⁄8" x 22 3⁄8" x 30 1⁄8") 1350 101 kg (223 lbs.) 4650 4500 4690 4540HDW-1BN 495 x 679 x 248 mm (19 1⁄2" x 26 3⁄4" x 9 3⁄4") 450 40 kg ( 88 lbs.) 1953 1903 1993 1943HDW-2BN 495 x 679 x 508 mm (19 1⁄2" x 26 3⁄4" x 20") 900 72 kg (159 lbs.) 3303 3203 3343 3243HDW-3BN 495 x 679 x 765 mm (19 1⁄2" x 26 3⁄4" x 30 1⁄8") 1350 101 kg (223 lbs.) 4650 4500 4690 4540

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $40. For one drawer, $70. For two drawer, $100. For three drawer models.

All Built-In Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 208, 220, or 240, single phase, with 1219 mm (48") flexible conduit.Models w/Pans Shipped with: One 152 mm (6") deep food pan per drawer.

BuILT-IN CuTOuT REquIREMENTSModel Width Depth��t HeightHDW-1B 718 mm (28 1⁄4") 603 mm (23 3⁄4") 257 mm (10 1⁄8")HDW-2B 718 mm (28 1⁄4") 603 mm (23 3⁄4") 514 mm (20 1⁄4")HDW-3B 718 mm (28 1⁄4") 603 mm (23 3⁄4") 772 mm (30 3⁄8")HDW-1BN 502 mm (19 3⁄4") 714 mm (28 1⁄8") 257 mm (10 1⁄8")HDW-2BN 502 mm (19 3⁄4") 714 mm (28 1⁄8") 514 mm (20 1⁄4")HDW-3BN 502 mm (19 3⁄4") 714 mm (28 1⁄8") 772 mm (30 3⁄8")

��t Depth includes 38 mm (1 1⁄2") for conduit connector.

ALL DRAWeR WARmeR heAting eLements ARe WARRAnteD AgAinst buRnout oR bReAkAge foR tWo yeARs.

ALL DRAWeR sLiDes AnD RoLLeRs ARe WARRAnteD AgAinst bReAkAge foR tWo yeARs

HDW-2N

H D W - X X

Drawer Warmer

Heated B = Built-InN = Narrow

Quantity of Drawers

January 1, 2014 Export Price ListDr

awer

War

mer

s

Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 U.S.A. Telephone: (414) 671-6350 Fax: (414) 671-3976 hatcocorp.com84


Designer Drawer Front Colors per Drawer – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Stainless Steel is standard

RED Warm Red $55BLACk Black 55GRAy Gray Granite 55WHITE White Granite 55NAVy Navy Blue 55GREEN Hunter Green 55COPPER Antique Copper 55

HDW-ITC Digital Temperature Control (Required on all drawers) per Drawer $ 30OS-PAN Oversized Drawer Frame and Pan 508 x 381 x 127 mm

(20" x 15" x 5") in lieu of Standard Drawer with Pan (Standard width models only) per Drawer 111

BIS DRAWER Biscuit Pan Drawer (Accommodates two 457 x 330 mm (18" x 13") Half-Size Sheet Pans – not included) in lieu of Standard Drawer with Pan (Standard width models only) No Charge

HDW-CHIP Chip Guard (standard width models only) per Drawer 37


HDW-TRIVET Custom 445 x 242 x 13 mm (171⁄2" x 91⁄2" x 1⁄2") trivet raises food product 13 mm ( 1⁄2") off bottom of full size pan $ 40

HDW 6" LEG 152 mm (6") Adjustable Stainless Steel Legs (Standard on HDW-4) 147

HDW-CASTER-2 51 mm (2") Dia. casters - all swivel, 2 lock - (Adds 57 mm (2 1⁄2") to height of unit) (HDW-1, -2, -3 models only) 187

HDW-CASTER-3 76 mm (3") Dia. Locking Casters (Adds 108 mm (4 1⁄4") to height of unit) (HDW-1, -2, -3 models only) 187

HDW-CASTER-4 102 mm (4") Dia. Locking Casters (Adds 133 mm (5 1⁄4") to height of unit) 222

HDW-CASTER-5 127 mm (5") Dia. Locking Casters (Adds 159 mm (6 1⁄4") to height of unit) 222

HDW-SPILL Water/Spillage Pan (One per drawer) 199HDW-SPLASH Splash Baffle (One per drawer) 42

A

B

C

Additional HumidityA. Stainless Steel Food Pan

B. Splash Baffle HDW-SPLASH Accessory

C. Water/Spillage Pan (add 6 mm (1⁄4") of water) HDW-SPILL Accessory

Biscuit Pan Drawer (pans not included)BIS DRAWER Option

ITC - Digital emperature ControlHDW-ITC- Option

HDW-TRIVET Accessory

HDW-SPLASH Accessory

Casters - AccessoryHDW-CASTER-2 (Swivel)HDW-CASTER-3 (Locking)HDW-CASTER-4 (Locking)HDW-CASTER-5 (Locking)

HDW 6" LEG Accessory

Prevents chips from reaching the elementD. Heat Shield (included)

E. Heating Element (included)

F. Chip Guard HDW-CHIP- Option

D

E

F

Drawer Warmer Options & Accessories

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – SEE PAGE 134COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACk COVER

Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés


Merchandisers

GRSDS-36D dual slant shelf pg. 88

GRCMW-1 and GRCMW-1D in optional Bermuda Sand Decorative Stone color pg. 92

GRHD-4PD with optional double side opening and accessory food pans pg.95

GRPWS-4824T with base heat only, signs not included pg. 86

GR2SDS-48D Designer Merchandiser pg. 90

GRCD-2PD in optional Designer Warm Red and flip-up doors pg. 93



86

Mer

chan

dise

rs

GRPWS-4824T with base heat only, signs not included

Glo-Ray® Pizza WarmersConvenient for self-serve and quick-serve areas. The Hatco Glo-Ray® Pizza Warmers with base heat only hold boxed or bagged pizzas. Available in three shelf configurations to showcase food in an easy pass-through display.

• Box stop doubles as the sign holder, a standard feature (excluding base only unit) (signs not included)

• Ideal for holding boxed products for high volume applications like stadiums, schools, convenience stores and amusement parks

• Constructed of aluminum and stainless steel with tempered glass side panels

FRESH HOT PIZZA

Recommended Sign Thickness = 3 mm (1/8″)

Box Stop w/Sign Holder

Sign

60 mm (2-3/8″)

64 mm (2-1/2″)

RECOMMENDED SIGN DIMENSIONSModelGRPWS-2424T: 565 x 60 x 3 mm (22 1⁄4" x 2 3⁄8" x 1⁄8")GRPWS-3624T: 870 x 60 x 3 mm (34 1⁄4" x 2 3⁄8" x 1⁄8")GRPWS-4824T: 1175 x 60 x 3 mm (46 1⁄4" x 2 3⁄8" x 1⁄8")

SLANT DISPLAY WARMER – TRIPLE SHELFList Price

Model No. of BulbsDimensions

W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight120, 120/208,

120/240V 220, 240V‡

GRPWS-2424T 6 607 x 662 x 781 mm (23 7⁄8" x 26 1⁄8" x 30 3⁄4") 1425 53 kg (116 lbs.) $4197t $4247GRPWS-3624T 9 911 x 662 x 781 mm (35 7⁄8" x 26 1⁄8" x 30 3⁄4") 2013 68 kg (150 lbs.) 4979Q 5049GRPWS-4824T 12 1216 x 662 x 781 mm (47 7⁄8" x 26 1⁄8" x 30 3⁄4") 2574 103 kg (227 lbs.) 5619Q 5709

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ��t Only available in 120V. ��Q Only available in 120/208-240V.

All Slant Models Feature:Voltage: See model above.Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 34 x 605 mm D (1 3⁄8" x 23 3⁄4").Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Stainless Steel Standard –




• Separate power switch for each thermostatically-controlled shelf

• Incandescent lights with bright annealed reflectors illuminate the holding areas (excluding base only unit)

G R P W S - X X X X TGlo-Ray T = Triple Shelf

Slanted Shelf

Pizza WarmerDepth of Unit (inches)

Width of Unit (inches)



87

Merchandisers

Glo-Ray® Merchandising WarmersDesigned with both a slanted and horizontal shelf, Glo-Ray® Merchandising Warmers offer the convenience of customer self-serve with the efficiency of preparing and holding product in advance for peak serving periods.

• Warmer includes a slant and horizontal shelf for merchandising a variety of products like popcorn on the top shelf and nachos, boxed pizza, or wrapped food on the bottom

• Standard Indicating Temperature Control enhances accuracy and provides digital readout of temperatures

• Thermostatically-controlled hardcoated heated base to extend holding times

GRSDS/H-36D with slant and horizontal shelf and optional 381 mm (15") clearance top shelf

SLANT/HORIZONTAL DISPLAY WARMER – DUAL SHELFList Price

ModelNo. of Bulbs, Divider Rods

Dimensions W x D x H Watts Ship Weight

120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡

GRSDS/H-30D 4, 12 762 x 616 x 851 mm (30" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") 1530 64 kg (140 lbs.) $4771 t $4851GRSDS/H-36D 4, 14 914 x 616 x 851 mm (36" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") 1810 72 kg (158 lbs.) 5034t 5114GRSDS/H-41D 6, 16 1041 x 616 x 851 mm (41" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") 2120 81 kg (178 lbs.) 5388��Q 5468GRSDS/H-30DHW w 4, 12 762 x 616 x 851 mm (30" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") 2450 64 kg (140 lbs.) 4981 –GRSDS/H-36DHW w 4, 14 914 x 616 x 851 mm (36" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") 2910 72 kg (158 lbs.) 5244 –GRSDS/H-41DHW�w 6, 16 1041 x 616 x 851 mm (41" x 24 1⁄4" x 33 1⁄2") 3360 81 kg (178 lbs.) 5598 –

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ��t Only available in 120V. ��Q Only available in 120/208-240V, NEMA L14-20P. ��w High wattage on top shelf only, not available in 120 volt.

All Slant/Horizontal Shelf Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Glossy Gray Standard –


15SPACE 381 mm (15") Clearance for Top Shelf in lieu of Standard 305 mm (12") (add 76 mm (3") to height of unit) $97



• Product divider rods and 102 mm (4") legs included

• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product



ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) GRSDS-DIV Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods (Bottom shelf only) each $18GRSDH-DIV Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods (Top shelf only) each 18

GRSDS/H-36DHW with slant and horizontal shelf

HIGH WATT MODELS: Top shelf overhead heat is designed to hold fries and sandwiches.

G R S D S / H - X X D H W

Glo-Ray High Wattage

Sandwich Display D = Dual Shelf

S/H = Base Slanted and Center Horizontal Slelf




88

Mer

chan

dise

rs

Glo-Ray® Merchandising WarmersDesigned specifically for showcasing wrapped or boxed product, the Hatco Glo-Ray® Merchandising Warmers hold hot food safely at proper serving temperatures. These warmers offer the convenience of self-serve and the efficiency of kitchen-to-server holding.

GRSDH-30 horizontal single shelf

GRSDS-24D dual slant shelf with accessory sign holders (signs not included)

• Available in single- or two-tier models• Horizontal or slant shelves• Product divider rods sort food displays• Thermostatically-controlled hardcoated

heated base, with a temperature range of 85°- 93°C (185°- 200°F), to extend holding times

HORIZONTAL MERCHANDISING WARMERList Price

ModelNo. of Bulbs, Divider Rods

Dimensions W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight

120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡

Single Shelf GRSDH-24t 2, 5 610 x 495 x 303 mm (24" x 19 1⁄2" x 12") 830 23 kg ( 51 lbs.) $2126 – GRSDH-30t 2, 6 762 x 495 x 303 mm (30" x 19 1⁄2" x 12") 1060 26 kg ( 58 lbs.) 2319 $2359 GRSDH-36t 2, 7 914 x 495 x 303 mm (36" x 19 1⁄2" x 12") 1278 30 kg ( 66 lbs.) 2512 2552 GRSDH-41t 3, 8 1041 x 495 x 379 mm (41" x 19 1⁄2" x 15") 1462 34 kg ( 74 lbs.) 2734 2774 GRSDH-52t 4, 10 1321 x 495 x 379 mm (52" x 19 1⁄2" x 15") 1912 39 kg ( 86 lbs.) 3192 3232 GRSDH-60Q† 5, 12 1524 x 495 x 379 mm (60" x 19 1⁄2" x 15") 2100 90 kg (198 lbs.) 3598 3638Dual Shelf GRSDH-24Dt 4, 10 610 x 495 x 643 mm (24" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 1660 41 kg ( 90 lbs.) $3729 – GRSDH-30Dt 4, 12 762 x 495 x 643 mm (30" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 2120 45 kg (100 lbs.) 3869 $3909 GRSDH-36DQ 4, 14 914 x 495 x 643 mm (36" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 2556 51 kg (112 lbs.) 4095 4135 GRSDH-41DQ 6, 16 1041 x 495 x 643 mm (41" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 2928 57 kg (126 lbs.) 4351 4391 GRSDH-52DQ�✜ 8, 20 1321 x 495 x 643 mm (52" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 3824 68 kg (150 lbs.) 5014 5054 GRSDH-60DQ†9 10, 24 1524 x 495 x 643 mm (60" x 19 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8") 4200 122 kg (268 lbs.) 5525 5565

SLANT MERCHANDISING WARMERNo. of Bulbs, Dimensions

Model Divider Rods W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight List PriceSingle Shelf 120V 220, 240V‡

GRSDS-24 2, 5 610 x 616 x 469 mm (24" x 24 1⁄4" x 18 1⁄2") 695 33 kg ( 72 lbs.) $2548 $2588 GRSDS-30 2, 6 762 x 616 x 469 mm (30" x 24 1⁄4" x 18 1⁄2") 790 36 kg ( 80 lbs.) 2743 2783 GRSDS-36 2, 7 914 x 616 x 545 mm (36" x 24 1⁄4" x 21 1⁄2") 935 42 kg ( 92 lbs.) 2954 2994 GRSDS-41 3, 8 1041 x 616 x 545 mm (41" x 24 1⁄4" x 21 1⁄2") 1090 44 kg ( 96 lbs.) 3171 3211 GRSDS-52 4, 10 1321 x 616 x 545 mm (52" x 24 1⁄4" x 21 1⁄2") 1400 46 kg (102 lbs.) 3637 3677 GRSDS-60 5, 12 1524 x 616 x 545 mm (60" x 24 1⁄4" x 21 1⁄2") 1715 49 kg (108 lbs.) 3930 3970

Dual Shelf120, 120/208,

120/240V 220, 240V‡

GRSDS-24Dt 4, 10 610 x 616 x 820 mm (24" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") 1355 58 kg (128 lbs.) $3998 $4038 GRSDS-30Dt 4, 12 762 x 616 x 820 mm (30" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") 1530 64 kg (140 lbs.) 4241 4281 GRSDS-36Dt 4, 14 914 x 616 x 820 mm (36" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") 1810 72 kg (158 lbs.) 4519 4559 GRSDS-41DQ 6, 16 1041 x 616 x 820 mm (41" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") 2120 81 kg (178 lbs.) 4859 4899 GRSDS-52DQ 8, 20 1321 x 616 x 820 mm (52" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") 2725 93 kg (205 lbs.) 5645 5685 GRSDS-60DQ�✜ 10, 24 1524 x 616 x 820 mm (60" x 24 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄8") 3340 108 kg (238 lbs.) 5995 6035

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ��t Only available in 120V. ��Q Only available in 120/208 or 120/240V (120V for lights 208V or 240V for heat). † Ship weight includes crating. 9 No cap on 220V, 240V. ✜ No cap 240V.

All Merchandising Warmers Feature:Voltage: See models above.Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 32 x 559 D mm (1 1⁄4" x 22"). Cord Location: GRSDH Models: Left rear corner toward server side.

GRSDS Models: Control side at right base corner.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 89


• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product



G R S D X - X X D

Glo-Ray

Sandwich Display

None = Single ShelfD = Dual Shelf

H = Horizontal ShelfS = Slanted Shelf




89

Merchandisers

Two GRSDH-36D with dual horizontal shelves


ITC-S Indicating Temperature Control (LED) Single Shelf $240ITC-D Indicating Temperature Control (LED) Dual Shelf 415SSEND Stainless Steel End Panels in lieu of Glass End Panels per shelf 33Sneeze Guard 127 mm (5") on Customer side (GRSDS one side GRSDH two sides) –

GRSD24BP 610 mm (24") Wide Models per shelf $109GRSD30BP 762 mm (30") Wide models per shelf 131GRSD36BP 914 mm (36") Wide models per shelf 153GRSD41BP 1041 mm (41") Wide models per shelf 175GRSD52BP 1321 mm (52") Wide models per shelf 197GRSD60BP 1524 mm (60") Wide models per shelf 281

GRSDFLIPLOCK1 Flip-up Door Locking Plate for GRSDS-xx, -xxD models 24 to 41 per shelf $10GRSDFLIPLOCK2 Flip-up Door Locking Plates for GRSDS-xx, -xxD models 52 to 60 per shelf 30Display Sign Holder (Signs not included) Color Matches Unit Color – Top or Intermediate Shelf –

GRSDS-24SIGN 610 mm (24") Width. Requires 575 W x 100 H x 2 D mm Sign (22 5⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") each $63

GRSDS-30SIGN 762 mm (30") Width. Requires 727 W x 100 H x 2 D mm Sign (28 5⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") each 63






4"LEGS 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs (Standard on units GRSDH-41 and larger, GRSDS-36 and larger, and all duals) Set of 4 $42

Plexi-Glass flip-up doors on one side for GRSDS models – Not compatible with optional sneeze guards or accessory display sign holders in same opening –

SDS24FLIP 610 mm (24") Wide models per shelf $155SDS30FLIP 762 mm (30") Wide models per shelf 178SDS36FLIP 914 mm (36") Wide models per shelf 197SDS41FLIP 1041 mm (41") Wide models per shelf 218SDS52FLIP 1321 mm (52") Wide models, split doors per shelf 314SDS60FLIP 1524 mm (60") Wide models, split doors per shelf 356

Plexi-Glass flip-up doors on one side for GRSDH models – Not compatible with optional sneeze guards or accessory display sign holders in same opening –

SDH24FLIP 610 mm (24") Wide models per shelf $155SDH30FLIP 762 mm (30") Wide models per shelf 178SDH36FLIP 914 mm (36") Wide models per shelf 197SDH41FLIP 1041 mm (41") Wide models per shelf 218SDH52FLIP 1321 mm (52") Wide models, split doors per shelf 314SDH60FLIP 1524 mm (60") Wide models, split doors per shelf 356

GRSDH-DIV Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods – Horizontal Model each $18GRSDS-DIV Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods – Slant Model each 18



Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Glossy Gray Standard –




90

Mer

chan

dise

rs

Glo-Ray® Designer Merchandising WarmersBoost impulse sales by showcasing your hot foods in the Hatco Glo-Ray® Designer Merchandising Warmers. Designed specifically for displaying wrapped or boxed product, these warmers hold hot food safely at proper serving temperatures.

GR2SDH-30 with optional Designer color inset panels and accessory flip-up plexi-glass door

GR2SDS-30D in optional Designer black

• Designer look for contemporary decors• Constructed of aluminum and stainless

steel with tempered glass end panels• Prefocused infrared top heat directs

heat to the outer edges where heat loss is greatest

• Safely hold wrapped or boxed product at optimum serving temperatures

• Convenient for self-serve or quick-serve areas


DESIGNER SLANT DISPLAY WARMERNo. of Bulbs, Dimensions

Model6 Divider Rods W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight List PriceSingle Shelf 120V 220, 240V‡

GR2SDS-24 2, 5 768 x 680 x 579 mm (30 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 820 47 kg (104 lbs.) $2971 $3011GR2SDS-30 2, 6 921 x 680 x 579 mm (36 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 1020 53 kg (116 lbs.) 3135 3175GR2SDS-36 2, 7 1073 x 680 x 579 mm (42 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 1220 62 kg (136 lbs.) 3411 3451GR2SDS-42 4, 8 1226 x 680 x 579 mm (48 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 1490 70 kg (155 lbs.) 3757 3797GR2SDS-48 4, 9 1378 x 680 x 579 mm (54 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 1690 74 kg (164 lbs.) 4096 4136GR2SDS-54 4, 10 1530 x 680 x 579 mm (60 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 1890 83 kg (182 lbs.) 4443 4483GR2SDS-60 6, 12 1683 x 680 x 579 mm (66 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 22 7⁄8") 2210 92 kg (202 lbs.) 4761 4801

Dual Shelf 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡

GR2SDS-24D 4, 10 768 x 680 x 860 mm (30 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 1640 74 kg (162 lbs.) $4629 $4669GR2SDS-30DQ 4, 12 921 x 680 x 860 mm (36 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 2040 79 kg (174 lbs.) 4957 4997GR2SDS-36DQ 4, 14 1073 x 680 x 860 mm (42 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 2440 86 kg (190 lbs.) 5272 5312GR2SDS-42DQ 8, 16 1226 x 680 x 860 mm (48 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 2980 99 kg (218 lbs.) 5760 5800GR2SDS-48DQ✜ 8, 18 1378 x 680 x 860 mm (54 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 3380 109 kg (240 lbs.) 6237 6277GR2SDS-54DQ9✜ 8, 20 1530 x 680 x 860 mm (60 1⁄4" x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 3780 118 kg (260 lbs.) 6723 6763GR2SDS-60DQ9✜ 12, 24 1683 x 680 x 860 mm (66 1⁄4 “ x 26 3⁄4" x 33 7⁄8") 4420 135 kg (296 lbs.) 7187 7227

��6 When no color is specified, color inset panels and corner caps will be black. Non-standard colors are non-returnable. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ��Q Only available in 120/208 or 120/240V. ✜ No cap on 240V. 9 No cap on 220V.

All Designer Models Feature:Voltage: Single Shelf Models: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

Dual Shelf Models: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of unit minus 162 x 559 D mm (6 3⁄8" x 22").Cord Location: Back center of base on control side.

DESIGNER HORIZONTAL DISPLAY WARMERNo. of Bulbs, Dimensions

Model6 Divider Rods W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight List PriceSingle Shelf 120V 220, 240V‡

GR2SDH-24 2, 5 768 x 686 x 459 mm (30 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 820 40 kg ( 87 lbs.) $2747 $2787GR2SDH-30 2, 6 921 x 686 x 459 mm (36 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1020 55 kg (120 lbs.) 2959 2999GR2SDH-36 2, 7 1073 x 686 x 459 mm (42 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1220 59 kg (129 lbs.) 3176 3216GR2SDH-42 4, 8 1226 x 686 x 459 mm (48 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1490 63 kg (138 lbs.) 3524 3564GR2SDH-48 4, 9 1378 x 686 x 459 mm (54 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1690 73 kg (160 lbs.) 3874 3914GR2SDH-54 4, 10 1530 x 686 x 459 mm (60 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 1890 78 kg (172 lbs.) 4226 4266GR2SDH-60 6, 12 1683 x 686 x 459 mm (66 1⁄4" x 27" x 18 1⁄8") 2210 85 kg (187 lbs.) 4555 4595

Dual Shelf 120, 120/208, 120/240V 220, 240V‡

GR2SDH-24D 4, 10 768 x 686 x 737 mm (30 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 1640 68 kg (150 lbs.) $4547 $4587GR2SDH-30DQ 4, 12 921 x 686 x 737 mm (36 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 2040 81 kg (178 lbs.) 4810 4850GR2SDH-36DQ 4, 14 1073 x 686 x 737 mm (42 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 2440 90 kg (198 lbs.) 5053 5093GR2SDH-42DQ 8, 16 1226 x 686 x 737 mm (48 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 2980 99 kg (218 lbs.) 5541 5581GR2SDH-48DQ✜ 8, 18 1378 x 686 x 737 mm (54 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 3380 108 kg (238 lbs.) 6020 6060GR2SDH-54DQ9✜ 8, 20 1530 x 686 x 737 mm (60 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 3780 117 kg (258 lbs.) 6509 6549GR2SDH-60DQ9✜ 12, 24 1683 x 686 x 737 mm (66 1⁄4" x 27" x 29") 4420 127 kg (280 lbs.) 6974 7014

• Available in single- or two-tier models• Horizontal or slant shelves• Product divider rods sort food displays• Thermostatically-controlled hardcoated

heated base extends holding times• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights

illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product



G R 2 S D H - X X D

Glo-RayNo Character = Single ShelfD = Dual Shelf

DesignerHeated Surface Width (inches)

Sandwich DisplayH = Horizontal ShelfS = Slant Shelf

NOTE: Designer Series Width dimensions are 6 1⁄4" greater than the number listed in model.



91

Merchandisers


127 mm (5") Sneeze Guard (Customer side only on slant models)GR2SD24BP 768 mm (30 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf $ 88GR2SD30BP 921 mm (36 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 110GR2SD36BP 1073 mm (42 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 132GR2SD42BP 1226 mm (48 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 154GR2SD48BP 1378 mm (54 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 176GR2SD54BP 1530 mm (60 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 198GR2SD60BP 1683 mm (66 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 220

Flip-up Doors on Front or Back2SDS24FLIP 768 mm (30 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf $1452SDS30FLIP 921 mm (36 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 1682SDS36FLIP 1073 mm (42 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 1872SDS42FLIP 1226 mm (48 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 208

Split Flip-up Doors on Front or Back2SDS48FLIP 1378 mm (54 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf $2512SDS54FLIP 1530 mm (60 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 2942SDS60FLIP 1683 mm (66 1⁄4") Wide Models per shelf 336

2SDHFRTGLS Front Glass in lieu of channel dividers and divider rods. Cannot have Sneeze Guards or Flip-up Doors (GR2SDH Series only) per shelf $ 80

SS-ITC Indicating Temperature Control (LED) Single Shelf (adds 48 mm (1 7⁄8") to Horizontal model depth and 45 mm (1 3⁄4") to Slant model depth) 240

DS-ITC Indicating Temperature Control (LED) Dual Shelf (adds 48 mm (1 7⁄8") to Horizontal model depth and 45 mm (1 3⁄4") to Slant model depth) 415

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) 2SD-DIV Additional Stainless Steel Divider Rods each $ 18GR2SD CONT COV Flip-up Control Cover Single Shelf 54GR2SDD CONT COV Flip-up Control Cover Dual Shelf 54Display Sign Holder (Signs not included), Top Shelf Only (Slant or Horizontal models) –

GR2SD-24SIGN 610 mm (24") Width. Requires 760 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (29 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign $173

GR2SD-30SIGN 762 mm (30") Width. Requires 727 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (35 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign 184







GR2SDS-24D with optional Designer color inset panels

FSDT-1 with accessory food pans and decals

SS-ITC Optional

DS-ITC Optional


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Clear Anodized Aluminum Standard –


Designer Inset Panel Colors –RED Warm Red No ChargeBLACK Black StandardGRAY Gray Granite No ChargeWHITE White Granite No ChargeNAVY Navy Blue No ChargeGREEN Hunter Green No ChargeCOPPER Antique Copper No Charge

Designer Corner Caps –BLACK Black Corner Caps StandardDKGRAY Dark Gray Corner Caps No Charge



92

Mer

chan

dise

rs

GRCMW-1 in Designer Black with accessory food pans (not available)

GRCMW-1DH in Designer Black with accessory food pans (not available)

• Single shelf and dual shelf units come standard with mirrored glass back panel

• Xenon lighting allows for optimal food product display

• Individual thermostatically-controlled heated base maintains safe serving temperatures

• Humidified dual shelf unit contains a 1.2 liter (five cup) capacity water reservoir

Glo-Ray® Curved Merchandising WarmersLooking to add a touch of class to a new point of sale area or to change or upgrade an existing area? Hatco’s Glo-Ray® Curved Merchandising Warmer offers a unique and attractive solution.

CURVED MERCHANDISING WARMERDimensions List Price

Model‡ W x D x H Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

Single ShelfGRCMW-1 562 x 545 x 505 mm (22 1⁄8" x 21 1⁄2" x 19 7⁄8") 670 25 kg ( 56 lbs.) $2045 $2095

Dual ShelfGRCMW-1D 660 x 511 x 683 mm (26" x 20 1⁄8" x 26 7⁄8") 1540 43 kg ( 95 lbs.) 3918 3968

Dual Shelf with Humidity�– humidity on bottom shelf onlyGRCMW-1DH 660 x 511 x 683 mm (26" x 20 1⁄8" x 26 7⁄8") 1660 45 kg (100 lbs.) 4191 4241

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

All Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240V, single phase.Useable Heated Surface Space: GRMCW-1: Width of unit minus 524 x 356 D mm (20 5⁄8" x 14" D).

GRMCW-1D, -1DH top shelf: Width of unit minus 622 x 356 D mm (24 1⁄2" x 14"). GRMCW-1D, -1DH bottom shelf: Width of unit minus 546 x 356 D mm (21 1⁄2" x 14").

Water Reservoir Capacity (GRCMW-1DH Model only): 1.2 liters (5 cups).Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.


CMW1FLIP Flip-up Door on Customer Side in lieu of Sneeze Guard (GRCMW-1 Model only) $125

CMWDBACKFLIP Top and Bottom Shelf Flip-up Doors on Server’s Side in lieu of Mirrored Back Panel (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only) 250

CMWDFLIPLOCK Fixed front door panel, must be ordered with CMWDBACKFLIP, one per level, Customer Side (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only) 125

CMWDTOPFLIP Top Shelf Flip-up Door on Customer Side in lieu of Sneeze Guard (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only) 125

BSKIRTCMW Base Skirt (GRCMW-1, -1D model only) (Accommodates two half-size pans 64 mm (2.5"D)) 83

BSKIRTCMW-H Base Skirt (GRCMW-1DH model only) (Accommodates two half-size pans 64 mm (2.5"D)) 83

UPSKIRTCMW Upper Shelf Skirt (GRCMW-1D, 1DH models only) (Accommodates two half-size or three third-size pans 64 mm (2.5"D)) 83

CMWTOPSIGN Top Display Sign Holder (GRCMW-1 Model only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included). Requires 556 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (21 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign 33

CMWBOTSIGN Bottom Display Sign Holder (GRCMW-1 Model only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included). Requires 556 W x 102 H x 2 D mm (21 15⁄16" x 4" x 1⁄16") Sign 33

CMWDTOPSIGN Top Display Sign Holder (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included). Requires 632 W x 229 H x 2 D mm (24 15⁄16" x 9" x 1⁄16") Sign 33

CMWDMIDSIGN Middle Display Sign Holder (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included). Requires 632 W x 51 H x 2 D mm (24 15⁄16" x 2" x 1⁄16") Sign 33

CMWDBOTSIGN Bottom Display Sign Holder. (GRCMW-1D, -1DH Models only). Must select from seven Designer colors and four stone colors (Sign not included). Requires 632 W x 102 H x 2 D mm (24 15⁄16" x 4" x 1⁄16") Sign 33

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER


Designer Colors (Unit’s painted surface) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –


Stone Color (Unit’s painted surface and Swanstone decorative trim inserts, simulated stone) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

GGRAN Gray Granite $411BSAND Bermuda Sand 411NSKY Night Sky 411SGRASS Sawgrass 411

ALL GLO-RAY METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND

BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.


G R C M W - 1 D H

Glo-RayHumidity

CurvedDual Shelf

Merchandising WarmerTotal Full-Size PanCapacity of Each Shelf



93

Merchandisers

Glo-Ray® Designer Heated Display CasesOur Designer series Glo-Ray® Heated Display Case with curved glass and incandescent lighting will display your offering with flare and elegance. We combine our thermostatically-controlled heated base and infrared overhead heating, to blanket your offering at the perfect temperature.

• The tempered curved glass design offers a great line of sight to draw in your customers

• Exclusive cool base construction• Single or Dual shelf models• Rollerless sliding doors• Available with or without controlled

humidity (bottom shelf only)


GRCD-2P with pan rail and optional Designer color and backlit sign holder (sign not included, 120V only), and accessory food pans

GRCDH-1P with pan skirt and optional Designer color and accessory food pans

GRCDH-3PD with pan skirt and optional Designer color and accessory sign holder (sign not included) and food pans

GRCD-2PD with optional pan skirt and Designer color, flip-up doors, and accessory food pans

DESIGNER DISPLAY CASEDimensions List Price

Model No. of Bulbs W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

Single ShelfGRCD-1P 2 524 x 660 x 610 mm (20 5⁄8" x 26" x 24") 425 43 kg ( 95 lbs.) $3523 $3563GRCD-2P 3 826 x 660 x 610 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 24") 780 55 kg (120 lbs.) 4027 4067GRCD-3P 3 1156 x 660 x 610 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 24") 1005 69 kg (152 lbs.) 4531 4571

Dual ShelfGRCD-1PD 4 524 x 660 x 806 mm (20 5⁄8" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 905 45 kg ( 98 lbs.) $4117 $4157GRCD-2PD 6 826 x 660 x 806 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 1030 77 kg (170 lbs.) 4693 4733GRCD-3PD 6 1156 x 660 x 806 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 1434 99 kg (218 lbs.) 5411 5451

Single Shelf with Humidity��H

GRCDH-1P 2 524 x 660 x 610 mm (20 5⁄8" x 26" x 24") 697 44 kg ( 97 lbs.) $4027 $4067GRCDH-2P 3 826 x 660 x 610 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 24") 1052 56 kg (124 lbs.) 4531 4571GRCDH-3P 3 1156 x 660 x 610 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 24") 1255 71 kg (156 lbs.) 5036 5076

Dual Shelf with Humidity��H

GRCDH-1PD 4 524 x 660 x 806 mm (20 5⁄8" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 1177 45 kg (100 lbs.) $4622 $4662GRCDH-2PD 6 826 x 660 x 806 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 1460 79 kg (174 lbs.) 5196 5236GRCDH-3PD 6 1156 x 660 x 806 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 31 3⁄4") 1960 101 kg (222 lbs.) 5916 5956

�� ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark. Add $40 for GRCD single shelf models. Add $80 for GRCDH single shelf models and GRCD dual shelf models. Add $120 for GRCDH dual shelf models.

��H Humidity on bottom shelf only. Includes pan skirt on bottom shelf. Pan skirts accommodate 64 mm H (2 1⁄2") pans.

All Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of Unit minus 64 x 533 D mm (2 1⁄2" x 21"D).Water Reservoir Capacity (Humidified models only): 3 liters (3 quarts).Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.

• Constructed of aluminum and stainless steel with tempered glass

• Curved glass front tilts forward for easy cleaning


• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the food product

G R C D H - X P DGlo-Ray

PanCurved Display

Dual Shelf

Full Size Pan Capacityon Bottom ShelfNo Character = Non-Humidified

H = Humidified





94

Mer

chan

dise

rs

GRCD-2PD with optional flip-up doors and Designer color

HEATED DISPLAY CASE MAXIMUM PAN CAPACITIES��n

Model Pan CapacityOptional Pan Skirt Frames

GRCD-1P 1 Full Size Pan one SKIRT-1PGRCD-2P 2 Full Size Pans one SKIRT-2PGRCD-3P 3 Full Size Pans one SKIRT-3P GRCD-1PD Top Shelf 1 Half-Size Pan or 1-356 mm (14") Pizza Pan none

Bottom Shelf 1 Full Size Pan one SKIRT-1PGRCD-2PD Top Shelf 1 Full Size Pan and 1 Third-Size Pan or 2-356 mm (14") Pizza Pans one UPPERSKIRT-2P

Bottom Shelf 2 Full Size Pans one SKIRT-2PGRCD-3PD Top Shelf 2 Full Size Pans or 3-356 mm (14") Pizza Pans one UPPERSKIRT-3P

Bottom Shelf 3 Full Size Pans one SKIRT-3P ��n All pan capacities shown are for non-humidified models.

64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep pans recommended for bottom shelf of humidified models.


Backlit Base Sign Holder (Sign not included) CE Mark not available –BCKLIT SIGN 2-PAN 2-Pan Models, 11 kg (25 lbs.). Requires 816 W x 127 H x 2 D mm

(32 1⁄8" x 5" x 1⁄16") Translucent Sign, 120V only $502BCKLIT SIGN 3-PAN 3-Pan Models, 13 kg (28 lbs.). Requires 1146 W x 127 H x 2 D mm

(45 1⁄8" x 5" x 1⁄16") Translucent Sign, 120V only 557Self-Closing Flip-up Doors on Both Shelves on Customer Side in lieu of Glass Front (Adds 13 mm ( 1⁄2") depth to unit) –

CD2PDFLIP 2-Pan Models $ 579CD3PDFLIP 3-Pan Model 1097

Pan Skirt on Bottom Shelf (Accommodates 64 mm D (2 1⁄2") pans – standard on humidified models) –

SKIRT-1P 1-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail $ 38SKIRT-2P 2-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail 70SKIRT-3P 3-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail 104

UPPERSKIRT-2P Pan Skirt for Upper Shelf of 2-Pan Models 74UPPERSKIRT-3P Pan Skirt for Upper Shelf of 3-Pan Models 148Mirrored Glass Doors in lieu of Glass Doors (Server side only) –

Single Shelf Models –MIRROR -1P $ 63MIRROR -2P 87MIRROR -3P 110

Dual Shelf Models –MIRROR -1PD $126MIRROR -2PD 174MIRROR -3PD 220

ACCESSORIES (available for purchase at any time) Top Display Sign Holder (Sign not included – adds 210 mm (8 1⁄4") to height of unit) –

GRCD-1SIGN 1-Pan Model. Requires 460 W x 241 H x 2 D mm (18 1⁄8" x 9 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") Sign $160GRCD-2SIGN 2-Pan Model. Requires 759 W x 241 H x 2 D mm (29 7⁄8" x 9 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") Sign 193GRCD-3SIGN 3-Pan Model. Requires 1089 W x 241 H x 2 D mm (42 7⁄8" x 9 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") Sign 239







95

Merchandisers

• Thermostatically-controlled heated base 38° - 93°C (100° - 200°F) to extend holding times


• Constructed of aluminum and stainless steel with tempered glass

• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights illuminate the food product

Glo-Ray® Heated Display CasesDesigned for “show and sell” area in any foodservice operation, the Hatco Glo-Ray® Heated Display is perfect for hot food merchandising. Top and bottom heat combine to keep all food at that “just-made” taste and temperature longer.

GRHDH-2P with pan skirt and optional Designer color, double side opening, and accessory food pans

GRHD-4PD with optional mirrored glass doors and accessory food pans

DISPLAY CASEDimensions List Price

Model No. of Bulbs W x D x H (height includes legs) Watts Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

Single ShelfGRHD-2P 4 826 x 660 x 635 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 940 54 kg (120 lbs.) $2963 $3013GRHD-3P 5 1156 x 660 x 635 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 1350 65 kg (143 lbs.) 3389 3439GRHD-4Pw 6 1486 x 660 x 635 mm (58 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 1785 98 kg (215 lbs.) 4004 4054

Dual ShelfGRHD-2PD 6 826 x 660 x 762 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 1310 68 kg (150 lbs.) $4082 $4132GRHD-3PD 8 1156 x 660 x 762 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 1755 86 kg (188 lbs.) 4587 4637GRHD-4PDw 8 1486 x 660 x 762 mm (58 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 2480 104 kg (230 lbs.) 5272 5322

Single Shelf with Humidity HGRHDH-2P 4 826 x 660 x 635 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 1190 57 kg (125 lbs.) $3466 $3516GRHDH-3P 5 1156 x 660 x 635 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 1600 74 kg (162 lbs.) 3892 3942GRHDH-4Pw 6 1486 x 660 x 635 mm (58 1⁄2" x 26" x 25") 2285 98 kg (215 lbs.). 4867 4917

Dual Shelf with Humidity HGRHDH-2PD 6 826 x 660 x 762 mm (32 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 1560 80 kg (175 lbs.) $4587 $4637GRHDH-3PD 8 1156 x 660 x 762 mm (45 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 2005 94 kg (207 lbs.) 5091 5141GRHDH-4PDw 8 1486 x 660 x 762 mm (58 1⁄2" x 26" x 30") 2980 109 kg (240 lbs.) 6139 6189

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark. Add $40 for GRHD single shelf models. Add $80 for GRHDH single shelf models and GRHD dual shelf models. Add $120 for GRHDH dual shelf models.

��H Humidity on bottom shelf only. Includes pan skirt on bottom shelf. Pan skirts accommodate 64 mm H (2 1⁄2") pans. ��w Available in 120/208-240V

All Models Feature:Voltage: All Single Shelf Models, GRHD-2PD, -3PD, GRHDH-2PD, -3PD: 120, 220, or 240, single phase.

GRHDH-4P, GRHD-4PD, GRHDH-4PD: 120, 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, single phase.Usable Heated Shelf Space: Width of Unit minus 114 x 546 D mm (4 1⁄2" x 21 1⁄2"D).Water Reservoir Capacity: 2-Pan and 3-Pan Humidified Models: 3 liters (3 quarts).

4-Pan Humidified Models: 6 liters (6 quarts).Doors: Separate rollerless sliding door per shelf.Cord Location: Control side at right base corner.


• Exclusive cool base construction minimizes heat transfer, keeping exterior base cool

• Single or Dual models, with or without humidity (bottom shelf only)

• Rollerless sliding doors



G R H D H - X P DGlo-Ray

PanHeated Display

No Character = Single ShelfD = Dual Shelf

Full Size Pan Capacityon Bottom Shelf

No Character = Non-HumidifiedH = Humidified



96

Mer

chan

dise

rs

GRHD-4PD with optional pan skirts Top shelf: one UPPERSKIRT-4P Bottom shelf: one SKIRT-4P

HEATED DISPLAY CASE MAXIMUM PAN CAPACITIES��n

Model Pan Capacity Optional Pan Skirt FramesGRHD-2P 2 Full Size Pans one SKIRT-2PGRHD-3P 3 Full Size Pans one SKIRT-1P and one SKIRT-2PGRHD-4P 4 Full Size Pans two SKIRT-2P GRHD-2PD Top Shelf 2 Half-Size Pans or 2, 356 mm (14") Pizza Pans one SKIRT-1P

Bottom Shelf 2 Full Size Pans SKIRT-2PGRHD-3PD Top Shelf 3 Half-Size Pans or 3, 356 mm (14") Pizza Pans one SKIRT-1P

Bottom Shelf 3 Full Size Pans one SKIRT-1P and one SKIRT-2PGRHD-4PD Top Shelf 2 Full Size Pans or 4 Half-Size Pans or 4, 356 mm (14") Pizza Pans one UPPERSKIRT-4P

Bottom Shelf 4 Full Size Pans two SKIRT-2P ��n All pan capacities shown are for non-humidified models.

64 mm (2 1⁄2") deep pans recommended for bottom shelf of humidified models.


Pan Skirt for 64 mm D (2 1⁄2") pans on Bottom Shelf (Standard on humidified models) SKIRT-2P 2-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail $ 70SKIRT-3P 3-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail

(Consists of one SKIRT-1P and one SKIRT-2P) 104SKIRT-4P 4-Pan Model in lieu of Pan Rail

(Consists of two SKIRT-2P) 131Pan Skirt for Upper Shelf, in lieu of Pan Stop

UPPERSKIRT-2P 2-Pan Models $ 74UPPERSKIRT-3P 3-Pan Models 148UPPERSKIRT-4P 4-Pan Models 148

FLIP Flip-Up Doors on Control Side (in lieu of Glass Sliding Doors) No Charge


SLANT Slant Leg Kit (GRHD non-humidified models only) $194Display Sign Holder (Metal holder with acrylic window – sign not included) –

DIS 2 2-Pan Model. Requires 810 W x 98 H x 2 D mm (31 7⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") Sign $178DIS 3 3-Pan Model. Requires 1140 W x 98 H x 2 D mm (44 7⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") Sign 207DIS 4 4-Pan Model. Requires 1470 W x 98 H x 2 D mm (57 7⁄8" x 3 7⁄8" x 1⁄16") Sign 236





Sliding door in lieu of fixed glass front panel – SLIDE-2P per opening $150SLIDE-3P per opening 167SLIDE-4P per opening 208

Flip-up door in lieu of fixed glass front panel – FLIP-2P per opening $150FLIP-3P per opening 167FLIP-4P per opening 208

Mirror glass sliding door in lieu of rear sliding door –

MIRROR-2P per opening $ 87MIRROR-3P per opening 110MIRROR-4P per opening 139

71/2 sneeze guard in lieu of fixed glass front panel or rear sliding door–

7.5BP-2P per opening $ 827.5BP-3P per opening 827.5BP-4P per opening 82

Cafeterias • Convenience Stores Catering • Concessions

Holding & Display Cabinets

FS2HAC-2PT Pass-through with accessory food pans pg. 111

MDW-1X with optional Designer color and hood with backlit sign cutout on one side (sign included) pg. 104

FSDT-1 with 4-tier circle racks, optional sign holders (signs not included), and accessory pans pg. 99

FDWD-2X with 4-shelf multi-purpose rack and optional sign holder pg. 98

FSHC-6W1 with accessory food pans pg. 109 FST-1-MN shown in standard bronze pg. 105

Hold

ing

&

Disp

lay

Cabi

nets



98


Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –RED Warm Red $328BLACK Black 328GRAY Gray Granite 328WHITE White Granite 328NAVY Navy Blue 328GREEN Hunter Green 328COPPER Antique Copper 328

FDWD-SCD Self closing door in lieu of standard door (Left hinge only) Must specify front, control,or both sides on FDWD-2 models, not field reversible per door $62

FDWD-6FRT 152 mm (6"), Merchandising Display Sign Holder for Control Side only (Includes metal holder only). Available in all Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard). Adds 29 mm (1 1⁄8") to height)height) of unit. Requires (1) sign 484 W x 83 H x 2 D mm (19 5⁄16" x 6 3⁄16" x 1⁄16") – not included 81

FDWD-6SIGN 162 mm (6 3⁄8"), One Sided Merchandising Display Sign Holder (Includes metal holder and window) – one per side, three maximum. Available in all Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard). Adds 32 mm (1 1⁄4") to height of unit. Requires (1) sign 491 W x 157 H x 1.59 D mm (19 5⁄16" x 6 1⁄4" x 1⁄16") – not included 63

FDWD-DIS 76 mm (3"), One Sided Merchandising Display Sign Holder (Includes metal holder and window) – one per side, three maximum. Available in all Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard). Adds 32 mm (1 1⁄4") to height of unit. Requires (1) sign 491 W x 160 H x 2D mm (19 1⁄16"W x 3 1⁄4"H x 1⁄16"D) – not included 57

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134RACKS – PAGE 102COLORS AND FINISHES – INSIDE BACK COVER


FDWD-LEGS 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs 102-127 mm (4"-5") $ 60

COUPLING Motorless Rack Coupling for FDWD-1X and -2X Models (Select Circle Rack or Pretzel Tree) 33

FDW4TCR 4-Tier Circle Rack with Pizza Pan Retainers (Requires Coupling for -1X or -2X models) 181

FDWD4SMP 4-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack (Each shelf 346 W x 321 D mm [13 5⁄8" x 12 5⁄8"]) 206

FDWD3TPT 3-Tier Pretzel Tree (Requires Coupling for -1X or -2X models) 206

Graphic Adhesive Decals (3 per set) 423 W x 140 H mm (16 5⁄8" x 5 1⁄2") –

FDWD-PIZZA Three Pizza Photo Decals 115HOT PIZZA Three “Hot Pizza” Decals 44HOT PRETZEL Three “Hot Pretzels” Decals 44

• Full view display with tempered glass sides and door

• Controlled heat and humidity for longer holding times

• Accommodates half-size sheet pans• Revolving or stationary display racks• Single- or reversible double-sided

opening models• Fluorescent lights illuminate the holding

areas and emphasize the product

Flav-R-Fresh® Impulse Display CabinetsA profitable way to create impulse food sales is with the small Flav-R-Fresh® Holding and Display Cabinet. Using controlled moisturized heat allows you to showcase your product longer using minimum counter space.

IMPULSE CABINETDimensions List Price◔

Model��u Description��J W x D x H (height includes standard 25mm (1") legs) Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

FDWD-1 1 Door w/Circle Rack w/Motor 492 x 530 x 727 mm (19 3⁄8" x 20 7⁄8" x 28 5⁄8") 41 kg (90 lbs.) $2789 $2839FDWD-1X 1 Door w/Multi-Purpose Rack 492 x 530 x 727 mm (19 3⁄8" x 20 7⁄8" x 28 5⁄8") 41 kg (90 lbs.) 2765 2815FDWD-2 2 Doors w/Circle Rack 492 x 559 x 727 mm (19 3⁄8" x 22" x 28 5⁄8") 41 kg (90 lbs.) 2875 2925FDWD-2X 2 Doors w/Multi-Purpose Rack 492 x 559 x 727 mm (19 3⁄8" x 22" x 28 5⁄8") 41 kg (90 lbs.) 2851 2901

��u Models FDWD-1 and FDWD-2 include rack motor. Models with “X” designator do not have revolving display and are NOT available for retrofit. ��J Rack listed is included with unit. Other racks available – deduct price of included rack and add price of substituted rack to list price. ◔ For non-humidified cabinet, deduct $210. Unit will only operate in dry mode. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $20.

All Impulse Cabinets Feature:Voltage: 120, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, 1440 watts.Cabinet Opening: 400 W x 502 H mm (15 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4").Door Hinges: Control Side: Left-hand side.

Customer Side (Two-door models only): Right-hand side.Max. Pizza Size: 381 mm (15") diameter.Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 2 liters ( 1⁄2 gallon).Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, lower right corner.

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

GRAPHIC DECALS (Adhesive)

FDWD-1 with rotating 3-tier pretzel tree rack

ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

F D W D - 1 X Flav-R-Fresh Display Warmer No Character = With Rack Motor

X = No Motorized Rack RotationDesigner

1 = One door2 = Two door

Holding &

Display Cabinets



99

• Full view display with tempered glass sides and door provide maximum heat retention

• Controlled heat and humidity for longer holding times

• 3 liter (3⁄4 gallon) stainless water reservoir provides all day moisture

• Low-water protection prevents heating element burnout and alerts operator to low-water condition

FSD-2X with 3-tier pan rack and accessory decals and food pans

Flav-R-Savor® Holding & Display CabinetsBalancing a precise combination of heat and humidity, the Hatco Flav-R-Savor® Cabinets provide an attractive showcase for hot food displays and generate impulse sales. A complete range of cabinet sizes, door options, and rack types allows for perfect merchandising of food products such as pizza, fried foods, bakery, sandwiches, and more.

FSDT-1 with 4-tier circle rack, optional Designer Black color and accessory decal and food pans

Merchandising Display Signs (Requires Sign Holder)FOOD GRAPHIC DECALS (Adhesive)

DISPLAY CABINETDimensions List Price◔

Model��u Description��J W x D x H Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

StandardFSD-1 1 Door w/3-Tier Circle Rack 569 x 612 x 699 mm (22 1⁄2" x 24 1⁄8" x 27 5⁄8") 51 kg (113 lbs.) $3689 $3799FSD-1X 1 Door w/3-Tier Pan Rack 569 x 612 x 699 mm (22 1⁄2" x 24 1⁄8" x 27 5⁄8") 50 kg (111 lbs.) 3553 3663FSD-2 2 Doors w/3-Tier Circle Rack 569 x 642 x 699 mm (22 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8" x 27 5⁄8") 52 kg (114 lbs.) 3941 4051FSD-2X 2 Doors w/3-Tier Pan Rack 569 x 642 x 699 mm (22 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8" x 27 5⁄8") 51 kg (112 lbs.) 3805 3915

TallFSDT-1 1 Door w/4-Tier Circle Rack 569 x 612 x 826 mm (22 1⁄2" x 24 1⁄8" x 32 5⁄8") 54 kg (120 lbs.) $3751 $3861FSDT-1X 1 Door w/4-Tier Pan Rack 569 x 612 x 826 mm (22 1⁄2" x 24 1⁄8" x 32 5⁄8") 54 kg (118 lbs.) 3605 3715FSDT-2 2 Doors w/4-Tier Circle Rack 569 x 642 x 826 mm (22 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8" x 32 5⁄8") 55 kg (122 lbs.) 4048 4158FSDT-2X 2 Doors w/4-Tier Pan Rack 569 x 642 x 826 mm (22 1⁄2" x 25 3⁄8" x 32 5⁄8") 54 kg (120 lbs.) 3904 4014

��u Models FSD-1, FSD-2, FSDT-1, and FSDT-2 include rack motor. Models with “X” designator do not have revolving display and are NOT available for retrofit.

��J Rack listed is included with unit. Other racks available – deduct price of included rack and add price of substituted rack to list price. ◔ For non-humidified cabinet, deduct $210. Unit will only operate in dry mode. ‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

All Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, 1440 watts.Cabinet Opening Dimensions: Standard Models: 483 W x 473 H mm (19" x 18 5⁄8").

Tall Models: 483 W x 603 H mm (19" x 23 3⁄4").Door Hinges: Control Side: Left-hand side.

Customer Side (Two-door models only): Right-hand side.Max. Pan Size: 483 mm (19") diameter.Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 3 liters ( 3⁄4 gallon).Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, lower right corner.

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES – PAGE 100RACKS – PAGE 102WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

• Revolving or stationary display racks • Available in two heights with single-

sided or double-sided openings• Fluorescent lights with clear plastic

cover help showcase food product


F S D T - X X Flav-R-Savor Display Cabinet

No Character = Standard HeightT = Tall


No Character = With Rack MotorX = No Motorized Rack Rotation

Hold

ing

&

Disp

lay

Cabi

nets



100

Two FSDT-1 with 4-tier circle racks, optional sign holders (signs not included), and accessory pans


THERM Mechanical Controls No ChargeFSD7SIGN Merchandising 191 mm (7 1⁄2") Display Sign Holder (Includes metal holder and

window) – one per side, three maximum. Available in all Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard). Adds 32 mm (1 1⁄4")to height of unit. Requires (1) sign 572 W x 191 H x 2 D (22 1⁄2" x 7 1⁄2" x 1⁄16") – sign not included $65


F-LEGS-4 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs $60COUPLING Motorless Rack Coupling for FSD-1X, FSD-2X, FSDT-1X and

FSDT-2X Models (Select appropriate Circle Rack or Pretzel Tree) 33

RACKS – FSD ONLY –FSD5SMP 5-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack (Each shelf 457 W x 406 D mm (18" x 16")) $279FSD3TCR 3-Tier Circle Rack with Pizza Pan Retainers (Requires Coupling for -1X or -2X models) 171FSD3TPR 3-Tier Pan Rack (Accommodates Half-Size Sheet Pans, not included) 220

RACKS – FSDT ONLY –FSDT7SMP 7-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack (Each shelf 457 W x 406 D mm (18" x 16")) $328FSDT4TCR 4-Tier Circle Rack with Pizza Pan Retainers (Requires Coupling for -1X or -2X models) 181FSDT5TCR 5-Tier Circle Rack with Pizza Pan Retainers (Requires Coupling for -1X or -2X models) 248FSDT4TPR 4-Tier Pan Rack (Accommodates Half-Size Sheet Pans, not included) 218FSDT3SAR 3-Shelf Angle Rack (15° angle shelves) (Each shelf 457 W x 413 D mm [18" x

16 1⁄4"]) 512FSDT3TPT 3-Tier Pretzel Tree (Requires Coupling for -1X or -2X models) 298

MER. DISPLAY Merchandising Display Sign Holder (Includes black metal holder and window) – one per side, three maximum Designer colors to match your unit (Black is standard) when alternate color is selected. Adds 25 mm (1") to height of unit. Requires (1) sign 568 W x 83 H x 2 D mm (22 3⁄8" x 3 1⁄4" x 1⁄16") – not included $63

Merchandising Display Signs 568 W x 83 H mm (22 3⁄8" x 3 1⁄4") (Requires Sign Holder) (Specify PIZZA or CHICKEN) –

PIZZA One “Delicious Pizza” Sign each $15CHICK One “Delicious Chicken” Sign each 15

Food Graphic Adhesive Decals (3 per set) 505 W x 123 H mm (19 7⁄8" x 4 7⁄8") –FSDPIZZA Three Pizza Photo Decals $115FSDCHICK Three Chicken Photo Decals 115FSDPRETZEL Three Pretzel Photo Decals 115FSDCROIS Three Croissants/Biscuits Photo Decals 115



Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –


Holding &

Display Cabinets



101

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) (additional lead time required)

Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –RED Warm Red No ChargeBLACK Black StandardGRAY Gray Granite No ChargeWHITE White Granite No ChargeNAVY Navy Blue No ChargeGREEN Hunter Green No ChargeCOPPER Antique Copper No Charge


Side Insets – FSD-INSET1-BK | Two crescent inset panels for FSD models, Black $66FSDT-INSET1-BK | Two crescent inset panels for FSDT models, Black 66

Top Covers –FSD-CTLH-BK u Curved hinged header on control side for FSD and FSDT

models, Black $236FSD-CUSH-BK v Curved header on non-control side for FSD and FSDT

models, Black 172Base Skirts – requires 102 mm (4") adjustable legs (not included) –

FSD-SQB-BK zy{ One flat front panel, two flat side panels, and one flat back panel for FSD and FSDT models, Black $203

FSD-1CB-BK wy{ One curved front panel, two flat side panels, and one flat back panel for FSD and FSDT models, Black 364

FSD-2CB-BK wyx One curved front panel, two flat side panels, and one curved back panel for FSD and FSDT models, Black 525

F-LEGS-4 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs $60


Flav-R-Savor® Decorative Kit for FSD and FSDT models onlyTransform your Hatco Flav-R-Savor® Holding & Display Cabinet from a "heated box" into a Designer Merchandiser with a variety of simple accessory additions. Create a new look and feel to your decór.

• The curved hinged header allows easy access to controls and water fill cup, and gives a great area to brand your food product with a magnetic sign (sign not included)

• All decorative pieces come standard in Designer Black powdercoat, with additional Designer colors available

• Curved inset panels enhance the overall look

• The base skirt completes the transformation and gives an additional branding area. Available in flat or curved panels for front and/or back of unit

• Signs not included

Hold

ing

&

Disp

lay

Cabi

nets



102

Racks For FSD/FSDT Models (Page 99)

FSDT 4-Tier Circle Rack FSDT4TCR (Max. 483 mm [19"] dia. pans) (117 mm [45⁄8"] opening)

FSD 3-Tier Circle Rack FSD3TCR (117 mm [45⁄8"] opening)

FSDT 4-Tier Pan Rack FSDT4TPR (Max.457 x 330 mm [18" x 13"] Half-Size Sheet Pans) (89 mm [31⁄2"] opening)

FSD 3-Tier Pan Rack FSD3TPR (89 mm [31⁄2"] opening)

FSDT 3-Shelf Angle Rack FSDT3SAR (89 mm [31⁄2"] opening)

Racks For FDWD Models (Page 98)

3-Tier Pretzel Tree FDWD3TPT (149 mm [5 7⁄8"] opening)

FSDT 7-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack FSDT7SMP (Max. 457 x 330 mm [18" x 13"] Half-Size Sheet Pans) (64 mm [21⁄2"] opening)

R

RRR

R

FSD 5-Shelf Multi-Purpose Rack FSD5SMP (64 mm [21⁄2"] opening)

RRR

R

R

4-Shelf Mulit-Purpose Rack FDWD4SMP (Max. 457 x 330 mm [18" x 13"] Half-Size Sheet Pans – FDWD-2X only) (95 mm [3 3⁄4"] opening)

5-Tier Circle Rack FSDT5TCR (Max. 483 mm [19"] dia. pans) (98 mm [3 7⁄8"] opening)

4-Tier Circle Rack FDW4TCR (Max. 381 mm [15"] dia. pans) (83 mm [3 1⁄4"] opening)

FSDT 3-Tier Pretzel Tree FSDT3TPT (149 mm [57⁄8"] opening)

Display Rack SelectionsR Removable Shelves

Holding &

Display Cabinets



103

LARGE CAPACITY CABINETDimensions List Price

Model Bulbs Description W x D x H Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

WFST-1X 4 2 Doors w/4-shelf Rack 814 x 641 x 831 mm (32 1⁄8" x 25 1⁄4" x 32 3⁄4") 83 kg (182 lbs.) $6452 $6602WFST-2X 4 4 Doors w/4-shelf Rack 814 x 703 x 831 mm (32 1⁄8" x 27 5⁄8" x 32 3⁄4") 85 kg (188 lbs.) 6893 7043

‡ CE Mark not available.

All Large Capacity Cabinets Feature:Voltage: 120/208, 120/240, 220, or 240, 50/60Hz, single phase, 1790 watts.Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 711 W x 557 H mm (28" x 21 7⁄8").Available Shelf Space: 666 W x 501 D mm (26 1⁄4" x 19 3⁄4"). Holds one full-size sheet pan per shelf.Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 3 liters ( 3⁄4 gallon).Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, lower right corner.


Flav-R-Savor® Humidified Large Capacity Holding CabinetsHatco Large Capacity Holding Cabinets hold more product at proper serving temperatures than standard size models. This allows for food to be prepared in advance of peak serving periods, while placing product in full-view cabinets to increase impulse sales.

• Countertop cabinets with self-closing (WFST-2X model) French-style glass doors

• Full view display with tempered glass sides and incandescent lights to illuminate holding area

• Multipurpose display rack included• 3 liter (3⁄4 gallon) stainless water reservoir

provides moisture

WFST-1X with 4-shelf multi-purpose rack and accessory decals and pans

WFST-2X with 4-shelf

multi-purpose rack, optional

Designer color and self-closing

sliding doors and accessory pans, and 102 mm (4") legsWFST 4-Shelf Multi-

Purpose Rack with Adjustable Shelves in 51 mm (2") increments

• Perfect for large quantities of wrapped or boxed food

• Stacking kit, merchandising signs, decals and 102 mm (4") adjustable legs available



Designer Colors – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –RED Warm Red $328BLACK Black 328GRAY Gray Granite 328WHITE White Granite 328NAVY Navy Blue 328GREEN Hunter Green 328COPPER Antique Copper 328

1SLIDE-DR Self-closing Sliding Doors in lieu of Standard Hinged Doors on One Side only (Model WFST-2X only) $355

FRSELFCLOSE Self-closing French Doors per side 109


FSTCR-LEG 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs $52Food and Graphic Adhesive Decals (3 per set: one front 708 W x 152 H mm (27 7⁄8" x 6"), two sides 473 W x 152 H mm (18 5⁄8" x 6") –

WFSTCHICK Three Chicken Photo Decals $115WFSTRIBS Three Ribs Photo Decals 115WFSTMENU Three “Today’s Hot Specials” Decals 115

WFSTHOLD Sign Holder without Acrylic Window (Requires sign 811 W x 159 H x 2 D mm (311 5⁄16" x 6 1⁄4" x 1⁄16") – not included) each $ 40WFSTSTACKBLACK Stacking Kit in Black (Includes 152 mm (6") Stainless Steel Legs, Top and Bottom Frame) 410WFSTSTACKGRAY Stacking Kit in Gray (Includes 152 mm (6") Stainless Steel Legs, Top and Bottom Frame) 410


FOOD AND GRAPHIC DECALS (Adhesive) For daily menu changes, erasable markers may be used

W F S T - X X Large Capacity No Rack Motor

Tall1 = One door2 = Two door

Flav-R-Savor

Hold

ing

&

Disp

lay

Cabi

nets



104

Mini Display WarmerThe Hatco Mini Display Warmer is perfect for cookies, pasteries,wrapped or boxed sandwiches, or any other product that does not require humidity. Hot air circulates throughout the entire cabinet, keeping food at safe serving temperatures. The small footprint takes up little of your valuable counterspace while merchandising your breakfast, lunch or dinner offerings.

MDW-1X with standard Designer color and hood with backlit sign cutout on one side (sign included)

• Magnetically adjustable shelves allow horizontal or slanted displays

• Tempered glass sides and incandescent light showcase your food

• Thermostatic control with rocker switch• Field reversible door hinge location• Available as a 1-door or a 2-door pass-

through model

MINI DRY DISPLAY WARMER - NON-HUMIDIFIEDDimensions List Price

Model Description W x D x H Ship Weight 120V 230V‡

MDW-1X 1 Door w/3 Shelves 400 x 432 x 646 mm (15 3⁄4" x 17" x 25 1⁄2") 21 kg (46 lbs.) $1365 $1395MDW-2X 2 Doors w/3 Shelves 400 x 465 x 646 mm (15 3⁄4" x 18 3⁄8" x 25 1⁄2") 24 kg (53 lbs.) 1418 1448

‡ 230V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

All Mini Display Warmers Feature:Voltage: 120 or 230, 510 watts.Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 315 W x 396 H mm (12 1⁄2" x 15 5⁄8").Door Hinges: Control Side: Left-hand side.

Customer Side (Two-door models only): Right-hand side.Cord Location: Facing controls, lower right corner.



Designer Color Posts, Base, and Top Trim – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –


BCKLIT-MDW Hood with Backlit Sign Cutout on One Side (Sign included) (Black only) $78


MDW-TRAY 314 x 314 x 6 mm (12 3⁄8" x 12 3⁄8" x 1⁄4") Aluminum Tray $29


• Doors may be field converted to any side

• Optional black hood with backlit graphic sign cutout that can be rotated in field to face any side (sign included)

M D W - X X Mini Non-revolving display

Warmer1 = One door2 = Two door

Display

MDW-TRAY Accessory

Holding &

Display Cabinets



105

• Keeps chips hot, fresh and crisp longer, reducing refill time and minimizing waste

• Specialty cabinet to hold and merchandise bulk nacho chips

• Special ductwork forces dry heat through chips from the bottom up

Macho Nacho® Chip WarmersKeep your nacho chips hot, fresh, and crisp with Hatco’s Macho Nacho Chip Warmer. This highly-visible heated merchandiser circulates air to prevent the loss of natural oils, eliminating the need to frequently replace stale chips.

CHIP WARMER – NON-HUMIDIFIEDDimensions List Price


FDWD-1-MN 492 x 607 x 728 mm (19 3⁄8" x 23 7⁄8" x 28 3⁄4") 1129 46 kg (101 lbs.) $2883 $2933FST-1-MN 581 x 686 x 831 mm (22 7⁄8" x 27" x 32 3⁄4") 1245 60 kg (132 lbs.) 4031 4131

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge.

All Chip Warmers Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240.Cabinet Opening: FDWD-1-MN Upper Door: 416 W x 233 H mm (16 3⁄8"W x 9 1⁄8").

Lower Door: 416 W x 230 H mm (16 3⁄8"W x 9"). FST-1-MN Upper Door: 474 W x 286 H mm (18 5⁄8" x 11 1⁄4").

Lower Door: 474 W x 252 H mm (18 5⁄8" x 9 7⁄8").Product Capacity: FDWD-1-MN: 11 kg (25 lbs.).

FST-1-MN: 18 kg (40 lbs.).Decal Size: FDWD-1-MN: 423 W x 139 H mm (16 5⁄8"W x 5 1⁄2").

FST-1-MN: 473 W x 152 H mm (18 5⁄8" x 6").Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, lower right corner.


FDWD-1-MN

FST-1-MN shown in standard bronze

• Special two-door access for easy loading and serving

• 11 kg or 18 kg (25 lb. or 40 lb.) capacity• Shatter-resistant incandescent lights

illuminate the holding areas and emphasize the product

X X X X - 1 - M N

FDWD = 11 kg (25 lbs) chip capacityFST = 18 kg (40 lbs) chip capacity

Macho Nacho unit

Single side opening

Hold

ing

&

Disp

lay

Cabi

nets



106

TALL HOLDING CABINET - NON-HUMIDIFIEDDimensions List Price

Model Description W x D x H Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

PFST-1X 1 Door 581 x 635 x 1448 mm (22 7⁄8" x 25" x 57") 81 kg (178 lbs.) $5676 $5676PFST-2X 2 Doors 581 x 692 x 1448 mm (22 7⁄8" x 27 1⁄4" x 57") 81 kg (178 lbs.) 5972 5972


All Tall Non-Humidified Holding Cabinets Feature:Voltage: 120, 220, or 240, 1767 watts.Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 476 W x 1026 H mm (18 3⁄4" x 40 3⁄8").Available Shelf Space: 454 mm (17 7⁄8") Square x 117 mm (4 5⁄8") Height.Cord Location: Facing controls, left-hand side panel, bottom right corner.

Flav-R-Savor® Tall Non-Humidified Holding CabinetsBe prepared to serve ready-to-go pizzas with Hatco’s Flav-R-Savor® Tall Dry Holding Cabinets. An eight-shelf rack with 127 mm (5") centers will hold a maximum of 16 boxed (454 Sq x 59 H mm (177⁄8" x 25⁄16") maximum) or 8 bagged pizzas.

• Great for boxed or bagged carryout pizzas

• Tempered glass throughout for excellent visibility, improving product rotation

• Even, constant cabinet temperatures• Non-humidified unit• 102 mm (4") casters, cord and plug

standard

PFST-2X with 8-shelf rack


P F S T - X XPortable No rotating rack

Tall


Flav-R-Savor

Holding &

Display Cabinets



107

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only) Colors (Side Panels) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –

BLACK Black StandardSS Stainless Steel $164

Colors (Top) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –BLACK Black StandardSS Stainless Steel $164

EE-GLASS Glass Door (in lieu of stainless steel door) (is not Energy Star qualified) 207EE-LPCAST Low profile casters (FSHC-5W1-EE model only) (deduct 57 mm [21/4"] from height) No ChargeEE-PLATFORM Platform for mounting directly on a counter (deduct 105 mm [4 1⁄8"] from height)

(in lieu of casters) No ChargeEE-STACK-BLK Designer Black powdercoated stacking hardware mounted to bottom of cabinet for two

FSCH-7W1 or two FSCH-5W1 units in lieu of casters (cannot have legs on lower unit) No ChargeEE-STACK-SS Stainless steel stacking hardware mounted to bottom of cabinet for two FSCH-7W1 or

two FSCH-5W1 units in lieu of casters (cannot have legs on lower unit) No ChargeEE-BUMPER Bumper Hardware (only for use with standard casters) (add 3 mm [1⁄8"] to height) 397EE-4LEGS 102 mm (4") legs (in lieu of casters, deduct 13 mm [1⁄2"] from height) No ChargeEE-6LEGS 152 mm (6") legs (in lieu of casters, add 45 mm [13⁄4"] to height) No Charge


EE-1-SLIDE Extra Pan Slides pair $77


PORTABLE HOLDING CABINET

Model DescriptionDimensions

W x D x H Shipping Weight List PriceFSHC-5W1-EE Single Door 661 x 794 x 913 mm (26 1⁄8" x 31 1⁄4" x 36") 212 kg (212 lbs.) $5945FSHC-7W1-EE Single Door 661 x 794 x 989 mm (26 1⁄8" x 31��1⁄4" x 39") 101 kg (222 lbs.) 6254FSHC-7W2-EE 2-Door Pass-Through 661 x 877 x 989 mm (26 1⁄8" x 34 5⁄8" x 39") 105 kg (232 lbs.) 6611

All Models Feature:Voltage: 120, 60 Hz, 1118 watts, 9.3 amps, NEMA 5-15P plug.Interior Cabinet Capacity: 532 W x 676 D mm (20 7⁄8" x 26 7⁄8").Top Surface Dimensions: 654 W x 724 D mm (25 3⁄4" x 28 1⁄2").Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (6') cord and plug, 102 mm (4") diameter casters (with 130 mm [5 1⁄8"] clearance), stainless steel

heavy-duty door with left-hand door hinge, and adjustable rack slides (seven for the -7WX-EE units, and five for the -5W1-EE unit).

Pan Capacity: -5WX-EE: 10 full sized sheet pans or 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 41 mm (1 5⁄8") spacing, 5 full sized sheet pans or 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 83 mm (3 1⁄4") spacing, 20 full sized hotel pans or 1/1 Gastronorm pans on 41 mm (1 5⁄8") spacing, 10 full sized hotel pans or 1/1 Gastronorm pans on 83 mm (3 1⁄4") spacing.

-7WX-EE: 14 full sized sheet pans ¤ or 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 35 mm (1 3⁄8") spacing, 7 full sized sheet pans or 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 70 mm (2��3⁄4") spacing, 14 hotel sized pans or 1/1 Gastronorm pans on 35 mm (1 3⁄8") spacing.

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 4 liters (1 gallon0.Cord Location: Back of unit, upper right side. ¤ With purchase of extra pan slides.


FSHC-7W1-EE shown in Designer Black, with optional bumper kit, and right-hand hinged door

Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding CabinetsHatco’s NEW energy efficient Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinets will keep prepared foods at optimum serving temperatures for hours. The thermostaticaly controlled heat and humidity allows food to be prepared in advance of peak serving periods.

• Allows you to hold product longer while saving you money through increased energy efficiencies

• Electronic control with digital read out temperature range of 27°- 93°C (80°- 200°F) and humidity controller

• Using the lower temperature range of 27°- 38°C (80°-100°F) can be used for proofing all types of breads

• All stainless steel interior• No heating element in direct contact

with water makes the unit easier to clean

• Accommodates Gastronorm pans• Electrical components, controls, and

digital temperature readout are located at the top for easy access

• Comes in standard Designer Black, or optional stainless steel, non-standard colors are non-returnable

• Stacking kit available• Doors are field convertible from left

to right

ONE YEAR ON-SITE PARTS WARRANTY, PLUS ONE ADDITIONAL YEAR PARTS-ONLY WARRANTY ON ALL

FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS.

EE-1-SLIDE Accessory

F S H C - 7 W X- E EFlav-R-Savor Energy Efficient

Full Size Sheet Pan Capcity

Number of doorsHolding Cabinet

Wide Cabinet Capacity

Hold

ing

&

Disp

lay

Cabi

nets



108


DELUXE Deluxe Package (Includes Flush Mount Handles and Full Perimeter Bumper) $578TRANS Transport Package (Includes Stand-off Handles, Full Perimeter Bumper,

Heavy-duty 127 x 51 mm (5" x 2") Casters (2 swivel with wheel locks and 2 rigid), and Flush Mount Transport Latch 998

CORDUP Upper Cord Location 105CORDWIND Bracket for Holding Cord During Transport (Only available with Transport

Package option for -12W, 17W Models) 58PB Full Perimeter Bumper 29412W-SS-DOOR Stainless Steel Door in lieu of Lexan® Door No Charge17W-SS-DOOR Stainless Steel Door in lieu of Lexan® Door No Charge17WD-SS-DOOR Stainless Steel Dutch Doors in lieu of Lexan® Dutch Doors (FSHC-17W

models only) No Charge


17W-SLIDE Extra Pan Slides (FSHC-12W and FSHC-17W) pair $110.


Flav-R-Savor® Tall Humidified Holding CabinetsThe expanded capacity of Hatco’s Tall Humidified Cabinet offers flexibility – giving customers more variety of menu items, and holding larger quantities of proven favorites ahead of peak serving periods. The universal slides of the FSHC-17W models will hold 17 sheet pans, or 34 steam table pans. The FSHC-12W models hold 12 sheet pans and 24 steam table pans. Temperatures from 32°-82°C (90°-180°F) will accommodate proofing.

• Separate heat and humidity controls are easy to access

• Fully insulated doors, sidewalls, and control panel assist in heat retention

• Single opening or pass-through design• Field reversible right- or left-hand hinged

doors with magnetic latch and heavy-duty plated hinges

• Two heights for various applications

FSHC-12W1 with optional transport package and stainless steel door

17W-SLIDE Accessory

TALL HUMIDIFIED HOLDING CABINETDimensions List Price

Model DescriptionW x D x H

(Height includes standard casters) Ship Weight120,

220, 240V‡

FSHC-12W1 Single Lexan® Door 645 x 887 x 1448 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35" x 57") 131 kg (288 lbs.) $6960FSHC-12W2 2 Lexan® Doors – Pass-Through 645 x 898 x 1448 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35 3⁄8" x 57") 144 kg (318 lbs.) 8053FSHC-17W1 Single Lexan® Door 645 x 887 x 1862 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35" x 73 3⁄8") 154 kg (340 lbs.) 7232FSHC-17W1D Single Opening w/ 2 Dutch Doors 645 x 887 x 1862 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35" x 73 3⁄8") 154 kg (340 lbs.) 7780FSHC-17W2 2 Lexan® Doors – Pass-Through 645 x 898 x 1862 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35 3⁄8" x 73 3⁄8") 154 kg (340 lbs.) 8461FSHC-17W2D 4 Dutch Doors – Pass-Through 645 x 898 x 1862 mm (25 3⁄8" x 35 3⁄8" x 73 3⁄8") 154 kg (340 lbs.) 9007


All Tall Humidified Holding Cabinets Feature:Voltage: 120V, 60Hz, 1760 watts, or 220V, 50Hz, 1760 watts, or 240V, 50Hz, 2095 watts, single phase.Cabinet Opening Dimensions: FSHC-12W: 559 W x 1105 H mm (22" x 43 1⁄2").

FSHC-17W: 559 W x 1518 H mm (22" x 59 3⁄4").Models Shipped with: 127 mm (5") casters (2 swivel with wheel locks and 2 rigid), universal slides for 457 x 660 mm (18" x 26") pans or

305 x 508 mm (12" x 20") pans.Pan Capacity: FSHC-12W: 12-tray capacity on 76 mm (3") centers, adjustable on 38 mm (1 1⁄2") centers, with 12 universal tray slides,

designed to accommodate up to 12 sheet pans, or up to 24 steam table pans. FSHC-17W: 17-tray capacity on 76 mm (3") centers, adjustable on 38 mm (1 1⁄2") centers, with 17 universal tray slides,

designed to accommodate up to 17 sheet pans, or up to 34 steam table pans.Water Reservoir Capacity for Humidity System: 8 liters (2 gallons).Cord Location: Facing controls, right-hand side panel, lower right corner.

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135ALL FLAV-R-SAVOR METAL SHEATHED AIR HEATING ELEMENTS

WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

F S H C - X X W- X DFlav-R-Savor

Number of Doors

Tray Capcity Wide

Humidified Holding Cabinet

Dutch Door Style

Holding &

Display Cabinets



109

LOW PROFILE HOLDING CABINET – HUMIDIFIEDDimensions List Price

Model Description W x D x H (height includes standard casters) Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

FSHC-6W1 1 Door 645 x 751 x 816 mm (25 1⁄2" x 29 5⁄8" x 32 1⁄8") 79 kg (175 lbs.) $5040 $5190 FSHC-6W2��: 2 Doors 645 x 811 x 816 mm (25 1⁄2" x 32" x 32 1⁄8") 81 kg (179 lbs.) 5393 5543

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ��: FSHC-6W2 is a two-door pass-through single cabinet, not two units stacked.

All Low Profile Holding Cabinets Feature:Voltage: 120V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, 1697 watts.Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 546 W x 483 H mm (21 1⁄2" x 19").Top Surface Dimensions: 645 W x 657 D mm (25 3⁄8" x 25 7⁄8").Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (72") cord and plug, 102 mm (4") diameter casters (with 130 mm (5 1⁄8") clearance), six sets

of adjustable angle slides.Pan Capacity: Six 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26") sheet pans or six 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 76 mm (3")

centers, eleven 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26") sheet pans~, eleven 2/1 Gastronorm pans on 38 mm (1 1⁄2") centers~, or twelve 508 W x 305 D x 64 H mm (20" x 12" x 2 1⁄2") hotel pans~.

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 3 liters ( 3⁄4 gallon).Cord Location: Back of unit, upper right side. ~ With purchase of extra pan slides.


Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding CabinetsPrepare food in advance of peak serving periods and safely hold it at optimum serving temperatures with the Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinet. Thermostatically-controlled heat and humidity allows you to hold product for hours.

• Thermostatically-controlled heat and humidity holds hot food at optimum serving temperatures longer

• Allows preparation of food in advance of peak serving periods

• Accommodates Gastronorm pans• Electrical components, controls, water

reservoir, and digital temperature readout are located at the top for easy access

• Reduced height – less than 762 mm (30") high, and wider footprint for increased capacity

FSHC-6W1 with accessory food pans

Models FSHC-6W1, -6W2 Models FSHC-7-1, -7-2

StackedModels FSHC-6W1, -6W2

StackedModels FSHC-7-1, -7-2

1553 mm(611⁄8")

Height withStandard102 mm

(4") DiameterHeavy-Duty

Casters

1575 mm(62") Height with 152 mm

(6") Legs

816 mm(321⁄8") Heightwith Standard

102 mm(4") DiameterHeavy-Duty

Casters

840 mm(331⁄16") Heightwith 152 mm

(6") Legs

756 mm(293⁄4") Height

with Low Pro�le51 mm (2")Diameter

Casters


(4") Legs

892 mm(351⁄8") Heightwith Standard102 mm (4")

DiameterHeavy-Duty

Casters


(6") Legs

832 mm(323⁄4") Height


Casters


(4") Legs


(4") Legs

1553 mm(611⁄8")



Casters


(6") Legs


(4") Legs




1553 mm(611⁄8")



Casters


(6") Legs



Casters


(6") Legs

756 mm(293⁄4") Height


Casters


(4") Legs


DiameterHeavy-Duty

Casters


(6") Legs

832 mm(323⁄4") Height


Casters


(4") Legs


(4") Legs

1553 mm(611⁄8")



Casters


(6") Legs


(4") Legs


Colors (Side Panels) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –SILVER Silver Gray StandardSS Stainless Steel $164

Colors (Top) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –SILVER Silver Gray StandardSS Stainless Steel $164

6W-SS-DR Stainless Steel Top in lieu of Glass Door 71HD-SS-DR Heavy-duty Stainless Steel Door with Positive Latch Handle 2966W1-LPCAST 51 mm (2") Low Profile Casters in lieu of Standard Casters (51 mm (2")

diameter with 76 mm (3") clearance) (Overall Height 756 mm [29 3⁄4"]) No Charge6W1-STACK Stacking Hardware Mounted to Top of Cabinet for Two FSHC-6W1 Units

in lieu of Casters, Silver Gray 66CORDWIND Bracket for Holding Cord During Transport 27


6W1-SLIDE Extra Pan Slides pair $ 77HC-BUMPER Bumper Kit 118



6W1-SLIDE Accessory

HC-BUMPER Accessory

• Insulated side walls, field reversible glass doors, large swivel casters with wheel locks, and 1829 mm (72") recessed cord and plug are standard

• Stacking kit available

F S H C - 6 W XFlav-R-Savor

Holding Cabinet Full Size Sheet Pan Capacity

WideQuantity of Doors

Hold

ing

&

Disp

lay

Cabi

nets



110

FSHC-7-1 with standard 102 mm (4") casters and

accessory food pans




1553 mm(611⁄8")



Casters


(6") Legs



Casters


(6") Legs

756 mm(293⁄4") Height


Casters


(4") Legs


DiameterHeavy-Duty

Casters


(6") Legs

832 mm(323⁄4") Height


Casters


(4") Legs


(4") Legs

1553 mm(611⁄8")



Casters


(6") Legs


(4") Legs




1553 mm(611⁄8")



Casters


(6") Legs



Casters


(6") Legs

756 mm(293⁄4") Height


Casters


(4") Legs


DiameterHeavy-Duty

Casters


(6") Legs

832 mm(323⁄4") Height


Casters


(4") Legs


(4") Legs

1553 mm(611⁄8")



Casters


(6") Legs


(4") Legs


Colors (Side Panels) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –SILVER Silver Gray StandardSS Stainless Steel $164

Colors (Top) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable –SILVER Silver Gray StandardSS Stainless Steel $164

SS-DR Stainless Steel Door in lieu of Glass Door $ 71HD-SS-DR Heavy-duty Stainless Steel Door with Positive Latch Handle 296LPCAST 51 mm (2") Low Profile Casters in lieu of Standard Casters (51 mm

(2") diameter with 76 mm (3") clearance) (Overall Height 832 mm [32 3⁄4"]) 27

4LEGS 102 mm (4") Adjustable Legs in lieu of Standard Casters No Charge6SS 152 mm (6")” Stainless Steel Legs in lieu of Standard Casters No Charge7-1-STACK Stacking Hardware Mounted to Top of Cabinet for Two FSHC-7-1 Units

in lieu of Casters, Silver Gray 94CORDWIND Bracket for Holding Cord During Transport 27



7-1-SLIDE Extra Pan Slides pair $ 77HC-BUMPER Bumper Kit 118SLIDEWIRE Wire Shelf per shelf 96

PORTABLE HOLDING CABINET – HUMIDIFIEDDimensions List Price

Model Description W x D x H (height includes standard casters) Ship Weight 120V 220, 240V‡

FSHC-7-1 1 Door 578 x 753 x 892 mm (22 3⁄4" x 29 5⁄8" x 35 1⁄8") 76 kg (168 lbs.) $5087 $5237FSHC-7-2: 2 Doors 578 x 812 x 892 mm (22 3⁄4" x 32" x 35 1⁄8") 78 kg (172 lbs.) 5444 5594

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. ��: FSHC-7-2 is a two-door pass-through single cabinet, not two units stacked.

All Portable Cabinets Feature:Voltage: 120V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, 1697 watts.Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 470 W x 559 H mm (18 1⁄2" x 22").Top Surface Dimensions: 575 W x 657 H mm (22 5⁄8" x 25 7⁄8").Models Shipped with: 1829 mm (72") cord and plug, 102 mm (4") diameter casters (with 130 mm (5 1⁄8")clearance), seven

sets of adjustable angle slides for 457 x 660 mm (18" x 26") pans or 305 x 508 mm (12" x 20") pans.Pan Capacity: Seven 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26") sheet pans on 76 mm (3") centers,

fourteen 457 W x 660 D mm (18" x 26") sheet pans, on 38 mm (1 1⁄2") centers~, or seven 508 W x 305 D x 64 H mm (20" x 12" x 2 1⁄2") hotel pans, or seven 1/1 Gastronorm pans.

Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 3 liters ( 3⁄4 gallon).Cord Location: Back of unit, upper right side. ~ With purchase of extra pan slides.



SLIDEWIRE Accessory

HC-BUMPER Accessory

F S H C - 7 - XFlav-R-Savor Number of doors

Humidified Holding Cabinet

Quantity of Shelves

Flav-R-Savor® Humidified Portable Holding CabinetsPrepare food in advance of peak serving periods and safely hold it at optimum serving temperatures with the Flav-R-Savor® Portable Holding Cabinet. Thermostatically-controlled heat and humidity allows you to hold product for hours.

• Thermostatically-controlled heat and humidity holds hot food at optimum serving temperatures longer

• Allows preparation of food in advance of peak serving periods

• Accommodates Gastronorm pans• Electrical components, controls, water

reservoir, and digital temperature readout are located at the top for easy access

• Insulated side walls, field reversible glass doors, large swivel casters with wheel locks, and 1829 mm (72") recessed cord and plug are standard

• Stacking kit available

Holding &

Display Cabinets



111

• Perfect for holding wrapped or sealed product like tortillas, burritos, and ribs, as well as product on sheet pans like biscuits, hamburger patties, and baked potatoes or fried foods in pans.

• Available in 2-pan and 3-pan models, single opening or pass-through, with or without humidity

• The 2-pan pass-through accommodates two full-size sheet pans or four half-size sheet pans and the 4-pan unit accommodates four full-size sheet pans or eight half-size sheet pans

Flav-R-Savor® Heated Air Curtain CabinetsThe patented Flav-R-Savor® Heated Air Curtain Cabinet effectively and safely holds hot food hot without the use of doors. Warm air at the front of the cabinet is forced downward, through the ducts above the opening, forming a “curtain” of heated air. A portion of the heated air is drawn toward the rear of the cabinet, warming each pan. FSHACH-2 with

accessory food pans


Designer Colors (FS2HAC-30 only, Housing and crumb tray) – Non-standard colors are non-returnable – Stainless Steel Standard –




FSHAC-BK2BK Back-to-Back Mounting on a Single Base (FSHAC-2 and FSHAC-3 models only) (Add 25 mm (1") to height) $100

4"LEGS 102 mm (4") Legs (Standard on 3-Tier models) 42FSHAC-SLT Removable Slant Shelf (FSHAC models only) 93FSHAC-RIB Removable Rib Rack (FSHAC-3 models only) (Max. 3 per unit) each 265

FOOD PANS AND TRIVETS – PAGE 134

HUMIDIFIED HEATED AIR CURTAIN CABINETDimensions List Price

Model Description W x D x H Ship Weight 120/208V,FSHACH-2 2-Tier Warmer 257 x 581 x 460 (20 1⁄8" x 22 7⁄8" x 18 1⁄8") 45 kg (100 lbs.) $4719

All Humidified Air Curtain Models Feature:Voltage: 120/208, 50/60 Hz, 2950 watts.Models Shipped with: Auto-fill water reservoir and water filter.Water Tank Capacity for Humidity System: 9 liters (2 1⁄4 gallons).Cabinet Opening Dimensions: 464 W x 232 H mm (18 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄8").Cord Location: Top of unit towards the back, middle.

HEATED AIR CURTAIN CABINETDimensions List Price

Model Description W x D x H Ship Weight 120V, 120/208V 220, 240V‡

FSHAC-2 2-Tier Warmer 257 x 581 x 460 (20 1⁄8" x 22 7⁄8" x 18 1⁄8") 45 kg (100 lbs.) $4044 $4094FSHAC-3•H 2-Tier Warmer 257 x 581 x 775 (20 1⁄8" x 22 7⁄8" x 30 1⁄2") 52 kg (115 lbs.) 4218 4268FS2HAC-2PTH 2-Tier PT 613 x 994 x 465 (24 1⁄8" x 39 1⁄8" x 18 5⁄16") 75 kg (165 lbs.) 6135 6185FS2HAC-4PTH 4-Tier PT 613 x 994 x 700 ( 24 1⁄8" x 39 1⁄8" x 26 3⁄8") 86 kg (190 lbs.) 6703 6753

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, at no added charge. • Height includes 4" [102 mm] legs. ��H 120 volt models not available.

All Air Curtain Models Feature:Voltage: FSHAC-2, -3: 120, 120/208 60 Hz, or 220, 240, 50 Hz, 1877 watts.

FS2HAC-2PT: 120/208, 240, 60 Hz, or 220, 240, 50 Hz, 2589 watts. FS2HAC-4PT: 120/208, 240, 60 Hz, or 220, 240, 50 Hz, 3389 watts.

Cabinet Opening Dimensions: FSHAC-2: 464 W x 232 H mm (18 1⁄4" x 9 1⁄8"). FSHAC-3: 464 W x 460 H mm (18 1⁄4"W x 18 1⁄8"H). FS2HAC-2PT: 459 W x 206 H mm (18 1⁄16" x 8 1⁄8"). FS2HAC-4PT: 464 W x 410 H mm (18 1⁄4"W x 16 1⁄8"H).

Cord Location: FSHAC-2, -3: Top of unit towards the back, middle. FS2HAC-2PT, -4PT: Top of unit towards the back, left side.


FSHAC-SLT Accessory Removeable slant rack

FSHAC-RIB Accessory Removeable rib rack

F S 2 H A C - X P TFlav-R-Savor

Full-size Pan Capacity

StyleHeated Air Curtain

Pass-Through

Buffets • Supermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés Clubs & Bars • Catering • Concessions

Toasters

TK-100 Toast King Vertical Conveyor Toaster pg. 116

TPT-240 Pop-up Toaster pg. 113 TQ-10 Toast-Qwik Horizontal Conveyor Toaster pg. 114

ToastersToastersToastersToastersToastersToastersToastersToastersToastersToasters



113

Pop-Up ToastersPerfect for self-serve areas and light volume applications, the Hatco Pop-Up Toasters provide even golden toasting of a variety of bread products. The durable stainless steel housing contains four self-centering slots with individual toasting controls and removable crumb tray.

• Evenly toasts a variety of bread products including bagels, Texas toast, waffles, and English muffins

• All models have four self-centering 32 mm (11⁄4") wide slots

• A selector switch for single (or double) sided toasting (excluding TPT-120)

• Durable stainless steel construction• Individual toasting controls• Removable crumb trays for

easy cleaning• 1829 mm (72") cord with plug

TPT-208TPT-120

POP-UP TOASTER

Model Voltage kWDimensions

W x D x H Slot Opening Plug Ship Weight List PriceTPT-120 120 1.8 346 x 313 x 204 mm (135⁄8" x 123⁄8" x 81⁄8") 32 W x 140 D mm (11⁄4" x 51⁄2") NEMA 5-15P 7 kg (15 lbs.) $339TPT-208 208 2.6 346 x 313 x 204 mm (135⁄8" x 123⁄8" x 81⁄8") 32 W x 140 D mm (11⁄4" x 51⁄2") NEMA 6-15P 7 kg (15 lbs.) 615TPT-240 240 2.6 346 x 313 x 204 mm (135⁄8" x 123⁄8" x 81⁄8") 32 W x 140 D mm (11⁄4" x 51⁄2") NEMA 6-15P 7 kg (15 lbs.) 615

All Pop-Up Models Feature:Cord Location: 1829 mm (72") Cord – Bottom, back center.Pop-up toasters can be shipped United Parcel Service or Fed-Ex Ground.

ONE YEAR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT WARRANTY, CONTACT HATCO SERVICE FOR DETAILS.

POP-UP TOASTER AMP RATINGS

Model120V/1 Ø

Amps208V/1 Ø

Amps240V/1 Ø

AmpsTPT-120 15.0 – –TPT-208 – 12.5 –TPT-240 – – 10.9

T P T - X X XToaster Pop-Up Type

Voltage

Toas

ters



114

Toast-Qwik® Conveyor ToastersFlexibility and performance are yours with the Hatco Toast-Qwik® conveyor toasters. These toasters produce perfect golden toasting, from 300 to 800 slices per hour. The power save mode conserves energy during non-peak serving times.

• Instant and precise adjustment of toast color with electronic infinite controls that regulate top and bottom heat

• Patented ColorGuard sensing system assures toast uniformity for TQ-400 and -800 series

• Power save mode conserves energy• Capacity of 300-800 slices per hour• Opening height for H and HBA models

is 76 mm (3"), for all other models the opening height is 51 mm (2")

• Insulation and an interior fan provide cool surface temperatures

• Efficient design of front or rear discharge allows unit to be placed where it is most convenient – for sending product to the operator side or to the customer/server side

• BA models toast one side only, cut side up

TQ-10 TQ-800HBATQ-400

TOAST-QWIK® HORIZONTAL CONVEYOR TOASTER List Price

Model‡ Voltage kWDimensions

W x D* x H (height includes legs)Opening Dimensions

W x HCapacity/ Minute† Ship Weight

120, 208V

220, 240V

TQ-400 120, 220, 240 1.8 368 x 451 x 378 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 147⁄8")* 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 6 slices 22 kg (48 lbs.) $1868 $1918TQ-400 208 2.2 368 x 451 x 378 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 147⁄8")* 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 6 slices 22 kg (48 lbs.) 1868 —TQ-400BAt 120, 208, 220, 240 1.9 368 x 451 x 378 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 147⁄8")* 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 6 slices 22 kg (48 lbs.) 1868 1918TQ-400H 208, 220, 240 2.2 368 x 451 x 403 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 157⁄8") 254 x 76 mm (10" x 3") 6 slices 22 kg (48 lbs.) 1868 1918TQ-800 208, 220, 240 3.3 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 14 slices 28 kg (62 lbs.) 2136 2186TQ-800BAt 208, 220, 240 3.3 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 14 slices 28 kg (62 lbs.) 2136 2186TQ-800H 208, 220, 240 3.3 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* 254 x 76 mm (10" x 3") 13 slices 28 kg (62 lbs.) 2136 2186TQ-800HBAt 208, 220, 240 3.3 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* 254 x 76 mm (10" x 3") 14 slices 28 kg (62 lbs.) 2136 2186

‡ 220, 240V available with CE Mark, add $50. CE Mark available for TQ-10 220, 240V at no charge. † Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products not recommended. * TQ-400 and TQ-400BA, add 64 mm (21⁄2") to depth if using tray extension in rear.

TQ-800, TQ-800BA, TQ-800H and TQ-800HBA, add 165 mm (61⁄2") to depth if using tray extension in rear. ��t BA models toast one side only and are for bagels and buns, cut side up.

All Toast-Qwik® Models Feature:Cord Location: 1829 mm (72") Cord – Lower right corner on back of unit.


ALL TOAST-QWIK METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

TOAST-QWIK® HORIZONTAL CONVEYOR TOASTER List Price

Model‡ Voltage kWDimensions

W x D x H (height includes legs)Opening Dimensions

W x HCapacity/ Minute† Ship Weight

120, 208V

220, 240V

TQ-10 120, 208, 220, 240 1.8 368 x 451 x 349 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 133⁄4") 254 x 51 mm (10" x 2") 5 slices 19 kg (42 lbs.) $1239 $1289

T Q - X X X H BA

Toast Qwik

H=Opening height is 76 mm (3")

Model Number

BA=Toasts one side only (Buns/Bagels)




115

OPTIONS (available at time of purchase only, excludes TQ-10)

TQ-PWR-A Automatic power save mode (Switches to power save mode after 30 minutes of inactivity) No Charge


Receptacles20A-RECEP-125 20 Amp, 125V (NEMA 5-20R) $1820A-RECEP-250 20 Amp, 250V (NEMA 6-20R) 1830A-RECEP-250 30 Amp, 250V (NEMA 6-30R) 85

TQRAMP Extended feed guide (Add 76 mm [3"]) 85TQ2-SECURITY Control cover and bracket 84

TQ-800 with TQ2-SECURITY accessory security control cover

TOAST-QWIK® CONVEYOR TOASTER AMP RATINGS

Model

120V 60Hz/1 Ø

Amps

208V 60Hz/1 Ø

Amps

220V 50Hz/1 Ø

Amps

240V 50Hz/1 Ø

Amps

240V 60Hz/1 Ø

AmpsTQ-10 15.0 8.8 8.5 9.3 7.6TQ-400 14.9 10.7 8.5 9.2 9.3TQ-400BA 14.8 9.0 8.0 8.8 7.8TQ-400H 10.7 9.7 9.2 7.6TQ-800 16.0 13.8 15.1 13.9TQ-800BA 16.0 12.8 14.0 13.9TQ-800H 15.8 13.8 15.1 13.7TQ-800HBA 15.8 12.8 14.0 13.7

20A-RECEP-125 20A-RECEP-250 30A-RECEP-250

TQ-400 Toast Qwik® Horizontal Conveyor Toaster

Toas

ters



116

TRH-60

Toast-Rite® and Toast King® Conveyor ToastersDesigned for mid to high volume and constant flow applications, Hatco’s proven reliability and performance makes the TRH and TK Toasters the workhorse of your operation. These Toasters use conveyor speed, not temperature, to determine toast color.

• Toasts a variety of bread products• Stainless steel construction for years of

trouble-free service• Power saving thermostat for energy

savings during non-peak times• Manual advance and speed control• Fully insulated for cooler operation• Toast storage area keeps bread

warm and dry

• Capacity of 480-600 slices per hour (TRH series)

• Capacity of 720-1500 slices per hour (TK series)

• Three basket access for fast loading

TOAST-RITE® CONVEYOR TOASTERDimensions List Price

Model kWW x D x H

(depth includes tray extension of 127 mm, [5"] )Capacity/ Minute† Basket Size Ship Weight

120, 208V

220, 240V

TRH-50 2.7 448 x 699 x 418 mm (175⁄8" x 271⁄2" x 161⁄2") 8 slices 254 W x 117 H mm (10" x 45⁄8") 27 kg (60 lbs.) $2868 $2918TRH-606 3.8 448 x 699 x 418 mm (175⁄8" x 271⁄2" x 161⁄2") 10 slices 254 W x 117 H mm (10" x 45⁄8") 27 kg (60 lbs.) 2868 2918

† Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products not recommended. ��6 Available in 208, 220, and 240V only.

All Toast-Rite Models Feature:Voltage: Model TRH-50: 120, 208, 220, 240V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, single phase

Model TRH-60: 208, 220 or 240V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, single phaseMax. Product Thickness: 32 mm (11⁄4")Cord Location: 1219 mm (48") Cord – Lower right of center on back of unit.

ALL TOAST-RITE AND TOAST KING METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

TK-135BTK-72

TOAST KING® VERTICAL CONVEYOR TOASTERDimensions List Price

Model kWW x D x H

(depth includes tray extension of 89 mm, [3 1⁄2"] )Capacity/ Minute† Basket Size Ship Weight 208V

220, 240V

Bread and BunsTK-72‡ 4.0 445 x 448 x 838 mm (171⁄2" x 175⁄8" x 33") 12 slices 254 W x 117 H mm (10" x 45⁄8") 33 kg (73 lbs.) $3220 $3270TK-100‡ 5.0 559 x 448 x 838 mm (22" x 175⁄8" x 33") 16 slices 368 W x 117 H mm (14½" x 45⁄8") 40 kg (88 lbs.) 3447 3497

Buns OnlyTK-135B‡ 4.3 559 x 448 x 838 mm (22" x 175⁄8" x 33") 22 slices 368 W x 117 H mm (14½" x 45⁄8") 40 kg (88 lbs.) 3447 3497

3-Part BunsTK-155B 5.0 559 x 448 x 838 mm (22" x 175⁄8" x 33") 25 slices 368 W x 117 H mm (14½" x 45⁄8") 40 kg (88 lbs.) 3635 3685

† Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products not recommended. ‡ CE Mark available for TK-72 220, 240V, TK-100 220, 240V, and TK-135B 220V, 240V, add $50.

All Toast King Models Feature:Voltage: 208, 220, or 240V, 60Hz, and 220 or 240V, 50Hz, single phase.Max. Product Thickness: 32 mm (1¼").Cord Location: 1219 mm (48") Cord – Lower left side on back of unit.


T R H - X X

Toast-Rite Model Number

T K - X X X B

Toast King

Model Number

B = Buns model(Toasts one side)




117


TRH-SECURITY Control cover, bracket and mounting hardware (TRH models only) $158TK-SECURITY Control cover, bracket, mounting hardware and fuse cover (TK models only) 158


4"LEGS 102 mm (4") adjustable legs (4) $42Receptacles

20A-RECEP-250 20 amp receptacle, 250V (NEMA 6-20R) $1830A-RECEP-125 30 amp receptacle, 125V (NEMA 5-30R) 8530A-RECEP-250 30 amp receptacle, 250V (NEMA 6-30R) 85

TK-3BSKT-TL Baskets for jumbo 140 mm (51⁄2") buns (9) – 3-slice models only $192

TOAST-RITE® AND TOAST KING® CONVEYOR TOASTER AMP RATINGS

Model

120V 60Hz/1 Ø

Amps

208V 60Hz/1 Ø

Amps

220V 50/60Hz/1 Ø

Amps

240V 50Hz/1 Ø

Amps

240V 60Hz/1 Ø

AmpsTRH-50 22.8 13.2 12.5 11.4 11.4TRH-60 18.5 17.5 16.0 16.0TK-72 19.4 18.4 16.8 16.8TK-100 24.0 22.9 21.0 21.0TK-135B 20.7 19.7 18.1 17.9TK-155B 24.0 22.8 20.9 20.8

30A-RECEP-125

20A-RECEP-250

30A-RECEP-250

TK-3BSKT-TL

TRH-60 Conveyor Toaster

Toas

ters



118

TQ-805 TK-105


4"LEGS 102 mm (4") adjustable legs (4) $ 42TK-3BSKT-TL Baskets for jumbo 140 mm (51⁄2") buns (9) – for TK-105 only 192TQRAMP Extended feed guide (76 mm (3") longer) (TQ models only) 85

High Watt Conveyor ToastersHatco high watt conveyor toasters toast high moisture content bread products to a rich golden color. All models feature metal sheathed heating elements and most include cord and plug. Toast King are shipped with speed control and manual advance.

• Toasts a variety of high moisture content bread products

• Full insulation for cooler operation• Multiple metal sheathed toasting

elements• Toast storage area keeps bread warm

and dry• Capacity of 240 to 1080 slices per hour

HIGH WATT CONVEYOR TOASTER

Model‡ kWDimensions W x D* x H

Capacity/ Minute† Basket Size Ship Weight List Price

TQ-405 2.3 368 x 451 x 378 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 147⁄8")* 6 slices — 22 kg (48 lbs.) $1990TQ-805 3.6 368 x 578 x 422 mm (141⁄2" x 223⁄4" x 165⁄8")* 12 slices — 24 kg (52 lbs.) 2424TQ-15 2.2 368 x 451 x 349 mm (141⁄2" x 173⁄4" x 133⁄4") 4 slices — 19 kg (42 lbs.) 1362

Includes Manual Advance and Speed ControlTK-75 4.6 445 x 448 x 838 mm (171⁄2" x 175⁄8" x 33")* 12 slices 254 W x 117 H mm (10" x 45⁄8") 35 kg (76 lbs.) $3504TK-105 7.5 559 x 448 x 838 mm (22" x 175⁄8" x 33")* 18 slices 368 W x 117 H mm (14½" x 45⁄8") 40 kg (88 lbs.) 3730

‡ CE Mark available, add $50 on TQ-405, TQ-805, and TK-105. TQ-15 and TK-75 prices include CE (cannot be ordered without CE).

* Tray extends 165 mm (6½") rear for TQ-405 and TQ-805, and 89 mm (3½") front for TK-75 and TK-105. † Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products not recommended.

All High Watt Models Feature:Voltage: TQ-805: 240, 50Hz, single phase.

TQ-405, TQ-15, TK-75, TK-105: 220 or 240, 50Hz, single phase.Max. Product Size: TQ-405, TQ-805: 244 W x 44 H mm (95⁄8" x 1¾").Max. Product Thickness: TK-75, TK-105: 32 mm (1¼").Cord Location: TQ Models: Lower right corner on back of unit.

TK Models: Lower left side on back of unit.ALL TOASTER METAL SHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTS

WARRANTED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS.

T K - X X X

Toast King Model Number

T Q - X X

Toast-Qwik Model Number

Cafeterias • Convenience StoresSupermarkets & Delis • Restaurants & Cafés


Water Heaters

C-24 pg. 123

3CS-9B with optional temperature monitor pg. 128

FR-9 pg. 129 FR-9B pg. 129

S-57 pg. 125MC-10 pg. 122

Wat

er H

eatin

g



122

Mini-Compact Electric Booster Water HeatersThe Mini-Compact small specialty heater features a stainless steel tank and fast recovery, making it ideal for hot water sanitizing. This heater includes stainless steel front with powdercoated silver gray hammertone body, black base, 152 mm (6") legs, and a storage capacity of 12 liter (3.2 gallons).

• Provides 82°C (180°F) water for hot water sanitizing

• Features temperature/pressure relief valve, a pressure reducing valve, two temperature/pressure gauges, a high-temperature limit control, and a low-water cut-off


MC-TOGGLE Built-in On/Off Toggle Switch (does not include indicator light, cannot be combined with security package) $ 52

MCL-SSJA Stainless Steel Body and Base 109MC-480V 480 Volt (MC-11 only) 55


PRVB Additional Brass Pressure Reducing Valve $122SSA-LEGS Additional Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") 160WATERTREAT Blended Phosphate Water Treatment System (Page 127 for

illustration) (Not for potable water use) 598SHOCK Shock Absorber (Reduce Water Hammer) 91

NOTE: 152 mm (6") plastic adjustable legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") standard. Description of accessories is shown on page 127.

SPECIALTY ELECTRIC BOOSTER WATER HEATERModel kW Voltage Phase Ship Weight List Price‡

MC-10��: 9.9 208 1, 3 22 kg (48 lbs.) $2328MC-11��:~ 11.4 240, 480 1, 3 22 kg (48 lbs.) 2328MC-15 15 208 3 22 kg (48 lbs.) 2525MC-17 17.25 208 3 22 kg (48 lbs.) 2549

‡ CE Mark not available. ��: Must specify phase. Not field-convertible. ~ Add $55. for 480V.

All Mini-Compact Heater Models Feature:Dimensions: 298 W x 327 D x 470 H mm (11 3⁄4" x 12 7⁄8" x 18 1⁄2").Models Shipped with: Low-water cut-off (LWCO), temperature/pressure relief valve, pressure reducing

valve, and two temperature/pressure gauges.


MC-10

M C - X X

Mini-Compact Kilowatts

Water Heating



123

NOTE: Single phase is uncommon in heaters 24kW and larger and are NOT returnable.

COMPACT ELECTRIC BOOSTER WATER HEATERList Price

Model��u kW208 or 240V

Single Ph208 or 240V

Three Ph380 or 415V‡

Three Ph480V

Three Ph Ship Weight208 or

240V380 or 415V‡

or 480VSmall J

C-4 4 J – – t 48 kg (105 lbs.) $2327 $2327C-5 5 – – t 48 kg (105 lbs.) 2357 2357C-6 6 54 kg (118 lbs.) 2398 2398C-7 7 54 kg (118 lbs.) 2429 2429C-9 9 54 kg (118 lbs.) 2464 2464C-12 12 54 kg (120 lbs.) 2602 2602C-13 13.5 n 54 kg (120 lbs.) 2622 2622C-15 15 54 kg (120 lbs.) 2648 2648C-17 17.25 – † – – 54 kg (120 lbs.) 2673 –C-18 18 w 54 kg (120 lbs.) 2694 2694

LargeC-24 24 64 kg (142 lbs.) $3586 $3586C-27 27 64 kg (142 lbs.) 3637 3637C-30 30 64 kg (142 lbs.) 3678 3678C-36 36 64 kg (142 lbs.) 3852 3772C-39 39 64 kg (142 lbs.) 3908 3823C-45 45 * 64 kg (142 lbs.) 4356 4266C-54 54 – s 64 kg (142 lbs.) 4484 4389C-57 57 – 64 kg (142 lbs.) 4566 4466

��u Only 6, 7, & 9kW models can be field converted to single phase (units are shipped 3-phase open delta). Larger branch circuit required than for balanced 3-phase of equal kW. (Balanced 3-phase available in 4-6 & 9kW models, consult factory.) 208 and 240 volt only.

‡ CE Mark available on models 6 through 36kW, 380-400 volts or 400-415 volts, 3-phase only, add $105. ��J Not available in 240V single phase. ��t 480V available in single phase only. Consult factoy if Balanced 3 Ph is required. ��n 380V not available. † Available in 208V 3-phase only. ��w Not available in 208V 3-phase. * Not available in 208V single phase. ��s 380V has 49kW.

All Compact Electric Booster Models Feature:Voltage: 208 or 240, single phase. 208, 240, 380, 415, or 480, three phase.Dimensions: Models C-4 through C-18: 330 W x 527 D x 502 H mm (13" x 20 3⁄4" x 19 3⁄4").

Add 133 mm (5 1⁄4") to depth for temperature/pressure relief valve. Height includes legs. Models C-24 through C-57: 457 W x 610 D x 457 H mm (18" x 24" x 18").

Add 165 mm (6 1⁄2") to depth for temperature/pressure relief valve. Height includes legs.Models Shipped with: Castone® tank, low-water cut-off (LWCO), temperature/pressure relief valve, pressure reducing valve, two temperature/

pressure gauges, indicator light, and on/off switch.

NOTE: Pages 130 to 132 for sizing information.NOTE: Consult product specification sheet for proper breaker size. Verify amperage load for booster heaters 24kW through 57kW in single phase.

Because of excessively high amps and since these units are NOT field convertible to any other voltage or phase, written confirmation is required before processing can begin.

LOW-TEMP DISHWASHERS – SEE LOW-TEMP SIZING DATA ON PAGE 133WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

Compact Electric Booster Water HeatersCompact models provide all the 82°C (180°F) final rinse water to sanitize and flash-dry dishes and flatware. Models include stainless steel front panel, silver gray hammertone body, black base, and standard 152 mm (6") legs. Slide brackets for mounting under a dishtable are available. The Castone® lined tank is standard on all models and has a 23-liter (6-gallon) capacity.

• The Compact Electric Booster is easy to install next to a dishwasher to save space, either on 152 mm (6") plastic legs or with slide brackets

• All models include a Castone® lined tank with a 10-year limited warranty, and fiberglass insulation to minimize heat loss

C-45

C-18 with optional stainless steel body and base

CASTONE® LINED TANK LIMITED WARRANTY FOR 10 YEARS.

• Swing-away front panels with low-water cut-off, control fuses, and transformer allow quick access to probes and elements, for easier serviceability

C - X X

Compact Kilowatts

Wat

er H

eatin

g



124

WATER TEMPERATURE RECOVERY TABLECompact Model 22°C (40°F) Rise 39°C (70°F) RiseC-4 151 Iph ( 40 gph) 87 Iph (23 gph)C-5 189 Iph ( 50 gph) 110 Iph (29 gph)C-6 227 Iph ( 60 gph) 129 Iph (34 gph)C-7 265 Iph ( 70 gph) 151 Iph (40 gph)C-9 341 Iph ( 90 gph) 197 Iph (52 gph)C-12 454 Iph (120 gph) 261 Iph (69 gph)C-13 511 Iph (135 gph) 292 Iph (77 gph)C-15 572 Iph (151 gph) 326 Iph (86 gph)C-17 655 Iph (173 gph) 375 Iph (99 gph)

Compact Model 22°C (40°F) Rise 39°C (70°F) RiseC-18 685 Iph (181 gph) 390 Iph (103 gph)C-24 912 Iph (241 gph) 522 Iph (138 gph)C-27 1026 Iph (271 gph) 587 Iph (155 gph)C-30 1139 Iph (301 gph) 651 Iph (172 gph)C-36 1367 Iph (361 gph) 780 Iph (206 gph)C-39 1480 Iph (391 gph) 848 Iph (224 gph)C-45 1711 Iph (452 gph) 977 Iph (258 gph)C-54 2052 Iph (542 gph) 1174 Iph (310 gph)C-57 2169 Iph (573 gph) 1234 Iph (326 gph)

NOTE: lph is “liters per hour” (gph is “gallons per hour”).


SSBB Stainless Steel Body and Base No ChargeC-SECURITY Security Package (Torx screws and control cover) $135


BOOSTERBRKT Additional Slide Brackets $ 54FLOORMOUNT Additional Stainless Steel Floor Mounting Leg Assembly 253WATERTREAT Blended Phosphate Injection System (Page 127 for illustration)

(Not for potable water use) 598SHOCK Shock Absorber (Reduce Water Hammer) 91BPRV Back Pressure Relief Valve 45PRVB Additional Brass Pressure Reducing Valve with By-Pass 122SSA-LEGS Additional Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") 160

NOTE: 152 mm (6") plastic adjustable legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") standard, specify slide brackets if required. Description of accessories is shown on page 127.

C-27 with accessory slide brackets

Water Heating



125

Imperial Electric Booster Water HeatersImperial booster water heaters combine quality construction and rugged dependability to provide up to 2169 lph (573 gph) of 82°C (180°F) sanitizing rinse water. Models include stainless steel front panel, silver gray hammertone body, black base, standard 152 mm (6") legs, Castone® lined tank, and have a 61-liter (16-gallon) capacity.

• All models include a Castone® lined tank with a 10-year limited warranty

• Features temperature/pressure relief valve, two temperature gauges, a high-temperature limit control, pilot indicator light, on-off switch, and a low-water cut-off to prevent element burnout due to low water conditions

• Built-in heat trap and fiberglass insulation minimizes heat loss

• Stainless steel front panel and powdercoated silver-gray hammertone body is standard on all Imperial models

IMPERIAL ELECTRIC BOOSTER WATER HEATERList Prices

Model��u kW208 or 240V

Single Ph208 or 240V

Three Ph380 or 415V‡

Three Ph480V

Three Ph Ship Weight208 or

240V380, 415 or 480V

SmallS-6 6 91 kg (200 lbs.) $3377 $3377S-7 7 91 kg (200 lbs.) 3418 3418 S-9 9 91 kg (200 lbs.) 3449 3449S-12 12 91 kg (200 lbs.) 3637 3637S-13 13.5 91 kg (200 lbs.) 3658 3658S-15 15 91 kg (200 lbs.) 3678 3678S-17 17.25 – † – – 91 kg (200 lbs.) 3699 –S-18 18 w 91 kg (200 lbs.) 3719 3719

Large w/Step LoadingS-24 24 97 kg (214 lbs.) $4249 $4249S-27 27 97 kg (214 lbs.) 4293 4293S-30 30 97 kg (214 lbs.) 4346 4346S-36 36 97 kg (214 lbs.) 4657 4622S-39 39 – – 97 kg (214 lbs.) 4719 4679S-40 40.5 102 kg (224 lbs.) 4872 4827S-45 45 – * 102 kg (224 lbs.) 4943 4893S-54 54 – 102 kg (224 lbs.) 4963 4908S-57 57 102 kg (224 lbs.) 5055 4995

‡ CE Mark available on models 6 through 36kW, 380-400 volts or 400-415 volts, 3-phase only, add $105. ��u Only 6, 7, & 9kW models can be field converted to single phase (units are shipped 3-phase open delta). Larger branch circuit required

than for balanced 3-phase of equal kW. (Balanced 3-phase available in 6 & 9kW models, consult factory.) 208 and 240V only. † Available in 208V 3-phase only. ��w Not available in 208V 3-phase. * Not available in 208V single phase.

All Electric Booster Models Feature:Voltage: 208 or 240, single phase. 208, 240, 380, 415, or 480, three phase.Dimensions: 600 W x 578 D x 791 H mm (23 5⁄8"W x 22 3⁄4"D x 31 1⁄8"). Add 127 mm (5") to depth for temperature/pressure relief valve.

Height includes legs.Models Shipped with: Castone® lined tank, low-water cut-off (LWCO), temperature/pressure relief valve, pressure reducing valve, two

temperature/pressure gauges, indicator light, and on/off switch.NOTE: Pages 130 to 132 for sizing information.NOTE: Consult product specification sheet for proper Breaker size. Verify amperage load for booster heaters 24kW through 57kW in single phase. Because of excessively high amps and since these units are NOT field convertible to any other voltage or phase, written confirmation is required before processing can begin.

LOW-TEMP DISHWASHERS – SEE LOW-TEMP SIZING DATA ON PAGE 133WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – PAGE 135

S-54

NOTE: Single phase is uncommon in heaters 24kW and larger and are NOT returnable.

CASTONE® LINED TANK LIMITED WARRANTY FOR 10 YEARS.

S - X X

Imperial Kilowatts

Wat

er H

eatin

g



126


SSBB Stainless Steel Body and Base No ChargeS-SECURITY Security Package (Torx® screws and control cover) 135


WATERTREAT Blended Phosphate Injection System (See page 105 for illustration) (Not for potable water use) $598

FLOORMOUNT Additional Stainless Steel Floor Mounting Leg Assembly 253PRVB Additional Brass Pressure Reducing Valve with By-Pass 122SSA-LEGS Additional Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") 160SHOCK Shock Absorber (Reduce Water Hammer) 91BPRV Back Pressure Relief Valve 45

NOTE: 152 mm (6") plastic adjustable legs 152-178 mm (6"-7") standard. Description of accessories is shown on page 127. Only Leg Mounting available.

S-57 with optional stainless steel body and base, and accessory adjustable stainless steel legs

WATER TEMPERATURE RECOVERY TABLEImperial Model 22°C (40°F) Rise 39°C (70°F) RiseS-6 227 Iph ( 60 gph) 129 Iph ( 34 gph)S-7 265 Iph ( 70 gph) 151 Iph ( 40 gph)S-9 341 Iph ( 90 gph) 197 Iph ( 52 gph)S-12 454 Iph (120 gph) 261 Iph ( 69 gph)S-13 511 Iph (135 gph) 292 Iph ( 77 gph)S-15 572 Iph (151 gph) 326 Iph ( 86 gph)S-17 655 Iph (173 gph) 375 Iph ( 99 gph)S-18 685 Iph (181 gph) 390 Iph (103 gph)

NOTE: lph is “liters per hour” (gph is “gallons per hour”).

Imperial Model 22°C (40°F) Rise 39°C (70°F) RiseS-24 912 Iph (241 gph) 522 Iph (138 gph)S-27 1026 Iph (271 gph) 587 Iph (155 gph)S-30 1139 Iph (301 gph) 651 Iph (172 gph)S-36 1367 Iph (361 gph) 780 Iph (206 gph)S-39 1480 Iph (391 gph) 848 Iph (224 gph)S-40 1541 Iph (407 gph) 878 Iph (232 gph)S-45 1711 Iph (452 gph) 977 Iph (258 gph)S-54 2052 Iph (542 gph) 1174 Iph (310 gph)S-57 2169 Iph (573 gph) 1234 Iph (326 gph)

Water Heating



127

BOOSTER WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES

NOTE: The differential temperature between outlet and inlet temperatures should never be less than 11°C (20°F).NOTE: Thermostat calibration, or adjustment, must be performed at time of installation and is excluded from warranty coverage.

Thermostat adjustments for Low-Temp applications are the responsibility of the installer.

Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs – Adjustable from 152 to 178 mm (6" to 7"). Clean appearance and heavy-duty for long wear.

Floor Mounting Hardware – Adjustable from 152 to 178 mm (6" to 7"). Corrosion-resistant stainless steel legs for deck mounting.

Pressure Reducing Valve – This valve, with built-in by-pass, should be installed in the supply line to the

booster to regulate and stabilize flow pressure

to 138kPa (20 psi).

Back Pressure Relief Valve – This valve relieves pressure

when unit is heating, on models that a check valve is required

on the supply line. To be plumbed over an open site drain

(see page 128).

Shock Absorber – Recommended between the booster and the dishwasher, on all installations, to prevent water hammer. Standard with Powermite® units.

Blended Phosphate Water Treatment System – Minimizes scale formation and increases unit efficiency. Recommended for Electric Boosters. (Not for potable water use) Slide Bracket –

For mounting the booster heater under a dishtable (available on small and large Compact models only).

INLET

Maximum71°C (160°F) Inlet Temperature

INLET

OUTLET

INLET OUTLETMaximum71°C (160°F) Inlet Temperature

2 3

17 74

2 3

2

17

7 77 27

74

27 6

68

PIPE TO OPEN DRAIN

5

5 5

8 8

COMPACT REAR VIEW

IMPERIAL MODELFRONT VIEW


FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR DRAINFLOOR DRAIN

60°-71°C(140°-160°F)

INLET OUTLET

OUTLET

DISCHARGE PIPETO FLOOR DRAIN

3⁄4" Gate or Ball Valve* Temperature/Pressure Gauge Pressure Reducing Valve with By-Pass Blended Phosphate Water Treatment System Relief Valve (must have discharge pipe to floor drain) Shock Absorber Union* Drain Pipe Valve* *Supplied by installer

421

7 8

3

65 CONSULT LOCAL CODES

INLET


INLET

OUTLET


2 3

17 74

2 3

2

17

7 77 27

74

27 6

68

PIPE TO OPEN DRAIN

5

5 5

8 8

COMPACT REAR VIEW




60°-71°C(140°-160°F)

INLET OUTLET

OUTLET



421

7 8

3


SINGLE BOOSTER INSTALLATION

DUAL BOOSTER INSTALLATION

INLET


INLET

OUTLET


2 3

17 74

2 3

2

17

7 77 27

74

27 6

68

PIPE TO OPEN DRAIN

5

5 5

8 8

COMPACT REAR VIEW




60°-71°C(140°-160°F)

INLET OUTLET

OUTLET



421

7 8

3


Booster Installation

Wat

er H

eatin

g



128

SANITIZING SINK HEATERModel kW Sink Area Phase Ship Weight List Price3CS-3‡ 3.0 381 mm (15") Sq. or less 1 11 kg (24 lbs.) $17783CS-4‡ 4.5 406-457 mm (16"-18") Sq. 1 11 kg (24 lbs.) 17993CS-6‡ 6.0 483-533 mm (19"-21") Sq. 1 12 kg (27 lbs.) 18503CS-9‡ 9.0 533-635 mm (21"-25") Sq. 1 12 kg (27 lbs.) 18963CS-3B∂ 3.0 381 mm (15") Sq. or less Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.) 20343CS-4B 4.5 406-457 mm (16"-18") Sq. Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.) 20343CS-6B∂ 6.0 483-533 mm (19"-21") Sq. Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.) 20343CS-9B∂ 9.0 533-635 mm (21"-25") Sq. Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.) 2034

‡ 240V available with CE Mark, add $60. ∂ 380V and 415V available with CE Mark, add $60.

All Sink Heater Models Feature:Voltage: 208 or 240, single phase and 208, 240, 380 (no 4kW), or 415 (no 4kW), three-phase. 480 three-phase available (add $109).Dimensions: 3CS-3, -4, -6, -9: 171 W x 429 D x 321 H mm (6 3⁄4" x 16 7⁄8" x 12 5⁄8").

3CS-9 480V: 203 W x 435 D x 321 H mm (8" x 17 1⁄8" x 12 5⁄8"). 3CS-3B, -4B, -6B, -9B: 203 W x 435 D x 321 H mm (8" x 17 1⁄8" x 12 5⁄8").

Models Shipped with: Stainless steel front, silver gray hammertone body, and black base.


SIZING INFORMATIONFor a Sink Heater: 2,2 watts per square cm (2000 watts per square foot) of vessel top.

3CS Sink Heaters are sized based on 60°C (140°F) supply water with a 30 minute preheat period to reach the sanitizing temperature. Sink Heaters are mounted into the third compartment sink with standard plumbing fittings provided. Two 51 mm (2") diameter holes are required for these fittings and a full size template is provided to locate holes in the sink. The 3CS Sink Heater is easily attached to the plumbing fittings with self-contained unions.


SSBB All Stainless Steel Body and Base $ 92TEMP MON��s Temperature Monitor (Built-in) 92TEMP LIGHT��s Temperature Light 71FR-SECURITY Security Package (Torx® screws and control cover) 1363CS-480V 480 Volt 109


FR-FLUSH Flush Hose Kit $50 ��s Specify either monitor or light, not both.

3CS Sanitizing Sink HeatersMaintaining a continuous supply of sanitizing rinse water without taking up valuable space, the 3CS makes manual warewashing faster and more convenient. Drain may be plumbed to open-sight waste drain (see page 127). A special 3CS Sink Heater is available for shipboard use under military spec. #Mil-H-43895B. Consult factory for prices.

• Stainless steel front, powdercoated silver-gray hammertone body, and convenient side drain

• Equipped with an Energy Cut-Off (ECO) for built-in protection against higher-than-normal water temperature

• An On-Off toggle switch with indicator light to indicate power status, and a red light to indicate the need to refill and reset the unit

• Meets NSF Standard of 82°C (180°F) for dish sanitizing

3CS-9 with optional temperature monitor

3 C S - X B Three Compartment Sink Balanced 3-Phase

Kilowatts

Water Heating



129

FOOD RETHERMALIZER/BAIN-MARIE HEATERModel kW Phase Ship Weight List Price‡

FR-3 3.0 1 11 kg (24 lbs.) $1639FR-4 4.5 1 11 kg (24 lbs.) 1653FR-6 6.0 1 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1829FR-9 9.0 1 12 kg (27 lbs.) 1876FR-3B 3.0 Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.) 2005FR-4B 4.5 Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.) 2005FR-6B 6.0 Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.) 2005FR-9B 9.0 Balanced 3 14 kg (30 lbs.) 2005

‡ CE Mark available, add $60. Requires Low-Water Cut-Off, add $153. (Excludes FR-4, FR-4B, and FR-9)

All Food Rethermalizer Models Feature:Voltage: 208 or 240, single phase and 208, 240, 380 (no 4kW), or 415 (no 4kW), three-phase. 480 three-

phase available (add $109).Dimensions: FR-3, -4, -6, -9: 171 W x 429 D x 321 H mm (6 3⁄4" x 16 7⁄8" x 12 1⁄4").

FR-9 480V: 203 W x 435 D x 321 H mm (8" x 17 1⁄8" x 12 5⁄8"). FR-3B, -4B, -6B, -9B: 203 W x 435 D x 321 H mm (8" x 17 1⁄8" x 12 1⁄4").

Models Shipped with: Stainless steel front, silver gray hammertone body, and black base.


SIZING INFORMATIONFor a Bain-Marie or steam table: 0,8 watts per square cm (750 watts per square foot) of vessel top.

For a Food Rethermalizer: 2,2 watts per square cm (2000 watts per square foot) of vessel top.

Use one FR for a Bain-Marie up to 1829 mm (72") long. Units over 1829 mm (72") require a minimum of two FRs.(Tank Baffle provided by installer.)


SSBB All Stainless Steel Body and Base $ 92W/LW Low-Water Cut-Off (Required on CE models) 153FR-3-CAP 1219 mm (48") Cord with Plug (NEMA 6-20P) and

Receptacle (NEMA 6-20R) (FR-3 only) 71FR-4-CAP 1219 mm (48") Cord with Plug (NEMA 6-30P) and

Receptacle (NEMA 6-30R) (FR-4 only) 118FR-SECURITY Security Package (Torx® screws and control cover) 136FR-480V 480 Volt 109


FR-FLUSH Flush Hose Kit $50

Baffle

FR

FR Food Rethermalizer Bain-Marie HeatersThe Hatco FR is a Bain-Marie or food reconstitutor to heat or hold foods at safe temperatures between 60°C and 88°C (140°-190°F). All models are shipped factory assembled, pre-wired, and includes standard 51 mm (2") stainless steel plumbing fittings for mounting into a holding tank. Drain may be plumbed to open-sight waste drain (see page 127).

• Equipped with an Energy Cut-Off (ECO) for built-in protection against higher-than-normal water temperature

• Stainless steel tank with five year limited warranty

• Optional low-water cut-off available to prevent element burn out from low water conditions

• Separate sump and heating compartment drains for cleaning and sanitizing

FR-9

F R - X B Food Rethermalizer Balanced 3-Phase

Kilowatts

Wat

er H

eatin

g



130

Electric Compact Booster Temperature Rise

Electric Imperial Booster Temperature Rise

Dishwasher Model Number 22°C (40°F) 39°C (70°F) 22°C (40°F) 39°C (70°F)

ADAMATIONCSL-1390, CA-2, CA-3, CA-4, SLAP 44 C-39 (2)C-36 S-39 (2)S-36CA, CA-1 C-54 (2)C-45 S-54 (2)S-45

ALVEYFLC-10, SL-2S S-6 S-9FLC-12, CL-1, CL-1Turntable, SA-5A S-7 S-12FL-2S S-9 S-13KS-70, KS70M SB S-9 S-15SL-2D S-13 S-18FLC-36 S-15 S-27KS-88-C S-18 S-30KS-70-N, KS-88-N S-39 (2)S-40

AMERICAN DISH SERVICEHT-25 C-7 C-12 S-7 S-12ACD-44, ADC-66 C-12 C-24 S-12 S-24

BLAKESLEEUC-21A, UC-21B C-4 C-4 S-6 S-6UC-21 C-6 C-12 S-6 S-12D-8 C-9 C-13 S-9 S-13D-9 C-12 C-17 S-12 S-17Series “R”&“F”-CC, -EE, -LL, -MM, -LLL, -MMM, -PCC, -PEE, -PLL, -PMM (multi-tank) with suffix “LC” C-13 C-24 S-13 S-24Series XF-EE, XF-LL C-17 C-30 S-17 S-30Series XF-LL, XF-PLL, XF-MM, XF-PMM, XF-EEE, XF-LLL, XF-MMM (Multi-tank) with suffix “LC” C-17 C-30 S-17 S-30DD-8 C-18 C-30 S-18 S-30Series F-E, FA-EE, FA-PEE, FA-LL, FA-PLL, FA-MM, FA-PMM, F-EEE, FA-EEE, FA-LLL, FA-MMM, F-PE C-30 C-54 S-30 S-54Series R-L, R-PL, R-M, R-PM, F-L, F-PL, F-M, F-PM (single tank) C-36 C-54 S-36 S-54Series XF-L, XF-PL, XF-M, XF-PM (single tank) (2)C-36 (2)S-36Series R-E, R-PE, XF-PEE, XF-PLL, XF-PMM, XF-EEE, XF-LLL, XF-MMM (multi-tank) FA (Flight-A-Round) and RA (Rack-A-Round) use comparable “F” listing.

C-45 (2)C-30 S-45 (2)S-30

XF-EE, XF-EE-LT (with LT suffix) C-17 C-36 S-17 S-36

CHAMPIONU-H1, UH-200, UH-200B, U-HB C-4 C-6 S-6 S-6UL-150 C-4 C-7 S-6 S-7UH-150, UH-150B, UH-100, UH-100B, DHB-VS C-5 C-9 S-6 S-9D-H1, D-HB C-6 C-12 S-6 S-12D-H1T, D-HBT C-7 C-12 S-7 S-1244 DRWS, 66 DRPWWS, 80 DRHDPWWS, 70 DRFFPWWS C-9 C-13 S-9 S-13PP-28 C-9 C-15 S-9 S-15D-H1C, D-H1TC C-9 C-18 S-9 S-18DHB-VS C-6 C-12 S-6 S-12DL-1000, DH-1000 C-6 C-12 S-6 S-1244 DR, 66 DRPW, 80 DRHDFW, 70 DRFFPW C-12 C-24 S-12 S-2466 WSPW, 44-WS, 66-WS, 64, 90FFPW, 100HDPW, 86 PW, 84, 106 PW, 120 HDPW, 110 FFPW C-13 C-24 S-13 S-24UC-CW6-WS C-24 C-36 S-24 S-36US-CW8-WS C-24 C-39 S-24 S-3944, 66 PW, 70FFPW, 80HDPW, 54, 76PW, 80FFPW, 90HDPW C-24 C-45 S-24 S-4540-KB, 40-KB-2-2, 40-KFWB, 40-KPRB, 40-KPRB-2-2, 40KPRB-2-3, 60-KB, 60-KB-2-2, 60-KFWB, 60-KFWB-2-2, 60-KPRB, 60-KPRB-2-3 64KB, 64-KB Corner, 64-KPRB, 64-KPRB Corner, 64 Modular,

86 Modular

C-30 C-54 S-30 S-54

44-KB, 44-KB Corner, 44-KPRB, 44-KPRB Corner, 54-KB, 54-KB Corner, 54-KPRB, 54-KPRB Corner, 44 Modular, 66 PW Modular, UC** Series 6' Center, UC-C4

C-36 C-57 S-36 S-57

UC-CW4 C-36 (2)C-36 S-36 (2)S-36UC-C C-45 (2)C-36 S-45 (2)S-36UC**CW Series 6' Center C-45 (2)C-39 S-45 (2)S-39W-6-WS C-45 (2)C-45 S-45 (2)S-40

CMA DISHMACHINESCMA-180 C-7 C-12 S-7 S-12CMA-44/66 C-24 C-36 S-24 S-36CMA-44H with tank heater, CMA-66H C-36 C-45 S-36 S-45EST-44/66 C-12 C-24 S-12 S-24

Booster Heater Sizing Chart

H Model AM-12 with serial no. 12-067-357 or below and model AM-12C with serial no. 12-067-537 or below require slightly larger booster than listed. OR C Models with serial no. 85-1041605 or greater use Opti-RinSe. Shaded area indicates older models prior to Opti-RinSe.

Water Heating



131




HOBARTAM-15F C-4 C-6 S-6 S-9LXiC, LXiGC, LX-18C, LX-30C, LX-40C, AM-15F C-4 C-7 S-6 S-6LX-30, SR24, SR24H C-4 C-7 S-6 S-7LX-18, AM-14F, AM-15, AM-15T C-5 C-9 S-6 S-9WM-5C C-6 C-9 S-6 S-9WM-5 (Without sump heater) C-7 C-12 S-7 S-12AM-14T, AM-14TC C-7 C-12 S-7 S-12AM-14, AM-14C C-9 C-12 S-9 S-12AM-12, AM-12CH C-9 C-12 S-9 S-12UW-50 S-15 S-24

OR Opti-RinSe C44A,CRS-66A,CCS-66A, CPW-80A, C54A, CRS-76A, CCS-76A, CPW-90A, C64A, CRS-86A, CCS-86A, CPW-100A, C88A, CRS-110A, CCS-110A, CPW-124A

C-15 C-27 S-15 S-27

C-54A, CRS-76A, CPW-90A, CCS-76A C-39 (2)C-36 S-39 (2)S-36C-44A, CRS-66A, CCS-66A, CPW-80A, C-64A, CRS-86A, CCS-86A, CPW-100A C-30 C-54 S-30 S-54C-88A, CRS-110A, CPW-124A, CCS-110A C-36 C-54 S-36 S-54Opti-RinSe C44AW, CRS-66AW, CCS-66AW, CPW-80AW C-9 C-15 S-9 S-15

OR C-44AW, CRS-66AW, CPW-80AW, CCS-66AW C-12 C-24 S-12 S-24C-44, CRS-66, CPW-80 C-36 C-54 S-36 S-54C-54, CRS-76, CPW-90 C-54 (2)C-39 S-54 (2)S-39C-64W, CRS-86W, CPW-100W, C-88W, CRS-110W, CPW-124W, CCS-86W C-24 C-36 S-24 S-36C-64, CRS-86, CPW-100 C-45 (2)C-36 S-45 (2)S-36FT800W, FT-900W C-24 C-39 S-24 S-39FT-600, FT-700 C-54 (2)C-39 S-54 (2)S-39FT800 C-39 (2)C-39 S-39 (2)S-39Opti-RinSe C-36 C-57 S-36 S-57FT800S, FT-900S C-39 (2)C-36 S-39 (2)S-36UTW-28, UTW-28C S-18 S-36FRC and FR (Fast Rack Series) use comparable “C” line listing.

INSINGERGS 302, GS-14 C-4 C-4 S-6 S-645SA-5 C-4 C-7 S-6 S-7Commander 18-5C, 18-5CH, CS-5, CS-5C, CS-5CH, CS-5H C-6 C-12 S-6 S-12Commander 18-5, 18-5H, Ensign 40-2 C-6 C-12 S-6 S-12Commander 18-6, 18-6H C-6 C-12 S-6 S-12Commander 18-6, 18-6H (Built-In) ABB-13.5 ABB-13.5Admiral 44, 66 C-15 C-27 S-15 S-27Admiral 44-4, 66-4 C-24 C-36 S-24 S-39Admiral 44-4, 66-4 (Built-In) ABB-15-8 ABB-27-8135-20, 185-20, 250-20, 60-20, 85-20, R-106-2 C-24 C-45 S-24 S-45Speeder 64, 86-3, Century (all), Super 106-2 C-24 C-45 S-24 S-45Trac 878 C-24 C-36 S-24 S-36Century 14, Clipper RC-##-RPW-W C-24 C-39 S-24 S-39Clipper (all), R106-2, Super 106-2,Trac 321, Trac 321-2/RPW C-27 C-45 S-27 S-45Defender-(1) C-30 C-54 S-30 S-54Defender C-36 C-54 S-36 S-54Master (all) C-36 C-57 S-36 S-57CA-3 S-9 S-24DA-3 (2)S-9 (2)S-24For outdated models, consult factory for correct booster.


H Model AM-12 with serial no. 12-067-357 or below and model AM-12C with serial no. 12-067-537 or below require slightly larger booster than listed. OR C Models with serial no. 85-1041605 or greater use Opti-RinSe. Shaded area indicates older models prior to Opti-RinSe.

Wat

er H

eatin

g



132

This selector chart is based on 22°C (40°F) and 39°C (70°F) temperature rises, 138kPa (20 psi) flow pressure, and minimum rinse cycle timer setting in NSF listing.

All booster heaters are rated at 100% of the capacity of the dishwashers as recommended by the National Sanitation Foundation. Where make-up water for wash tank is provided from final rinse supply, chart recommendations are based upon this additional demand (not over 8 LPM (2 GPM)) as required by NSF.

All sizings shown are that of the dishwasher manufacturers. Hatco Corporation is not responsible for incorrect sizing applications.




JACKSONJP-24, JP-24B, JP-24F, JP-24BF C-4 C-6 S-6 S-624B Series C-4 S-610AB, 10APRB C-5 S-644CE*, 66 CERPW C-30 C-54 S-30 S-5454CE, 76 CERPW C-36 (2)C-30 S-36 (2)S-3064CE, 86 CERPW C-27 C-39 S-27 S-39100 C-12 C-24 S-12 S-24100B, 100PRB, 150B, 150PRB C-9 S-9150 C-12 C-18 S-12 S-18200 C-7 C-12 S-7 S-12200B C-6 S-6Tempstar, Tempstar SDS, Tempstar HH C-6 C-12 S-6 S-12TS-44, TS-66 C-24 C-36 S-24 S-36AJ-44, AJ-66, AJ-80, WH-44, ES-4400, ES-6600 (ECOLAB/JACKSON) C-24 C-45 S-24 S-45AJ-54, AJ-76, AJ-90 C-30 C-54 S-30 S-54AJ-64, AJ-86, AJ-100 C-24 C-39 S-24 S-39* Model #44CE w/SN1999 or below requires larger booster than listed.

KNIGHT EQUIPMENT LTD.KLE-112-HL C-7 C-12 S-7 S-12

MEIKOK-44, K-66, K-80 C-24 C-36 S-24 S-36K-54, K-76, K-90, K-64, K-86, K-100 C-24 C-45 S-24 S-45

METALWASH/INTENDGEFW4 C-12 C-18 S-12 S-18RS-30A, RS-28L S-15 S-24RT-74, RT-60, RT-42B, RT-42BC S-27 S-40RS-2R S-30 S-45

STEROER-44, ER-44-10, ER-66S, ER-76S, ER-76SC C-12 C-24 S-12 S-24ER-64, ER-86S, ER-94S, ER-94SC C-15 C-24 S-15 S-24SCT-44-10-LW, SCT-44-LW, SCT-66S-LW, SCT-76S-LW, SCT-76SC-LW, SCT-90S-LW C-12 C-24 S-12 S-24SC-1-2-4-LW, SC-1-6-4-LW, SC-2-4-LW, SC-5-2-4-LW, SC-5-6-4-LW, SC-6-4-LW C-24 C-45 S-24 S-45SCT-64, SCT-86S, SCT-94S, SCT-94SC C-24 C-39 S-24 S-39SCT-108S, SCT-108SC, SCT-76, SCT-94SM C-27 C-54 S-27 S-54SC-6-4, SCT-44, SCT-44-10, SCT-66S, SCT-76S, SCT-76SC, SCT-90S C-30 C-54 S-30 S-54SCT-120S, SCT-120SC, SCT-120SM, SCT-150SM C-36 C-57 S-36 S-57STW-110, SC-1-2-7-4, SC-1-6-3-4, SC-1-6-7-4, SC-2-7-4, SC-5-2-7-4, SC-5-6-3-4, SC-5-6-7-4, SC-6-3-4, SC-6-7-4

C-39 (2)C-36 S-39 (2)S-36

SC-1-2-4, SC-1-6-4, SC-2-4, SC-5-2-4, SC-5-6-4 C-45 (2)C-36 S-45 (2)S-36SCT-44-10-SC-1-3-4, SCT-44-10-3-4, SCT-44-SC-1-3-4, SCT-44-SC-3-4, SCT-54-SC-1-3-4, SCT-54-SC-3-4, SCT-76S-SC-3-4

C-45 (2)C-36 S-40 (2)S-36

STPC (Four tank) C-24 C-39 S-24 S-39STPCW (Four tank) C-24 C-45 S-24 S-40STPC C-27 C-54 S-27 S-54STPCW C-36 (2)C-30 S-36 (2)S-30SCBT C-45 (2)C-36 S-40 (2)S-36SF-1RA, SC20-1 C-7 C-12 S-7 S-12SF-2RA, SF-2DRA, SD-2RA, SDRA, SDRA-PACK C-12 C-18 S-12 S-18SCT-54, SCT-76SM C-36 C-57 S-36 S-57SCT-76, SCT-80, SCT-94, SCT-108, SCT-120 C-45 C-57 S-45 S-57U-31-A, U-31-AC S-18 S-36U-31-A2 C-45 (2)C-36 S-45 (2)S-36STBUW-14 C-57 (2)C-54 S-57 (2)S-54SC-2-3-4, SC-5-2-3-4 C-30 (2)C-27 S-30 (2)S-27SC20-2 C-12 C-24 S-12 S-2SC-2-8, SC-2-9, SC-1-2-8, SC-5-6-8, SC-6-8, SC-6-9, SC-1-6-8, SC-5-6-9, SC-5-2-9, SC-1-6-9, SC-5-2-8

C-18 C-36 S-18 S-36

H Model AM-12 with serial no. 12-067-357 or below and model AM-12C with serial no. 12-067-537 or below require slightly larger booster than listed. OR C Models with serial no. 85-1041605 or greater use Opti-RinSe. Shaded area indicates older models prior to Opti-RinSe. SIZING CALCULATION

Rule of thumb for Hatco Electric Booster Water Heaters:

LPH 38

= kW 22°C rise

GPH( 10 = kW 40°F rise)


Water Heating



133

WATER TEMPERATURE RECOVERY TABLE IN LPH °C (GPH °F) RISEPLUMBING DATAWater Heater Data

Dielectric couplings should be used in connecting dissimilar metals, such as galvanized to copper, to prevent electrolysis.All Hatco Booster Water Heaters require 3⁄4" piping.A check valve should not be installed in the supply line to the booster heater.All shut-off valves must be gate or ball valves – not globe valves.

kW 16° (30°) 22° (40°) 28° (50°) 33° (60°) 39° (70°) 44° (80°) 50° (90°) 55° (100°) 4 204 ( 54) 151 ( 40) 121 ( 32) 102 ( 27) 87 ( 23) 76 ( 20) 68 ( 18) 61 ( 16) 5 254 ( 67) 189 ( 50) 151 ( 40) 125 ( 33) 110 ( 29) 95 ( 25) 83 ( 22) 76 ( 20) 6 303 ( 80) 227 ( 60) 182 ( 48) 151 ( 40) 129 ( 34) 114 ( 30) 102 ( 27) 91 ( 24) 7 356 ( 94) 265 ( 70) 212 ( 56) 178 ( 47) 151 ( 40) 133 ( 35) 117 ( 31) 106 ( 28) 9 454 (120) 341 ( 90) 273 ( 72) 227 ( 60) 197 ( 52) 170 ( 45) 151 ( 40) 136 ( 36) 9.9 500 (132) 375 ( 99) 299 ( 79) 250 ( 66) 216 ( 57) 189 ( 50) 167 ( 44) 151 ( 40)10.5 530 (140) 398 (105) 318 ( 84) 265 ( 70) 227 ( 60) 201 ( 53) 178 ( 47) 159 ( 42)11.4 581 (153) 433 (114) 350 ( 92) 289 ( 76) 247 ( 65) 217 ( 57) 194 ( 51) 175 ( 46)12 610 (161) 454 (120) 363 ( 96) 303 ( 80) 261 ( 69) 227 ( 60) 204 ( 54) 182 ( 48)13.5 685 (181) 511 (135) 409 (108) 341 ( 90) 292 ( 77) 257 ( 68) 227 ( 60) 204 ( 54)15 761 (201) 572 (151) 454 (120) 379 (100) 326 ( 86) 284 ( 75) 254 ( 67) 227 ( 60)17.25 874 (231) 655 (173) 526 (139) 435 (115) 375 ( 99) 329 ( 87) 292 ( 77) 261 ( 69)18 912 (241) 685 (181) 549 (145) 454 (120) 390 (103) 341 ( 90) 303 ( 80) 273 ( 72)24 1215 (321) 912 (241) 731 (193) 610 (161) 522 (138) 454 (120) 405 (107) 363 ( 96)27 1367 (361) 1026 (271) 821 (217) 685 (181) 587 (155) 511 (135) 454 (120) 409 (108)30 1518 (401) 1139 (301) 912 (241) 761 (201) 651 (172) 572 (151) 507 (134) 454 (120)36 1825 (482) 1367 (361) 1094 (289) 912 (241) 780 (206) 685 (181) 610 (161) 549 (145)39 1976 (522) 1480 (391) 1185 (313) 988 (261) 848 (224) 742 (196) 659 (174) 594 (157)40.5 2052 (542) 1541 (407) 1230 (325) 1026 (271) 878 (232) 768 (203) 685 (181) 617 (163)45 2279 (602) 1711 (452) 1367 (361) 1139 (301) 977 (258) 856 (226) 761 (201) 685 (181)54 2737 (723) 2052 (542) 1643 (434) 1367 (361) 1174 (310) 1026 (271) 912 (241) 821 (217)57 2888 (763) 2169 (573) 1734 (458) 1442 (381) 1234 (326) 1083 (286) 963 (254) 867 (229)

SEE BOOSTER HEATER SIZING CHART,PAGES 130-132.

Low-Temp Sizing DataChemical low-temp dishwashers are most effective when supplied with a 60°C (140°F) hot water supply. Sometimes this water temperature is not available due to undersized primary water heaters or local safety codes. Hatco can supply a pre-heater for chemical low-temp dishwashers to provide an adequate supply of 60°C (140°F) hot water for proper operation.

ELECTRICAL DATA

LPH x °C Temp. Rise 840

= kW

NOTE: LPH is liters per hour.

GPH x °F Temp. Rise( 400 = kW)

NOTE: GPH is gallons per hour.

ELECTRICAL FORMULASWatts = Amps Volts 1-phaseWatts x .86 = Amps Volts 3-phase (open delta) Watts = AmpsVolts x 1.73 3-phase (balanced delta)

NOTE: When primary temperatures are less than 38°C (100°F) consult factory for suitable booster heater.

Dishwasher Model Number

Electric Compact Booster

Electric Imperial Booster

AMERICAN DISH SERVICEAH, AH-3D, AH-3D-S, AHC, AHC-3D, AHC-3D-S, ET-A, ET-AF, ET-AH, ET-A-M, ET-AH-M, ET-A-3, ET-AH-3, L-90-3D, L-90-3D-K, L-90-3D-K-S, L-90-3D-S, L-90-3DC, L-90-3DC-K, L-90-3DC-K-S, L-90-3DC-S, L-90-3DW, L-90-3DW-K, L-90-3DW-K-S, L-90-3DW-S, L-90-3DWC, L-90-3DWC-K, L-90-3DWC-K-S, L-90-3DWC-S, WH, WHC

C-4 S-6

A-3D, A-3D-S, A, AC, AC-3D, AC-3D-S, AH-B, ET-AF-3, ET-AF-M, HT-25, L-60-3D, L-60-3D-K, L-60-3D-K-S, L-60-3D-S, L-60-3DC, L-60-3DC-K, L-60-3DC-K-S, L-60-3DC-S, L-60-3DW, L-60-3DW-K, L-60-3DW-K-S, L-60-3DW-S, L-60-3DWC, L-60-3DWC-K, L-60-3DWC-K-S, L-60-3DWC-S, L-72-3D, L-72-3D-K, L-72-3D-K-S, L-72-3D-S, L-72-3DC, L-72-3DC-K, L-72-3DC-K-S, L-72-3DC-S, L-72-3DW, L-72-3DW-K, L-72-3DW-K-S, L-72-3DW-S, L-72-3DWC, L-72-3DWC-K, L-72-3DWC-K-S, L-72-3DWC-S, W, WC

C-5 S-6

A-B, AD-25, SS-25, 5-AH, 5-AHS C-6 S-6AF, AF-3D, AF-3D-S, AF-B, AFC, AFC-3D, AFC-3D-S, AFW, AFWC, 5, 5-S

C-7 S-7

ADC-44, ADC-66, 5-AG, 5-AGS, 5-CD-LF, 5-CD-RF C-9 S-9

BLAKESLEEU21-C C-4 S-6D-8-LT C-6 S-6DD-8-LT, R-CC64-LT, R-EE-LT C-12 S-12Series XF-EE-LT, XF-PEE-LT, XF-LL-LT, XF-PLL-LT, XF-MM-LT, XF-PMM-LT, XF-EEE-LT, XF-LLL-LT, XF-MMM-LT

C-13 S-13

Series R-L-LT, R-PL-LT, R-M-LT, R-PM-LT, F-L-LT, F-PL-LT, F-M-LT, F-PM-LT (single tank)

C-36 S-36

Series “R”&“F”-CC-LT, -EE-LT, -LL-LT, -MM-LT, -LLL-LT, -MMM-LT, -PCC-LT, -PEE-LT, -PLL-LT, -PMM-LT (multi-tank)

C-24 S-24

Series XF-L-LT, XF-PL-LT, XF-M-LT, XF-PM-LT (single tank) C-54 S-54Series XF-PEE-LT, XF-PLL-LT, XF-PMM-LT, XF-EEE-LT, XF-LLL-LT, XF-MMM-LT (multi-tank)

C-36 S-36

FA (Flight-A-Round) and RA (Rack-A-Round) use comparable “F” listing.

Sizing Chart For Low-Temp DishmachinesBOOSTERS RATED AT 16°C (30°F) RISE

Dishwasher Model Number

Electric Compact Booster

Electric Imperial Booster

CHAMPIONULD, ULF C-6 S-6DLF C-13 S-13KL44, KL66 C-36 S-36

CMA DISHMACHINESA-1, AH-1, C-1, VAC-1, A-3, AH-3, C-3, L-1C, VAC-3, VAC-4, VAC-5, L-1X

C-4 S-6

A-2, AH-1, AH-2, AH-3, B-3, C-1, C-2, C-3, EVA-1, EVA-2, EVA-3, EVA-4, EVA-5, VAC-2

C-6 S-6

B-1 C-7 S-7B-2 C-9 S-9CMA-44L with tank heater, CMA-66L C-24 S-24CVA-1, CVA-2, CVA-3, CVA-4 C-6 S-6CVA-5 C-7 S-7

HOBARTLX-18C, LX-30C, LX-40C, WM-5C, SR24C C-4 S-6LT-1 C-6 S-6AM-14, AM-14C C-7 S-7C44A, CRS66A, CPW80A C-27 S-27FT-800 C-30 S-30

JACKSONConserver 24LT, 200LT, ES1000 (Ecolab/Jackson)

C-4 S-6

Conserver 1, Conserver XL, ES2000 (Ecolab/Jackson)

C-9 S-9

Conserver 2, Conserver XL2, ES4000 (Ecolab/Jackson)

C-15 S-15

AJ-44, AJ-66, AJ-80 C-18 S-18

KNIGHT EQUIPMENT LTD.KLE-112-HL C-5 S-6KLE-117i, KLE-117c, KLE-175GT, KLE-175GTM, C-9 S-9KLE-235d C-13 S-13KLE-175GT Corner, KLE-175GTM Corner C-12 S-12

NOTE: When ordering a heater for use with a chemical low-temp dishwasher, thermostat adjustments for low-temp applications are the responsibility of the installer.

To properly size a Hatco heater for low-temp use:1. Determine the required temperature rise by subtracting the available hot water supply

temperature from 60°C (140°F). This should be a minimum of 11°C (20°F).2. Determine the water usage by consulting the dishwasher data plate, literature or

NSF listing. This should be shown as liters per hour (LPH) (gallons per hour (GPH).3. Use the Hatco formula for sizing or the sizing chart on this page to

determine the required kW and select the appropriate Hatco model.

hatco 2014 food service equipment

Documents